// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {IERC721} from "./imports/IERC721.sol";
import {ERC20} from "./imports/ERC20.sol";
import {SafeTransferLib} from "./imports/SafeTransferLib.sol";
import {LSSVMPair} from "./LSSVMPair.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
import {CurveErrorCodes} from "./bonding-curves/CurveErrorCodes.sol";
contract LSSVMRouter {
    using SafeTransferLib for address payable;
    using SafeTransferLib for ERC20;
    struct PairSwapAny {
        LSSVMPair pair;
        uint256 numItems;
    }
    struct PairSwapSpecific {
        LSSVMPair pair;
        uint256[] nftIds;
    }
    struct RobustPairSwapAny {
        PairSwapAny swapInfo;
        uint256 maxCost;
    }
    struct RobustPairSwapSpecific {
        PairSwapSpecific swapInfo;
        uint256 maxCost;
    }
    struct RobustPairSwapSpecificForToken {
        PairSwapSpecific swapInfo;
        uint256 minOutput;
    }
    struct NFTsForAnyNFTsTrade {
        PairSwapSpecific[] nftToTokenTrades;
        PairSwapAny[] tokenToNFTTrades;
    }
    struct NFTsForSpecificNFTsTrade {
        PairSwapSpecific[] nftToTokenTrades;
        PairSwapSpecific[] tokenToNFTTrades;
    }
    struct RobustPairNFTsFoTokenAndTokenforNFTsTrade {
        RobustPairSwapSpecific[] tokenToNFTTrades;
        RobustPairSwapSpecificForToken[] nftToTokenTrades;
        uint256 inputAmount;
        address payable tokenRecipient;
        address nftRecipient;
    }
    modifier checkDeadline(uint256 deadline) {
        _checkDeadline(deadline);
        _;
    }
    ILSSVMPairFactoryLike public immutable factory;
    constructor(ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory) {
        factory = _factory;
    }
    /**
        ETH swaps
     */
    /**
        @notice Swaps ETH into NFTs using multiple pairs.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the number of NFTs to buy from each.
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the unspent ETH input
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent ETH amount
     */
    function swapETHForAnyNFTs(
        PairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    )
        external
        payable
        checkDeadline(deadline)
        returns (uint256 remainingValue)
    {
        return
            _swapETHForAnyNFTs(swapList, msg.value, ethRecipient, nftRecipient);
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps ETH into specific NFTs using multiple pairs.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to buy from each.
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the unspent ETH input
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent ETH amount
     */
    function swapETHForSpecificNFTs(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    )
        external
        payable
        checkDeadline(deadline)
        returns (uint256 remainingValue)
    {
        return
            _swapETHForSpecificNFTs(
                swapList,
                msg.value,
                ethRecipient,
                nftRecipient
            );
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps one set of NFTs into another set of specific NFTs using multiple pairs, using
        ETH as the intermediary.
        @param trade The struct containing all NFT-to-ETH swaps and ETH-to-NFT swaps.
        @param minOutput The minimum acceptable total excess ETH received
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the ETH output
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total ETH received
     */
    function swapNFTsForAnyNFTsThroughETH(
        NFTsForAnyNFTsTrade calldata trade,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external payable checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Swap NFTs for ETH
        // minOutput of swap set to 0 since we're doing an aggregate slippage check
        outputAmount = _swapNFTsForToken(
            trade.nftToTokenTrades,
            0,
            payable(address(this))
        );
        // Add extra value to buy NFTs
        outputAmount += msg.value;
        // Swap ETH for any NFTs
        // cost <= inputValue = outputAmount - minOutput, so outputAmount' = (outputAmount - minOutput - cost) + minOutput >= minOutput
        outputAmount =
            _swapETHForAnyNFTs(
                trade.tokenToNFTTrades,
                outputAmount - minOutput,
                ethRecipient,
                nftRecipient
            ) +
            minOutput;
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps one set of NFTs into another set of specific NFTs using multiple pairs, using
        ETH as the intermediary.
        @param trade The struct containing all NFT-to-ETH swaps and ETH-to-NFT swaps.
        @param minOutput The minimum acceptable total excess ETH received
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the ETH output
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total ETH received
     */
    function swapNFTsForSpecificNFTsThroughETH(
        NFTsForSpecificNFTsTrade calldata trade,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external payable checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Swap NFTs for ETH
        // minOutput of swap set to 0 since we're doing an aggregate slippage check
        outputAmount = _swapNFTsForToken(
            trade.nftToTokenTrades,
            0,
            payable(address(this))
        );
        // Add extra value to buy NFTs
        outputAmount += msg.value;
        // Swap ETH for specific NFTs
        // cost <= inputValue = outputAmount - minOutput, so outputAmount' = (outputAmount - minOutput - cost) + minOutput >= minOutput
        outputAmount =
            _swapETHForSpecificNFTs(
                trade.tokenToNFTTrades,
                outputAmount - minOutput,
                ethRecipient,
                nftRecipient
            ) +
            minOutput;
    }
    /**
        ERC20 swaps
        Note: All ERC20 swaps assume that a single ERC20 token is used for all the pairs involved.
        Swapping using multiple tokens in the same transaction is possible, but the slippage checks
        & the return values will be meaningless, and may lead to undefined behavior.
        Note: The sender should ideally grant infinite token approval to the router in order for NFT-to-NFT
        swaps to work smoothly.
     */
    /**
        @notice Swaps ERC20 tokens into NFTs using multiple pairs.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the number of NFTs to buy from each.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function swapERC20ForAnyNFTs(
        PairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        return _swapERC20ForAnyNFTs(swapList, inputAmount, nftRecipient);
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps ERC20 tokens into specific NFTs using multiple pairs.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to buy from each.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function swapERC20ForSpecificNFTs(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        return _swapERC20ForSpecificNFTs(swapList, inputAmount, nftRecipient);
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps NFTs into ETH/ERC20 using multiple pairs.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to sell to each.
        @param minOutput The minimum acceptable total tokens received
        @param tokenRecipient The address that will receive the token output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total tokens received
     */
    function swapNFTsForToken(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address tokenRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        return _swapNFTsForToken(swapList, minOutput, payable(tokenRecipient));
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps one set of NFTs into another set of specific NFTs using multiple pairs, using
        an ERC20 token as the intermediary.
        @param trade The struct containing all NFT-to-ERC20 swaps and ERC20-to-NFT swaps.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param minOutput The minimum acceptable total excess tokens received
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total ERC20 tokens received
     */
    function swapNFTsForAnyNFTsThroughERC20(
        NFTsForAnyNFTsTrade calldata trade,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Swap NFTs for ERC20
        // minOutput of swap set to 0 since we're doing an aggregate slippage check
        // output tokens are sent to msg.sender
        outputAmount = _swapNFTsForToken(
            trade.nftToTokenTrades,
            0,
            payable(msg.sender)
        );
        // Add extra value to buy NFTs
        outputAmount += inputAmount;
        // Swap ERC20 for any NFTs
        // cost <= maxCost = outputAmount - minOutput, so outputAmount' = outputAmount - cost >= minOutput
        // input tokens are taken directly from msg.sender
        outputAmount =
            _swapERC20ForAnyNFTs(
                trade.tokenToNFTTrades,
                outputAmount - minOutput,
                nftRecipient
            ) +
            minOutput;
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps one set of NFTs into another set of specific NFTs using multiple pairs, using
        an ERC20 token as the intermediary.
        @param trade The struct containing all NFT-to-ERC20 swaps and ERC20-to-NFT swaps.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param minOutput The minimum acceptable total excess tokens received
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total ERC20 tokens received
     */
    function swapNFTsForSpecificNFTsThroughERC20(
        NFTsForSpecificNFTsTrade calldata trade,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Swap NFTs for ERC20
        // minOutput of swap set to 0 since we're doing an aggregate slippage check
        // output tokens are sent to msg.sender
        outputAmount = _swapNFTsForToken(
            trade.nftToTokenTrades,
            0,
            payable(msg.sender)
        );
        // Add extra value to buy NFTs
        outputAmount += inputAmount;
        // Swap ERC20 for specific NFTs
        // cost <= maxCost = outputAmount - minOutput, so outputAmount' = outputAmount - cost >= minOutput
        // input tokens are taken directly from msg.sender
        outputAmount =
            _swapERC20ForSpecificNFTs(
                trade.tokenToNFTTrades,
                outputAmount - minOutput,
                nftRecipient
            ) +
            minOutput;
    }
    /**
        Robust Swaps
        These are "robust" versions of the NFT<>Token swap functions which will never revert due to slippage
        Instead, users specify a per-swap max cost. If the price changes more than the user specifies, no swap is attempted. This allows users to specify a batch of swaps, and execute as many of them as possible.
     */
    /**
        @dev We assume msg.value >= sum of values in maxCostPerPair
        @notice Swaps as much ETH for any NFTs as possible, respecting the per-swap max cost.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the number of NFTs to buy from each.
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the unspent ETH input
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function robustSwapETHForAnyNFTs(
        RobustPairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    )
        external
        payable
        checkDeadline(deadline)
        returns (uint256 remainingValue)
    {
        remainingValue = msg.value;
        // Try doing each swap
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate actual cost per swap
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].swapInfo.numItems
            );
            // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
            if (
                pairCost <= swapList[i].maxCost &&
                error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
            ) {
                // We know how much ETH to send because we already did the math above
                // So we just send that much
                remainingValue -= swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.swapTokenForAnyNFTs{
                    value: pairCost
                }(
                    swapList[i].swapInfo.numItems,
                    pairCost,
                    nftRecipient,
                    true,
                    msg.sender
                );
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return remaining value to sender
        if (remainingValue > 0) {
            ethRecipient.safeTransferETH(remainingValue);
        }
    }
    /**
        @dev We assume msg.value >= sum of values in maxCostPerPair
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to buy from each.
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the unspent ETH input
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function robustSwapETHForSpecificNFTs(
        RobustPairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    )
        external
        payable
        checkDeadline(deadline)
        returns (uint256 remainingValue)
    {
        remainingValue = msg.value;
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Try doing each swap
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate actual cost per swap
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
            );
            // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
            if (
                pairCost <= swapList[i].maxCost &&
                error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
            ) {
                // We know how much ETH to send because we already did the math above
                // So we just send that much
                remainingValue -= swapList[i]
                    .swapInfo
                    .pair
                    .swapTokenForSpecificNFTs{value: pairCost}(
                    swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                    pairCost,
                    nftRecipient,
                    true,
                    msg.sender
                );
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return remaining value to sender
        if (remainingValue > 0) {
            ethRecipient.safeTransferETH(remainingValue);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps as many ERC20 tokens for any NFTs as possible, respecting the per-swap max cost.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the number of NFTs to buy from each.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
        
     */
    function robustSwapERC20ForAnyNFTs(
        RobustPairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Try doing each swap
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate actual cost per swap
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].swapInfo.numItems
            );
            // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
            if (
                pairCost <= swapList[i].maxCost &&
                error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
            ) {
                remainingValue -= swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.swapTokenForAnyNFTs(
                        swapList[i].swapInfo.numItems,
                        pairCost,
                        nftRecipient,
                        true,
                        msg.sender
                    );
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps as many ERC20 tokens for specific NFTs as possible, respecting the per-swap max cost.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to buy from each.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function robustSwapERC20ForSpecificNFTs(
        RobustPairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    )
        external
        payable
        checkDeadline(deadline)
        returns (uint256 remainingValue)
    {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Try doing each swap
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate actual cost per swap
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
            );
            // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
            if (
                pairCost <= swapList[i].maxCost &&
                error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
            ) {
                remainingValue -= swapList[i]
                    .swapInfo
                    .pair
                    .swapTokenForSpecificNFTs(
                        swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                        pairCost,
                        nftRecipient,
                        true,
                        msg.sender
                    );
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps as many NFTs for tokens as possible, respecting the per-swap min output
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to sell to each.
        @param tokenRecipient The address that will receive the token output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total ETH/ERC20 received
     */
    function robustSwapNFTsForToken(
        RobustPairSwapSpecificForToken[] calldata swapList,
        address payable tokenRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Try doing each swap
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            uint256 pairOutput;
            // Locally scoped to avoid stack too deep error
            {
                CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
                (error, , , pairOutput, ) = swapList[i]
                    .swapInfo
                    .pair
                    .getSellNFTQuote(swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length);
                if (error != CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK) {
                    unchecked {
                        ++i;
                    }
                    continue;
                }
            }
            // If at least equal to our minOutput, proceed
            if (pairOutput >= swapList[i].minOutput) {
                // Do the swap and update outputAmount with how many tokens we got
                outputAmount += swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.swapNFTsForToken(
                    swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                    0,
                    tokenRecipient,
                    true,
                    msg.sender
                );
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Buys NFTs with ETH and sells them for tokens in one transaction
        @param params All the parameters for the swap (packed in struct to avoid stack too deep), containing:
        - ethToNFTSwapList The list of NFTs to buy
        - nftToTokenSwapList The list of NFTs to sell
        - inputAmount The max amount of tokens to send (if ERC20)
        - tokenRecipient The address that receives tokens from the NFTs sold
        - nftRecipient The address that receives NFTs
        - deadline UNIX timestamp deadline for the swap
     */
    function robustSwapETHForSpecificNFTsAndNFTsToToken(
        RobustPairNFTsFoTokenAndTokenforNFTsTrade calldata params
    ) external payable returns (uint256 remainingValue, uint256 outputAmount) {
        {
            remainingValue = msg.value;
            uint256 pairCost;
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
            // Try doing each swap
            uint256 numSwaps = params.tokenToNFTTrades.length;
            for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
                // Calculate actual cost per swap
                (error, , , pairCost, ) = params
                    .tokenToNFTTrades[i]
                    .swapInfo
                    .pair
                    .getBuyNFTQuote(
                        params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
                    );
                // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
                if (
                    pairCost <= params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].maxCost &&
                    error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
                ) {
                    // We know how much ETH to send because we already did the math above
                    // So we just send that much
                    remainingValue -= params
                        .tokenToNFTTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .swapTokenForSpecificNFTs{value: pairCost}(
                        params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                        pairCost,
                        params.nftRecipient,
                        true,
                        msg.sender
                    );
                }
                unchecked {
                    ++i;
                }
            }
            // Return remaining value to sender
            if (remainingValue > 0) {
                params.tokenRecipient.safeTransferETH(remainingValue);
            }
        }
        {
            // Try doing each swap
            uint256 numSwaps = params.nftToTokenTrades.length;
            for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
                uint256 pairOutput;
                // Locally scoped to avoid stack too deep error
                {
                    CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
                    (error, , , pairOutput, ) = params
                        .nftToTokenTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .getSellNFTQuote(
                            params.nftToTokenTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
                        );
                    if (error != CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK) {
                        unchecked {
                            ++i;
                        }
                        continue;
                    }
                }
                // If at least equal to our minOutput, proceed
                if (pairOutput >= params.nftToTokenTrades[i].minOutput) {
                    // Do the swap and update outputAmount with how many tokens we got
                    outputAmount += params
                        .nftToTokenTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .swapNFTsForToken(
                            params.nftToTokenTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                            0,
                            params.tokenRecipient,
                            true,
                            msg.sender
                        );
                }
                unchecked {
                    ++i;
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Buys NFTs with ERC20, and sells them for tokens in one transaction
        @param params All the parameters for the swap (packed in struct to avoid stack too deep), containing:
        - ethToNFTSwapList The list of NFTs to buy
        - nftToTokenSwapList The list of NFTs to sell
        - inputAmount The max amount of tokens to send (if ERC20)
        - tokenRecipient The address that receives tokens from the NFTs sold
        - nftRecipient The address that receives NFTs
        - deadline UNIX timestamp deadline for the swap
     */
    function robustSwapERC20ForSpecificNFTsAndNFTsToToken(
        RobustPairNFTsFoTokenAndTokenforNFTsTrade calldata params
    ) external payable returns (uint256 remainingValue, uint256 outputAmount) {
        {
            remainingValue = params.inputAmount;
            uint256 pairCost;
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
            // Try doing each swap
            uint256 numSwaps = params.tokenToNFTTrades.length;
            for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
                // Calculate actual cost per swap
                (error, , , pairCost, ) = params
                    .tokenToNFTTrades[i]
                    .swapInfo
                    .pair
                    .getBuyNFTQuote(
                        params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
                    );
                // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
                if (
                    pairCost <= params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].maxCost &&
                    error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
                ) {
                    remainingValue -= params
                        .tokenToNFTTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .swapTokenForSpecificNFTs(
                            params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                            pairCost,
                            params.nftRecipient,
                            true,
                            msg.sender
                        );
                }
                unchecked {
                    ++i;
                }
            }
        }
        {
            // Try doing each swap
            uint256 numSwaps = params.nftToTokenTrades.length;
            for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
                uint256 pairOutput;
                // Locally scoped to avoid stack too deep error
                {
                    CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
                    (error, , , pairOutput, ) = params
                        .nftToTokenTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .getSellNFTQuote(
                            params.nftToTokenTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
                        );
                    if (error != CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK) {
                        unchecked {
                            ++i;
                        }
                        continue;
                    }
                }
                // If at least equal to our minOutput, proceed
                if (pairOutput >= params.nftToTokenTrades[i].minOutput) {
                    // Do the swap and update outputAmount with how many tokens we got
                    outputAmount += params
                        .nftToTokenTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .swapNFTsForToken(
                            params.nftToTokenTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                            0,
                            params.tokenRecipient,
                            true,
                            msg.sender
                        );
                }
                unchecked {
                    ++i;
                }
            }
        }
    }
    receive() external payable {}
    /**
        Restricted functions
     */
    /**
        @dev Allows an ERC20 pair contract to transfer ERC20 tokens directly from
        the sender, in order to minimize the number of token transfers. Only callable by an ERC20 pair.
        @param token The ERC20 token to transfer
        @param from The address to transfer tokens from
        @param to The address to transfer tokens to
        @param amount The amount of tokens to transfer
        @param variant The pair variant of the pair contract
     */
    function pairTransferERC20From(
        ERC20 token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant variant
    ) external {
        // verify caller is a trusted pair contract
        require(factory.isPair(msg.sender, variant), "Not pair");
        // verify caller is an ERC20 pair
        require(
            variant == ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant.ENUMERABLE_ERC20 ||
                variant ==
                ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant.MISSING_ENUMERABLE_ERC20,
            "Not ERC20 pair"
        );
        // transfer tokens to pair
        token.safeTransferFrom(from, to, amount);
    }
    /**
        @dev Allows a pair contract to transfer ERC721 NFTs directly from
        the sender, in order to minimize the number of token transfers. Only callable by a pair.
        @param nft The ERC721 NFT to transfer
        @param from The address to transfer tokens from
        @param to The address to transfer tokens to
        @param id The ID of the NFT to transfer
        @param variant The pair variant of the pair contract
     */
    function pairTransferNFTFrom(
        IERC721 nft,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant variant
    ) external {
        // verify caller is a trusted pair contract
        require(factory.isPair(msg.sender, variant), "Not pair");
        // transfer NFTs to pair
        nft.safeTransferFrom(from, to, id);
    }
    /**
        Internal functions
     */
    /**
        @param deadline The last valid time for a swap
     */
    function _checkDeadline(uint256 deadline) internal view {
        require(block.timestamp <= deadline, "Deadline passed");
    }
    /**
        @notice Internal function used to swap ETH for any NFTs
        @param swapList The list of pairs and swap calldata
        @param inputAmount The total amount of ETH to send
        @param ethRecipient The address receiving excess ETH
        @param nftRecipient The address receiving the NFTs from the pairs
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function _swapETHForAnyNFTs(
        PairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient
    ) internal returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Do swaps
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate the cost per swap first to send exact amount of ETH over, saves gas by avoiding the need to send back excess ETH
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].numItems
            );
            // Require no error
            require(error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK, "Bonding curve error");
            // Total ETH taken from sender cannot exceed inputAmount
            // because otherwise the deduction from remainingValue will fail
            remainingValue -= swapList[i].pair.swapTokenForAnyNFTs{
                value: pairCost
            }(
                swapList[i].numItems,
                remainingValue,
                nftRecipient,
                true,
                msg.sender
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return remaining value to sender
        if (remainingValue > 0) {
            ethRecipient.safeTransferETH(remainingValue);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Internal function used to swap ETH for a specific set of NFTs
        @param swapList The list of pairs and swap calldata
        @param inputAmount The total amount of ETH to send
        @param ethRecipient The address receiving excess ETH
        @param nftRecipient The address receiving the NFTs from the pairs
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function _swapETHForSpecificNFTs(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient
    ) internal returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Do swaps
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate the cost per swap first to send exact amount of ETH over, saves gas by avoiding the need to send back excess ETH
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].nftIds.length
            );
            // Require no errors
            require(error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK, "Bonding curve error");
            // Total ETH taken from sender cannot exceed inputAmount
            // because otherwise the deduction from remainingValue will fail
            remainingValue -= swapList[i].pair.swapTokenForSpecificNFTs{
                value: pairCost
            }(
                swapList[i].nftIds,
                remainingValue,
                nftRecipient,
                true,
                msg.sender
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return remaining value to sender
        if (remainingValue > 0) {
            ethRecipient.safeTransferETH(remainingValue);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Internal function used to swap an ERC20 token for any NFTs
        @dev Note that we don't need to query the pair's bonding curve first for pricing data because
        we just calculate and take the required amount from the caller during swap time. 
        However, we can't "pull" ETH, which is why for the ETH->NFT swaps, we need to calculate the pricing info
        to figure out how much the router should send to the pool.
        @param swapList The list of pairs and swap calldata
        @param inputAmount The total amount of ERC20 tokens to send
        @param nftRecipient The address receiving the NFTs from the pairs
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function _swapERC20ForAnyNFTs(
        PairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient
    ) internal returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        // Do swaps
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Tokens are transferred in by the pair calling router.pairTransferERC20From
            // Total tokens taken from sender cannot exceed inputAmount
            // because otherwise the deduction from remainingValue will fail
            remainingValue -= swapList[i].pair.swapTokenForAnyNFTs(
                swapList[i].numItems,
                remainingValue,
                nftRecipient,
                true,
                msg.sender
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Internal function used to swap an ERC20 token for specific NFTs
        @dev Note that we don't need to query the pair's bonding curve first for pricing data because
        we just calculate and take the required amount from the caller during swap time. 
        However, we can't "pull" ETH, which is why for the ETH->NFT swaps, we need to calculate the pricing info
        to figure out how much the router should send to the pool.
        @param swapList The list of pairs and swap calldata
        @param inputAmount The total amount of ERC20 tokens to send
        @param nftRecipient The address receiving the NFTs from the pairs
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function _swapERC20ForSpecificNFTs(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient
    ) internal returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        // Do swaps
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Tokens are transferred in by the pair calling router.pairTransferERC20From
            // Total tokens taken from sender cannot exceed inputAmount
            // because otherwise the deduction from remainingValue will fail
            remainingValue -= swapList[i].pair.swapTokenForSpecificNFTs(
                swapList[i].nftIds,
                remainingValue,
                nftRecipient,
                true,
                msg.sender
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps NFTs for tokens, designed to be used for 1 token at a time
        @dev Calling with multiple tokens is permitted, BUT minOutput will be 
        far from enough of a safety check because different tokens almost certainly have different unit prices.
        @param swapList The list of pairs and swap calldata 
        @param minOutput The minimum number of tokens to be receieved frm the swaps 
        @param tokenRecipient The address that receives the tokens
        @return outputAmount The number of tokens to be received
     */
    function _swapNFTsForToken(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address payable tokenRecipient
    ) internal returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Do swaps
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Do the swap for token and then update outputAmount
            // Note: minExpectedTokenOutput is set to 0 since we're doing an aggregate slippage check below
            outputAmount += swapList[i].pair.swapNFTsForToken(
                swapList[i].nftIds,
                0,
                tokenRecipient,
                true,
                msg.sender
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Aggregate slippage check
        require(outputAmount >= minOutput, "outputAmount too low");
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256 indexed tokenId
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(
        address indexed owner,
        address indexed approved,
        uint256 indexed tokenId
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(
        address indexed owner,
        address indexed operator,
        bool approved
    );
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId)
        external
        view
        returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator)
        external
        view
        returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.8.0;
/// @notice Modern and gas efficient ERC20 + EIP-2612 implementation.
/// @author Modified from Uniswap (https://github.com/Uniswap/uniswap-v2-core/blob/master/contracts/UniswapV2ERC20.sol)
abstract contract ERC20 {
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                  EVENTS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 amount);
    event Approval(
        address indexed owner,
        address indexed spender,
        uint256 amount
    );
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                             METADATA STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    string public name;
    string public symbol;
    uint8 public immutable decimals;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              ERC20 STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    uint256 public totalSupply;
    mapping(address => uint256) public balanceOf;
    mapping(address => mapping(address => uint256)) public allowance;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                           EIP-2612 STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    bytes32 public constant PERMIT_TYPEHASH =
        keccak256(
            "Permit(address owner,address spender,uint256 value,uint256 nonce,uint256 deadline)"
        );
    uint256 internal immutable INITIAL_CHAIN_ID;
    bytes32 internal immutable INITIAL_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
    mapping(address => uint256) public nonces;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                               CONSTRUCTOR
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    constructor(
        string memory _name,
        string memory _symbol,
        uint8 _decimals
    ) {
        name = _name;
        symbol = _symbol;
        decimals = _decimals;
        INITIAL_CHAIN_ID = block.chainid;
        INITIAL_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR = computeDomainSeparator();
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              ERC20 LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount)
        public
        virtual
        returns (bool)
    {
        allowance[msg.sender][spender] = amount;
        emit Approval(msg.sender, spender, amount);
        return true;
    }
    function transfer(address to, uint256 amount)
        public
        virtual
        returns (bool)
    {
        balanceOf[msg.sender] -= amount;
        // Cannot overflow because the sum of all user
        // balances can't exceed the max uint256 value.
        unchecked {
            balanceOf[to] += amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(msg.sender, to, amount);
        return true;
    }
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) public virtual returns (bool) {
        if (allowance[from][msg.sender] != type(uint256).max) {
            allowance[from][msg.sender] -= amount;
        }
        balanceOf[from] -= amount;
        // Cannot overflow because the sum of all user
        // balances can't exceed the max uint256 value.
        unchecked {
            balanceOf[to] += amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, amount);
        return true;
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              EIP-2612 LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function permit(
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) public virtual {
        require(deadline >= block.timestamp, "PERMIT_DEADLINE_EXPIRED");
        // Unchecked because the only math done is incrementing
        // the owner's nonce which cannot realistically overflow.
        unchecked {
            bytes32 digest = keccak256(
                abi.encodePacked(
                    "\\x19\\x01",
                    DOMAIN_SEPARATOR(),
                    keccak256(
                        abi.encode(
                            PERMIT_TYPEHASH,
                            owner,
                            spender,
                            value,
                            nonces[owner]++,
                            deadline
                        )
                    )
                )
            );
            address recoveredAddress = ecrecover(digest, v, r, s);
            require(
                recoveredAddress != address(0) && recoveredAddress == owner,
                "INVALID_PERMIT_SIGNATURE"
            );
            allowance[recoveredAddress][spender] = value;
        }
        emit Approval(owner, spender, value);
    }
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() public view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return
            block.chainid == INITIAL_CHAIN_ID
                ? INITIAL_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR
                : computeDomainSeparator();
    }
    function computeDomainSeparator() internal view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return
            keccak256(
                abi.encode(
                    keccak256(
                        "EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)"
                    ),
                    keccak256(bytes(name)),
                    keccak256(bytes("1")),
                    block.chainid,
                    address(this)
                )
            );
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                       INTERNAL MINT/BURN LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function _mint(address to, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
        totalSupply += amount;
        // Cannot overflow because the sum of all user
        // balances can't exceed the max uint256 value.
        unchecked {
            balanceOf[to] += amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(address(0), to, amount);
    }
    function _burn(address from, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
        balanceOf[from] -= amount;
        // Cannot underflow because a user's balance
        // will never be larger than the total supply.
        unchecked {
            totalSupply -= amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), amount);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.8.0;
import {ERC20} from "./ERC20.sol";
/// @notice Safe ETH and ERC20 transfer library that gracefully handles missing return values.
/// @author Modified from Gnosis (https://github.com/gnosis/gp-v2-contracts/blob/main/src/contracts/libraries/GPv2SafeERC20.sol)
/// @dev Use with caution! Some functions in this library knowingly create dirty bits at the destination of the free memory pointer.
library SafeTransferLib {
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            ETH OPERATIONS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function safeTransferETH(address to, uint256 amount) internal {
        bool callStatus;
        assembly {
            // Transfer the ETH and store if it succeeded or not.
            callStatus := call(gas(), to, amount, 0, 0, 0, 0)
        }
        require(callStatus, "ETH_TRANSFER_FAILED");
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                           ERC20 OPERATIONS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function safeTransferFrom(
        ERC20 token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        bool callStatus;
        assembly {
            // Get a pointer to some free memory.
            let freeMemoryPointer := mload(0x40)
            // Write the abi-encoded calldata to memory piece by piece:
            mstore(
                freeMemoryPointer,
                0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
            ) // Begin with the function selector.
            mstore(
                add(freeMemoryPointer, 4),
                and(from, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            ) // Mask and append the "from" argument.
            mstore(
                add(freeMemoryPointer, 36),
                and(to, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            ) // Mask and append the "to" argument.
            mstore(add(freeMemoryPointer, 68), amount) // Finally append the "amount" argument. No mask as it's a full 32 byte value.
            // Call the token and store if it succeeded or not.
            // We use 100 because the calldata length is 4 + 32 * 3.
            callStatus := call(gas(), token, 0, freeMemoryPointer, 100, 0, 0)
        }
        require(
            didLastOptionalReturnCallSucceed(callStatus),
            "TRANSFER_FROM_FAILED"
        );
    }
    function safeTransfer(
        ERC20 token,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        bool callStatus;
        assembly {
            // Get a pointer to some free memory.
            let freeMemoryPointer := mload(0x40)
            // Write the abi-encoded calldata to memory piece by piece:
            mstore(
                freeMemoryPointer,
                0xa9059cbb00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
            ) // Begin with the function selector.
            mstore(
                add(freeMemoryPointer, 4),
                and(to, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            ) // Mask and append the "to" argument.
            mstore(add(freeMemoryPointer, 36), amount) // Finally append the "amount" argument. No mask as it's a full 32 byte value.
            // Call the token and store if it succeeded or not.
            // We use 68 because the calldata length is 4 + 32 * 2.
            callStatus := call(gas(), token, 0, freeMemoryPointer, 68, 0, 0)
        }
        require(
            didLastOptionalReturnCallSucceed(callStatus),
            "TRANSFER_FAILED"
        );
    }
    function safeApprove(
        ERC20 token,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        bool callStatus;
        assembly {
            // Get a pointer to some free memory.
            let freeMemoryPointer := mload(0x40)
            // Write the abi-encoded calldata to memory piece by piece:
            mstore(
                freeMemoryPointer,
                0x095ea7b300000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
            ) // Begin with the function selector.
            mstore(
                add(freeMemoryPointer, 4),
                and(to, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            ) // Mask and append the "to" argument.
            mstore(add(freeMemoryPointer, 36), amount) // Finally append the "amount" argument. No mask as it's a full 32 byte value.
            // Call the token and store if it succeeded or not.
            // We use 68 because the calldata length is 4 + 32 * 2.
            callStatus := call(gas(), token, 0, freeMemoryPointer, 68, 0, 0)
        }
        require(didLastOptionalReturnCallSucceed(callStatus), "APPROVE_FAILED");
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                         INTERNAL HELPER LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function didLastOptionalReturnCallSucceed(bool callStatus)
        private
        pure
        returns (bool success)
    {
        assembly {
            // Get how many bytes the call returned.
            let returnDataSize := returndatasize()
            // If the call reverted:
            if iszero(callStatus) {
                // Copy the revert message into memory.
                returndatacopy(0, 0, returnDataSize)
                // Revert with the same message.
                revert(0, returnDataSize)
            }
            switch returnDataSize
            case 32 {
                // Copy the return data into memory.
                returndatacopy(0, 0, returnDataSize)
                // Set success to whether it returned true.
                success := iszero(iszero(mload(0)))
            }
            case 0 {
                // There was no return data.
                success := 1
            }
            default {
                // It returned some malformed input.
                success := 0
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {ERC20} from "./imports/ERC20.sol";
import {IERC721} from "./imports/IERC721.sol";
import {OwnableWithTransferCallback} from "./lib/OwnableWithTransferCallback.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuard} from "./lib/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import {ICurve} from "./bonding-curves/ICurve.sol";
import {LSSVMRouter} from "./LSSVMRouter.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
import {CurveErrorCodes} from "./bonding-curves/CurveErrorCodes.sol";
import {IERC1155} from "./imports/IERC1155.sol";
import {ERC1155Holder} from "./imports/ERC1155Holder.sol";
/// @title The base contract for an NFT/TOKEN AMM pair
/// @author boredGenius and 0xmons
/// @notice This implements the core swap logic from NFT to TOKEN
abstract contract LSSVMPair is
    OwnableWithTransferCallback,
    ReentrancyGuard,
    ERC1155Holder
{
    enum PoolType {
        TOKEN,
        NFT,
        TRADE
    }
    // 90%, must <= 1 - MAX_PROTOCOL_FEE (set in LSSVMPairFactory)
    uint256 internal constant MAX_FEE = 0.90e18;
    // The current price of the NFT
    // @dev This is generally used to mean the immediate sell price for the next marginal NFT.
    // However, this should NOT be assumed, as future bonding curves may use spotPrice in different ways.
    // Use getBuyNFTQuote and getSellNFTQuote for accurate pricing info.
    uint128 public spotPrice;
    // The parameter for the pair's bonding curve.
    // Units and meaning are bonding curve dependent.
    uint128 public delta;
    // The spread between buy and sell prices, set to be a multiplier we apply to the buy price
    // Fee is only relevant for TRADE pools
    // Units are in base 1e18
    uint96 public fee;
    // If set to 0, NFTs/tokens sent by traders during trades will be sent to the pair.
    // Otherwise, assets will be sent to the set address. Not available for TRADE pools.
    address payable public assetRecipient;
    // Events
    event SwapNFTInPair();
    event SwapNFTOutPair();
    event SpotPriceUpdate(uint128 newSpotPrice);
    event TokenDeposit(uint256 amount);
    event TokenWithdrawal(uint256 amount);
    event NFTWithdrawal();
    event DeltaUpdate(uint128 newDelta);
    event FeeUpdate(uint96 newFee);
    event AssetRecipientChange(address a);
    // Parameterized Errors
    error BondingCurveError(CurveErrorCodes.Error error);
    /**
      @notice Called during pair creation to set initial parameters
      @dev Only called once by factory to initialize.
      We verify this by making sure that the current owner is address(0). 
      The Ownable library we use disallows setting the owner to be address(0), so this condition
      should only be valid before the first initialize call. 
      @param _owner The owner of the pair
      @param _assetRecipient The address that will receive the TOKEN or NFT sent to this pair during swaps. NOTE: If set to address(0), they will go to the pair itself.
      @param _delta The initial delta of the bonding curve
      @param _fee The initial % fee taken, if this is a trade pair 
      @param _spotPrice The initial price to sell an asset into the pair
     */
    function initialize(
        address _owner,
        address payable _assetRecipient,
        uint128 _delta,
        uint96 _fee,
        uint128 _spotPrice
    ) external payable {
        require(owner() == address(0), "Initialized");
        __Ownable_init(_owner);
        __ReentrancyGuard_init();
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        PoolType _poolType = poolType();
        if ((_poolType == PoolType.TOKEN) || (_poolType == PoolType.NFT)) {
            require(_fee == 0, "Only Trade Pools can have nonzero fee");
            assetRecipient = _assetRecipient;
        } else if (_poolType == PoolType.TRADE) {
            require(_fee < MAX_FEE, "Trade fee must be less than 90%");
            require(
                _assetRecipient == address(0),
                "Trade pools can't set asset recipient"
            );
            fee = _fee;
        }
        require(_bondingCurve.validateDelta(_delta), "Invalid delta for curve");
        require(
            _bondingCurve.validateSpotPrice(_spotPrice),
            "Invalid new spot price for curve"
        );
        delta = _delta;
        spotPrice = _spotPrice;
    }
    /**
     * External state-changing functions
     */
    /**
        @notice Sends token to the pair in exchange for any `numNFTs` NFTs
        @dev To compute the amount of token to send, call bondingCurve.getBuyInfo.
        This swap function is meant for users who are ID agnostic
        @param numNFTs The number of NFTs to purchase
        @param maxExpectedTokenInput The maximum acceptable cost from the sender. If the actual
        amount is greater than this value, the transaction will be reverted.
        @param nftRecipient The recipient of the NFTs
        @param isRouter True if calling from LSSVMRouter, false otherwise. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @param routerCaller If isRouter is true, ERC20 tokens will be transferred from this address. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @return inputAmount The amount of token used for purchase
     */
    function swapTokenForAnyNFTs(
        uint256 numNFTs,
        uint256 maxExpectedTokenInput,
        address nftRecipient,
        bool isRouter,
        address routerCaller
    ) external payable virtual nonReentrant returns (uint256 inputAmount) {
        // Store locally to remove extra calls
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory = factory();
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        IERC721 _nft = nft();
        // Input validation
        {
            PoolType _poolType = poolType();
            require(
                _poolType == PoolType.NFT || _poolType == PoolType.TRADE,
                "Wrong Pool type"
            );
            require(
                (numNFTs > 0) && (numNFTs <= _nft.balanceOf(address(this))),
                "Ask for > 0 and <= balanceOf NFTs"
            );
        }
        // Call bonding curve for pricing information
        uint256 protocolFee;
        (protocolFee, inputAmount) = _calculateBuyInfoAndUpdatePoolParams(
            numNFTs,
            maxExpectedTokenInput,
            _bondingCurve,
            _factory
        );
        _pullTokenInputAndPayProtocolFee(
            inputAmount,
            isRouter,
            routerCaller,
            _factory,
            protocolFee
        );
        _sendAnyNFTsToRecipient(_nft, nftRecipient, numNFTs);
        _refundTokenToSender(inputAmount);
        emit SwapNFTOutPair();
    }
    /**
        @notice Sends token to the pair in exchange for a specific set of NFTs
        @dev To compute the amount of token to send, call bondingCurve.getBuyInfo
        This swap is meant for users who want specific IDs. Also higher chance of
        reverting if some of the specified IDs leave the pool before the swap goes through.
        @param nftIds The list of IDs of the NFTs to purchase
        @param maxExpectedTokenInput The maximum acceptable cost from the sender. If the actual
        amount is greater than this value, the transaction will be reverted.
        @param nftRecipient The recipient of the NFTs
        @param isRouter True if calling from LSSVMRouter, false otherwise. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @param routerCaller If isRouter is true, ERC20 tokens will be transferred from this address. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @return inputAmount The amount of token used for purchase
     */
    function swapTokenForSpecificNFTs(
        uint256[] calldata nftIds,
        uint256 maxExpectedTokenInput,
        address nftRecipient,
        bool isRouter,
        address routerCaller
    ) external payable virtual nonReentrant returns (uint256 inputAmount) {
        // Store locally to remove extra calls
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory = factory();
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        // Input validation
        {
            PoolType _poolType = poolType();
            require(
                _poolType == PoolType.NFT || _poolType == PoolType.TRADE,
                "Wrong Pool type"
            );
            require((nftIds.length > 0), "Must ask for > 0 NFTs");
        }
        // Call bonding curve for pricing information
        uint256 protocolFee;
        (protocolFee, inputAmount) = _calculateBuyInfoAndUpdatePoolParams(
            nftIds.length,
            maxExpectedTokenInput,
            _bondingCurve,
            _factory
        );
        _pullTokenInputAndPayProtocolFee(
            inputAmount,
            isRouter,
            routerCaller,
            _factory,
            protocolFee
        );
        _sendSpecificNFTsToRecipient(nft(), nftRecipient, nftIds);
        _refundTokenToSender(inputAmount);
        emit SwapNFTOutPair();
    }
    /**
        @notice Sends a set of NFTs to the pair in exchange for token
        @dev To compute the amount of token to that will be received, call bondingCurve.getSellInfo.
        @param nftIds The list of IDs of the NFTs to sell to the pair
        @param minExpectedTokenOutput The minimum acceptable token received by the sender. If the actual
        amount is less than this value, the transaction will be reverted.
        @param tokenRecipient The recipient of the token output
        @param isRouter True if calling from LSSVMRouter, false otherwise. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @param routerCaller If isRouter is true, ERC20 tokens will be transferred from this address. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @return outputAmount The amount of token received
     */
    function swapNFTsForToken(
        uint256[] calldata nftIds,
        uint256 minExpectedTokenOutput,
        address payable tokenRecipient,
        bool isRouter,
        address routerCaller
    ) external virtual nonReentrant returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Store locally to remove extra calls
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory = factory();
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        // Input validation
        {
            PoolType _poolType = poolType();
            require(
                _poolType == PoolType.TOKEN || _poolType == PoolType.TRADE,
                "Wrong Pool type"
            );
            require(nftIds.length > 0, "Must ask for > 0 NFTs");
        }
        // Call bonding curve for pricing information
        uint256 protocolFee;
        (protocolFee, outputAmount) = _calculateSellInfoAndUpdatePoolParams(
            nftIds.length,
            minExpectedTokenOutput,
            _bondingCurve,
            _factory
        );
        _sendTokenOutput(tokenRecipient, outputAmount);
        _payProtocolFeeFromPair(_factory, protocolFee);
        _takeNFTsFromSender(nft(), nftIds, _factory, isRouter, routerCaller);
        emit SwapNFTInPair();
    }
    /**
     * View functions
     */
    /**
        @dev Used as read function to query the bonding curve for buy pricing info
        @param numNFTs The number of NFTs to buy from the pair
     */
    function getBuyNFTQuote(uint256 numNFTs)
        external
        view
        returns (
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error,
            uint256 newSpotPrice,
            uint256 newDelta,
            uint256 inputAmount,
            uint256 protocolFee
        )
    {
        (
            error,
            newSpotPrice,
            newDelta,
            inputAmount,
            protocolFee
        ) = bondingCurve().getBuyInfo(
            spotPrice,
            delta,
            numNFTs,
            fee,
            factory().protocolFeeMultiplier()
        );
    }
    /**
        @dev Used as read function to query the bonding curve for sell pricing info
        @param numNFTs The number of NFTs to sell to the pair
     */
    function getSellNFTQuote(uint256 numNFTs)
        external
        view
        returns (
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error,
            uint256 newSpotPrice,
            uint256 newDelta,
            uint256 outputAmount,
            uint256 protocolFee
        )
    {
        (
            error,
            newSpotPrice,
            newDelta,
            outputAmount,
            protocolFee
        ) = bondingCurve().getSellInfo(
            spotPrice,
            delta,
            numNFTs,
            fee,
            factory().protocolFeeMultiplier()
        );
    }
    /**
        @notice Returns all NFT IDs held by the pool
     */
    function getAllHeldIds() external view virtual returns (uint256[] memory);
    /**
        @notice Returns the pair's variant (NFT is enumerable or not, pair uses ETH or ERC20)
     */
    function pairVariant()
        public
        pure
        virtual
        returns (ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant);
    function factory() public pure returns (ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory) {
        uint256 paramsLength = _immutableParamsLength();
        assembly {
            _factory := shr(
                0x60,
                calldataload(sub(calldatasize(), paramsLength))
            )
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Returns the type of bonding curve that parameterizes the pair
     */
    function bondingCurve() public pure returns (ICurve _bondingCurve) {
        uint256 paramsLength = _immutableParamsLength();
        assembly {
            _bondingCurve := shr(
                0x60,
                calldataload(add(sub(calldatasize(), paramsLength), 20))
            )
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Returns the NFT collection that parameterizes the pair
     */
    function nft() public pure returns (IERC721 _nft) {
        uint256 paramsLength = _immutableParamsLength();
        assembly {
            _nft := shr(
                0x60,
                calldataload(add(sub(calldatasize(), paramsLength), 40))
            )
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Returns the pair's type (TOKEN/NFT/TRADE)
     */
    function poolType() public pure returns (PoolType _poolType) {
        uint256 paramsLength = _immutableParamsLength();
        assembly {
            _poolType := shr(
                0xf8,
                calldataload(add(sub(calldatasize(), paramsLength), 60))
            )
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Returns the address that assets that receives assets when a swap is done with this pair
        Can be set to another address by the owner, if set to address(0), defaults to the pair's own address
     */
    function getAssetRecipient()
        public
        view
        returns (address payable _assetRecipient)
    {
        // If it's a TRADE pool, we know the recipient is 0 (TRADE pools can't set asset recipients)
        // so just return address(this)
        if (poolType() == PoolType.TRADE) {
            return payable(address(this));
        }
        // Otherwise, we return the recipient if it's been set
        // or replace it with address(this) if it's 0
        _assetRecipient = assetRecipient;
        if (_assetRecipient == address(0)) {
            // Tokens will be transferred to address(this)
            _assetRecipient = payable(address(this));
        }
    }
    /**
     * Internal functions
     */
    /**
        @notice Calculates the amount needed to be sent into the pair for a buy and adjusts spot price or delta if necessary
        @param numNFTs The amount of NFTs to purchase from the pair
        @param maxExpectedTokenInput The maximum acceptable cost from the sender. If the actual
        amount is greater than this value, the transaction will be reverted.
        @param protocolFee The percentage of protocol fee to be taken, as a percentage
        @return protocolFee The amount of tokens to send as protocol fee
        @return inputAmount The amount of tokens total tokens receive
     */
    function _calculateBuyInfoAndUpdatePoolParams(
        uint256 numNFTs,
        uint256 maxExpectedTokenInput,
        ICurve _bondingCurve,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory
    ) internal returns (uint256 protocolFee, uint256 inputAmount) {
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Save on 2 SLOADs by caching
        uint128 currentSpotPrice = spotPrice;
        uint128 newSpotPrice;
        uint128 currentDelta = delta;
        uint128 newDelta;
        (
            error,
            newSpotPrice,
            newDelta,
            inputAmount,
            protocolFee
        ) = _bondingCurve.getBuyInfo(
            currentSpotPrice,
            currentDelta,
            numNFTs,
            fee,
            _factory.protocolFeeMultiplier()
        );
        // Revert if bonding curve had an error
        if (error != CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK) {
            revert BondingCurveError(error);
        }
        // Revert if input is more than expected
        require(inputAmount <= maxExpectedTokenInput, "In too many tokens");
        // Consolidate writes to save gas
        if (currentSpotPrice != newSpotPrice || currentDelta != newDelta) {
            spotPrice = newSpotPrice;
            delta = newDelta;
        }
        // Emit spot price update if it has been updated
        if (currentSpotPrice != newSpotPrice) {
            emit SpotPriceUpdate(newSpotPrice);
        }
        // Emit delta update if it has been updated
        if (currentDelta != newDelta) {
            emit DeltaUpdate(newDelta);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Calculates the amount needed to be sent by the pair for a sell and adjusts spot price or delta if necessary
        @param numNFTs The amount of NFTs to send to the the pair
        @param minExpectedTokenOutput The minimum acceptable token received by the sender. If the actual
        amount is less than this value, the transaction will be reverted.
        @param protocolFee The percentage of protocol fee to be taken, as a percentage
        @return protocolFee The amount of tokens to send as protocol fee
        @return outputAmount The amount of tokens total tokens receive
     */
    function _calculateSellInfoAndUpdatePoolParams(
        uint256 numNFTs,
        uint256 minExpectedTokenOutput,
        ICurve _bondingCurve,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory
    ) internal returns (uint256 protocolFee, uint256 outputAmount) {
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Save on 2 SLOADs by caching
        uint128 currentSpotPrice = spotPrice;
        uint128 newSpotPrice;
        uint128 currentDelta = delta;
        uint128 newDelta;
        (
            error,
            newSpotPrice,
            newDelta,
            outputAmount,
            protocolFee
        ) = _bondingCurve.getSellInfo(
            currentSpotPrice,
            currentDelta,
            numNFTs,
            fee,
            _factory.protocolFeeMultiplier()
        );
        // Revert if bonding curve had an error
        if (error != CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK) {
            revert BondingCurveError(error);
        }
        // Revert if output is too little
        require(
            outputAmount >= minExpectedTokenOutput,
            "Out too little tokens"
        );
        // Consolidate writes to save gas
        if (currentSpotPrice != newSpotPrice || currentDelta != newDelta) {
            spotPrice = newSpotPrice;
            delta = newDelta;
        }
        // Emit spot price update if it has been updated
        if (currentSpotPrice != newSpotPrice) {
            emit SpotPriceUpdate(newSpotPrice);
        }
        // Emit delta update if it has been updated
        if (currentDelta != newDelta) {
            emit DeltaUpdate(newDelta);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Pulls the token input of a trade from the trader and pays the protocol fee.
        @param inputAmount The amount of tokens to be sent
        @param isRouter Whether or not the caller is LSSVMRouter
        @param routerCaller If called from LSSVMRouter, store the original caller
        @param _factory The LSSVMPairFactory which stores LSSVMRouter allowlist info
        @param protocolFee The protocol fee to be paid
     */
    function _pullTokenInputAndPayProtocolFee(
        uint256 inputAmount,
        bool isRouter,
        address routerCaller,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory,
        uint256 protocolFee
    ) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Sends excess tokens back to the caller (if applicable)
        @dev We send ETH back to the caller even when called from LSSVMRouter because we do an aggregate slippage check for certain bulk swaps. (Instead of sending directly back to the router caller) 
        Excess ETH sent for one swap can then be used to help pay for the next swap.
     */
    function _refundTokenToSender(uint256 inputAmount) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Sends protocol fee (if it exists) back to the LSSVMPairFactory from the pair
     */
    function _payProtocolFeeFromPair(
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory,
        uint256 protocolFee
    ) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Sends tokens to a recipient
        @param tokenRecipient The address receiving the tokens
        @param outputAmount The amount of tokens to send
     */
    function _sendTokenOutput(
        address payable tokenRecipient,
        uint256 outputAmount
    ) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Sends some number of NFTs to a recipient address, ID agnostic
        @dev Even though we specify the NFT address here, this internal function is only 
        used to send NFTs associated with this specific pool.
        @param _nft The address of the NFT to send
        @param nftRecipient The receiving address for the NFTs
        @param numNFTs The number of NFTs to send  
     */
    function _sendAnyNFTsToRecipient(
        IERC721 _nft,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 numNFTs
    ) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Sends specific NFTs to a recipient address
        @dev Even though we specify the NFT address here, this internal function is only 
        used to send NFTs associated with this specific pool.
        @param _nft The address of the NFT to send
        @param nftRecipient The receiving address for the NFTs
        @param nftIds The specific IDs of NFTs to send  
     */
    function _sendSpecificNFTsToRecipient(
        IERC721 _nft,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256[] calldata nftIds
    ) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Takes NFTs from the caller and sends them into the pair's asset recipient
        @dev This is used by the LSSVMPair's swapNFTForToken function. 
        @param _nft The NFT collection to take from
        @param nftIds The specific NFT IDs to take
        @param isRouter True if calling from LSSVMRouter, false otherwise. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @param routerCaller If isRouter is true, ERC20 tokens will be transferred from this address. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
     */
    function _takeNFTsFromSender(
        IERC721 _nft,
        uint256[] calldata nftIds,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory,
        bool isRouter,
        address routerCaller
    ) internal virtual {
        {
            address _assetRecipient = getAssetRecipient();
            uint256 numNFTs = nftIds.length;
            if (isRouter) {
                // Verify if router is allowed
                LSSVMRouter router = LSSVMRouter(payable(msg.sender));
                (bool routerAllowed, ) = _factory.routerStatus(router);
                require(routerAllowed, "Not router");
                // Call router to pull NFTs
                // If more than 1 NFT is being transfered, we can do a balance check instead of an ownership check, as pools are indifferent between NFTs from the same collection
                if (numNFTs > 1) {
                    uint256 beforeBalance = _nft.balanceOf(_assetRecipient);
                    for (uint256 i = 0; i < numNFTs; ) {
                        router.pairTransferNFTFrom(
                            _nft,
                            routerCaller,
                            _assetRecipient,
                            nftIds[i],
                            pairVariant()
                        );
                        unchecked {
                            ++i;
                        }
                    }
                    require(
                        (_nft.balanceOf(_assetRecipient) - beforeBalance) ==
                            numNFTs,
                        "NFTs not transferred"
                    );
                } else {
                    router.pairTransferNFTFrom(
                        _nft,
                        routerCaller,
                        _assetRecipient,
                        nftIds[0],
                        pairVariant()
                    );
                    require(
                        _nft.ownerOf(nftIds[0]) == _assetRecipient,
                        "NFT not transferred"
                    );
                }
            } else {
                // Pull NFTs directly from sender
                for (uint256 i; i < numNFTs; ) {
                    _nft.safeTransferFrom(
                        msg.sender,
                        _assetRecipient,
                        nftIds[i]
                    );
                    unchecked {
                        ++i;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @dev Used internally to grab pair parameters from calldata, see LSSVMPairCloner for technical details
     */
    function _immutableParamsLength() internal pure virtual returns (uint256);
    /**
     * Owner functions
     */
    /**
        @notice Rescues a specified set of NFTs owned by the pair to the owner address.
        @dev If the NFT is the pair's collection, we also remove it from the id tracking.
        @param a The address of the NFT to transfer
        @param nftIds The list of IDs of the NFTs to send to the owner
     */
    function withdrawERC721(IERC721 a, uint256[] calldata nftIds)
        external
        virtual;
    /**
        @notice Rescues ERC20 tokens from the pair to the owner. Only callable by the owner.
        @param a The address of the token to transfer
        @param amount The amount of tokens to send to the owner
     */
    function withdrawERC20(ERC20 a, uint256 amount) external virtual;
    /**
        @notice Rescues ERC1155 tokens from the pair to the owner. Only callable by the owner.
        @param a The NFT to transfer
        @param ids The NFT ids to transfer
        @param amounts The amounts of each id to transfer
     */
    function withdrawERC1155(
        IERC1155 a,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata amounts
    ) external onlyOwner {
        a.safeBatchTransferFrom(address(this), msg.sender, ids, amounts, "");
    }
    /**
        @notice Updates the selling spot price. Only callable by the owner.
        @param newSpotPrice The new selling spot price value, in Token
     */
    function changeSpotPrice(uint128 newSpotPrice) external onlyOwner {
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        require(
            _bondingCurve.validateSpotPrice(newSpotPrice),
            "Invalid new spot price for curve"
        );
        if (spotPrice != newSpotPrice) {
            spotPrice = newSpotPrice;
            emit SpotPriceUpdate(newSpotPrice);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Updates the delta parameter. Only callable by the owner.
        @param newDelta The new delta parameter
     */
    function changeDelta(uint128 newDelta) external onlyOwner {
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        require(
            _bondingCurve.validateDelta(newDelta),
            "Invalid delta for curve"
        );
        if (delta != newDelta) {
            delta = newDelta;
            emit DeltaUpdate(newDelta);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Updates the fee taken by the LP. Only callable by the owner.
        Only callable if the pool is a Trade pool. Reverts if the fee is >=
        MAX_FEE.
        @param newFee The new LP fee percentage, 18 decimals
     */
    function changeFee(uint96 newFee) external onlyOwner {
        PoolType _poolType = poolType();
        require(_poolType == PoolType.TRADE, "Only for Trade pools");
        require(newFee < MAX_FEE, "Trade fee must be less than 90%");
        if (fee != newFee) {
            fee = newFee;
            emit FeeUpdate(newFee);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Changes the address that will receive assets received from
        trades. Only callable by the owner.
        @param newRecipient The new asset recipient
     */
    function changeAssetRecipient(address payable newRecipient)
        external
        onlyOwner
    {
        PoolType _poolType = poolType();
        require(_poolType != PoolType.TRADE, "Not for Trade pools");
        if (assetRecipient != newRecipient) {
            assetRecipient = newRecipient;
            emit AssetRecipientChange(newRecipient);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Allows the pair to make arbitrary external calls to contracts
        whitelisted by the protocol. Only callable by the owner.
        @param target The contract to call
        @param data The calldata to pass to the contract
     */
    function call(address payable target, bytes calldata data)
        external
        onlyOwner
    {
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory = factory();
        require(_factory.callAllowed(target), "Target must be whitelisted");
        (bool result, ) = target.call{value: 0}(data);
        require(result, "Call failed");
    }
    /**
        @notice Allows owner to batch multiple calls, forked from: https://github.com/boringcrypto/BoringSolidity/blob/master/contracts/BoringBatchable.sol 
        @dev Intended for withdrawing/altering pool pricing in one tx, only callable by owner, cannot change owner
        @param calls The calldata for each call to make
        @param revertOnFail Whether or not to revert the entire tx if any of the calls fail
     */
    function multicall(bytes[] calldata calls, bool revertOnFail)
        external
        onlyOwner
    {
        for (uint256 i; i < calls.length; ) {
            (bool success, bytes memory result) = address(this).delegatecall(
                calls[i]
            );
            if (!success && revertOnFail) {
                revert(_getRevertMsg(result));
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Prevent multicall from malicious frontend sneaking in ownership change
        require(
            owner() == msg.sender,
            "Ownership cannot be changed in multicall"
        );
    }
    /**
      @param _returnData The data returned from a multicall result
      @dev Used to grab the revert string from the underlying call
     */
    function _getRevertMsg(bytes memory _returnData)
        internal
        pure
        returns (string memory)
    {
        // If the _res length is less than 68, then the transaction failed silently (without a revert message)
        if (_returnData.length < 68) return "Transaction reverted silently";
        assembly {
            // Slice the sighash.
            _returnData := add(_returnData, 0x04)
        }
        return abi.decode(_returnData, (string)); // All that remains is the revert string
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import {IOwnershipTransferCallback} from "./IOwnershipTransferCallback.sol";
import {Address} from "../imports/Address.sol";
abstract contract OwnableWithTransferCallback {
    using Address for address;
    bytes4 constant TRANSFER_CALLBACK =
        type(IOwnershipTransferCallback).interfaceId;
    error Ownable_NotOwner();
    error Ownable_NewOwnerZeroAddress();
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed newOwner);
    /// @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
    function __Ownable_init(address initialOwner) internal {
        _owner = initialOwner;
    }
    /// @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /// @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        if (owner() != msg.sender) revert Ownable_NotOwner();
        _;
    }
    /// @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
    /// Disallows setting to the zero address as a way to more gas-efficiently avoid reinitialization
    /// When ownership is transferred, if the new owner implements IOwnershipTransferCallback, we make a callback
    /// Can only be called by the current owner.
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        if (newOwner == address(0)) revert Ownable_NewOwnerZeroAddress();
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
        // Call the on ownership transfer callback if it exists
        // @dev try/catch is around 5k gas cheaper than doing ERC165 checking
        if (newOwner.isContract()) {
            try
                IOwnershipTransferCallback(newOwner).onOwnershipTransfer(
                    msg.sender
                )
            {} catch (bytes memory) {}
        }
    }
    /// @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
    /// Internal function without access restriction.
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
interface IOwnershipTransferCallback {
    function onOwnershipTransfer(address oldOwner) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
        // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
        // constructor execution.
        uint256 size;
        assembly {
            size := extcodesize(account)
        }
        return size > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(
            address(this).balance >= amount,
            "Address: insufficient balance"
        );
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(
            success,
            "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted"
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data)
        internal
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return
            functionCallWithValue(
                target,
                data,
                value,
                "Address: low-level call with value failed"
            );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(
            address(this).balance >= value,
            "Address: insufficient balance for call"
        );
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(
            data
        );
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data)
        internal
        view
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return
            functionStaticCall(
                target,
                data,
                "Address: low-level static call failed"
            );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data)
        internal
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return
            functionDelegateCall(
                target,
                data,
                "Address: low-level delegate call failed"
            );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Forked from OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol),
// removed initializer check as we already do that in our modified Ownable
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
    uint256 private _status;
    function __ReentrancyGuard_init() internal {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _notEntered will be true
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
        _;
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {CurveErrorCodes} from "./CurveErrorCodes.sol";
interface ICurve {
    /**
        @notice Validates if a delta value is valid for the curve. The criteria for
        validity can be different for each type of curve, for instance ExponentialCurve
        requires delta to be greater than 1.
        @param delta The delta value to be validated
        @return valid True if delta is valid, false otherwise
     */
    function validateDelta(uint128 delta) external pure returns (bool valid);
    /**
        @notice Validates if a new spot price is valid for the curve. Spot price is generally assumed to be the immediate sell price of 1 NFT to the pool, in units of the pool's paired token.
        @param newSpotPrice The new spot price to be set
        @return valid True if the new spot price is valid, false otherwise
     */
    function validateSpotPrice(uint128 newSpotPrice)
        external
        view
        returns (bool valid);
    /**
        @notice Given the current state of the pair and the trade, computes how much the user
        should pay to purchase an NFT from the pair, the new spot price, and other values.
        @param spotPrice The current selling spot price of the pair, in tokens
        @param delta The delta parameter of the pair, what it means depends on the curve
        @param numItems The number of NFTs the user is buying from the pair
        @param feeMultiplier Determines how much fee the LP takes from this trade, 18 decimals
        @param protocolFeeMultiplier Determines how much fee the protocol takes from this trade, 18 decimals
        @return error Any math calculation errors, only Error.OK means the returned values are valid
        @return newSpotPrice The updated selling spot price, in tokens
        @return newDelta The updated delta, used to parameterize the bonding curve
        @return inputValue The amount that the user should pay, in tokens
        @return protocolFee The amount of fee to send to the protocol, in tokens
     */
    function getBuyInfo(
        uint128 spotPrice,
        uint128 delta,
        uint256 numItems,
        uint256 feeMultiplier,
        uint256 protocolFeeMultiplier
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error,
            uint128 newSpotPrice,
            uint128 newDelta,
            uint256 inputValue,
            uint256 protocolFee
        );
    /**
        @notice Given the current state of the pair and the trade, computes how much the user
        should receive when selling NFTs to the pair, the new spot price, and other values.
        @param spotPrice The current selling spot price of the pair, in tokens
        @param delta The delta parameter of the pair, what it means depends on the curve
        @param numItems The number of NFTs the user is selling to the pair
        @param feeMultiplier Determines how much fee the LP takes from this trade, 18 decimals
        @param protocolFeeMultiplier Determines how much fee the protocol takes from this trade, 18 decimals
        @return error Any math calculation errors, only Error.OK means the returned values are valid
        @return newSpotPrice The updated selling spot price, in tokens
        @return newDelta The updated delta, used to parameterize the bonding curve
        @return outputValue The amount that the user should receive, in tokens
        @return protocolFee The amount of fee to send to the protocol, in tokens
     */
    function getSellInfo(
        uint128 spotPrice,
        uint128 delta,
        uint256 numItems,
        uint256 feeMultiplier,
        uint256 protocolFeeMultiplier
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error,
            uint128 newSpotPrice,
            uint128 newDelta,
            uint256 outputValue,
            uint256 protocolFee
        );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
contract CurveErrorCodes {
    enum Error {
        OK, // No error
        INVALID_NUMITEMS, // The numItem value is 0
        SPOT_PRICE_OVERFLOW // The updated spot price doesn't fit into 128 bits
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {LSSVMRouter} from "./LSSVMRouter.sol";
interface ILSSVMPairFactoryLike {
    enum PairVariant {
        ENUMERABLE_ETH,
        MISSING_ENUMERABLE_ETH,
        ENUMERABLE_ERC20,
        MISSING_ENUMERABLE_ERC20
    }
    function protocolFeeMultiplier() external view returns (uint256);
    function protocolFeeRecipient() external view returns (address payable);
    function callAllowed(address target) external view returns (bool);
    function routerStatus(LSSVMRouter router)
        external
        view
        returns (bool allowed, bool wasEverAllowed);
    function isPair(address potentialPair, PairVariant variant)
        external
        view
        returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC1155 compliant contract, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155[EIP].
 *
 * _Available since v3.1._
 */
interface IERC1155 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens of token type `id` are transferred from `from` to `to` by `operator`.
     */
    event TransferSingle(
        address indexed operator,
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 value
    );
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to multiple {TransferSingle} events, where `operator`, `from` and `to` are the same for all
     * transfers.
     */
    event TransferBatch(
        address indexed operator,
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256[] ids,
        uint256[] values
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer their tokens, according to
     * `approved`.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(
        address indexed account,
        address indexed operator,
        bool approved
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the URI for token type `id` changes to `value`, if it is a non-programmatic URI.
     *
     * If an {URI} event was emitted for `id`, the standard
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata-extensions[guarantees] that `value` will equal the value
     * returned by {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}.
     */
    event URI(string value, uint256 indexed id);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens of token type `id` owned by `account`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account, uint256 id)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {balanceOf}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `accounts` and `ids` must have the same length.
     */
    function balanceOfBatch(address[] calldata accounts, uint256[] calldata ids)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev Grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer the caller's tokens, according to `approved`,
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `operator` cannot be the caller.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `operator` is approved to transfer ``account``'s tokens.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address account, address operator)
        external
        view
        returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been approved to spend ``from``'s tokens via {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - `from` must have a balance of tokens of type `id` of at least `amount`.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {safeTransferFrom}.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function safeBatchTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata amounts,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./ERC1155Receiver.sol";
/**
 * @dev _Available since v3.1._
 */
contract ERC1155Holder is ERC1155Receiver {
    function onERC1155Received(
        address,
        address,
        uint256,
        uint256,
        bytes memory
    ) public virtual override returns (bytes4) {
        return this.onERC1155Received.selector;
    }
    function onERC1155BatchReceived(
        address,
        address,
        uint256[] memory,
        uint256[] memory,
        bytes memory
    ) public virtual override returns (bytes4) {
        return this.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC1155Receiver.sol";
import "./ERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev _Available since v3.1._
 */
abstract contract ERC1155Receiver is ERC165, IERC1155Receiver {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC165, IERC165)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC1155Receiver).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev _Available since v3.1._
 */
interface IERC1155Receiver is IERC165 {
    /**
        @dev Handles the receipt of a single ERC1155 token type. This function is
        called at the end of a `safeTransferFrom` after the balance has been updated.
        To accept the transfer, this must return
        `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))`
        (i.e. 0xf23a6e61, or its own function selector).
        @param operator The address which initiated the transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
        @param from The address which previously owned the token
        @param id The ID of the token being transferred
        @param value The amount of tokens being transferred
        @param data Additional data with no specified format
        @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
    */
    function onERC1155Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 value,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
    /**
        @dev Handles the receipt of a multiple ERC1155 token types. This function
        is called at the end of a `safeBatchTransferFrom` after the balances have
        been updated. To accept the transfer(s), this must return
        `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))`
        (i.e. 0xbc197c81, or its own function selector).
        @param operator The address which initiated the batch transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
        @param from The address which previously owned the token
        @param ids An array containing ids of each token being transferred (order and length must match values array)
        @param values An array containing amounts of each token being transferred (order and length must match ids array)
        @param data Additional data with no specified format
        @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
    */
    function onERC1155BatchReceived(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata values,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override
        returns (bool)
    {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {LSSVMPairETH} from "./LSSVMPairETH.sol";
import {LSSVMPairEnumerable} from "./LSSVMPairEnumerable.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
/**
    @title An NFT/Token pair where the NFT implements ERC721Enumerable, and the token is ETH
    @author boredGenius and 0xmons
 */
contract LSSVMPairEnumerableETH is LSSVMPairEnumerable, LSSVMPairETH {
    /**
        @notice Returns the LSSVMPair type
     */
    function pairVariant()
        public
        pure
        override
        returns (ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant)
    {
        return ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant.ENUMERABLE_ETH;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {ERC20} from "./imports/ERC20.sol";
import {IERC721} from "./imports//IERC721.sol";
import {SafeTransferLib} from "./imports/SafeTransferLib.sol";
import {LSSVMPair} from "./LSSVMPair.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
import {ICurve} from "./bonding-curves/ICurve.sol";
/**
    @title An NFT/Token pair where the token is ETH
    @author boredGenius and 0xmons
 */
abstract contract LSSVMPairETH is LSSVMPair {
    using SafeTransferLib for address payable;
    using SafeTransferLib for ERC20;
    uint256 internal constant IMMUTABLE_PARAMS_LENGTH = 61;
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _pullTokenInputAndPayProtocolFee(
        uint256 inputAmount,
        bool, /*isRouter*/
        address, /*routerCaller*/
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory,
        uint256 protocolFee
    ) internal override {
        require(msg.value >= inputAmount, "Sent too little ETH");
        // Transfer inputAmount ETH to assetRecipient if it's been set
        address payable _assetRecipient = getAssetRecipient();
        if (_assetRecipient != address(this)) {
            _assetRecipient.safeTransferETH(inputAmount - protocolFee);
        }
        // Take protocol fee
        if (protocolFee > 0) {
            // Round down to the actual ETH balance if there are numerical stability issues with the bonding curve calculations
            if (protocolFee > address(this).balance) {
                protocolFee = address(this).balance;
            }
            if (protocolFee > 0) {
                payable(address(_factory)).safeTransferETH(protocolFee);
            }
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _refundTokenToSender(uint256 inputAmount) internal override {
        // Give excess ETH back to caller
        if (msg.value > inputAmount) {
            payable(msg.sender).safeTransferETH(msg.value - inputAmount);
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _payProtocolFeeFromPair(
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory,
        uint256 protocolFee
    ) internal override {
        // Take protocol fee
        if (protocolFee > 0) {
            // Round down to the actual ETH balance if there are numerical stability issues with the bonding curve calculations
            if (protocolFee > address(this).balance) {
                protocolFee = address(this).balance;
            }
            if (protocolFee > 0) {
                payable(address(_factory)).safeTransferETH(protocolFee);
            }
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _sendTokenOutput(
        address payable tokenRecipient,
        uint256 outputAmount
    ) internal override {
        // Send ETH to caller
        if (outputAmount > 0) {
            tokenRecipient.safeTransferETH(outputAmount);
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    // @dev see LSSVMPairCloner for params length calculation
    function _immutableParamsLength() internal pure override returns (uint256) {
        return IMMUTABLE_PARAMS_LENGTH;
    }
    /**
        @notice Withdraws all token owned by the pair to the owner address.
        @dev Only callable by the owner.
     */
    function withdrawAllETH() external onlyOwner {
        withdrawETH(address(this).balance);
    }
    /**
        @notice Withdraws a specified amount of token owned by the pair to the owner address.
        @dev Only callable by the owner.
        @param amount The amount of token to send to the owner. If the pair's balance is less than
        this value, the transaction will be reverted.
     */
    function withdrawETH(uint256 amount) public onlyOwner {
        payable(owner()).safeTransferETH(amount);
        // emit event since ETH is the pair token
        emit TokenWithdrawal(amount);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function withdrawERC20(ERC20 a, uint256 amount)
        external
        override
        onlyOwner
    {
        a.safeTransfer(msg.sender, amount);
    }
    /**
        @dev All ETH transfers into the pair are accepted. This is the main method
        for the owner to top up the pair's token reserves.
     */
    receive() external payable {
        emit TokenDeposit(msg.value);
    }
    /**
        @dev All ETH transfers into the pair are accepted. This is the main method
        for the owner to top up the pair's token reserves.
     */
    fallback() external payable {
        // Only allow calls without function selector
        require(msg.data.length == _immutableParamsLength());
        emit TokenDeposit(msg.value);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.8.0;
/// @notice Modern and gas efficient ERC20 + EIP-2612 implementation.
/// @author Modified from Uniswap (https://github.com/Uniswap/uniswap-v2-core/blob/master/contracts/UniswapV2ERC20.sol)
abstract contract ERC20 {
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                  EVENTS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 amount);
    event Approval(
        address indexed owner,
        address indexed spender,
        uint256 amount
    );
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                             METADATA STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    string public name;
    string public symbol;
    uint8 public immutable decimals;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              ERC20 STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    uint256 public totalSupply;
    mapping(address => uint256) public balanceOf;
    mapping(address => mapping(address => uint256)) public allowance;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                           EIP-2612 STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    bytes32 public constant PERMIT_TYPEHASH =
        keccak256(
            "Permit(address owner,address spender,uint256 value,uint256 nonce,uint256 deadline)"
        );
    uint256 internal immutable INITIAL_CHAIN_ID;
    bytes32 internal immutable INITIAL_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
    mapping(address => uint256) public nonces;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                               CONSTRUCTOR
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    constructor(
        string memory _name,
        string memory _symbol,
        uint8 _decimals
    ) {
        name = _name;
        symbol = _symbol;
        decimals = _decimals;
        INITIAL_CHAIN_ID = block.chainid;
        INITIAL_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR = computeDomainSeparator();
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              ERC20 LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount)
        public
        virtual
        returns (bool)
    {
        allowance[msg.sender][spender] = amount;
        emit Approval(msg.sender, spender, amount);
        return true;
    }
    function transfer(address to, uint256 amount)
        public
        virtual
        returns (bool)
    {
        balanceOf[msg.sender] -= amount;
        // Cannot overflow because the sum of all user
        // balances can't exceed the max uint256 value.
        unchecked {
            balanceOf[to] += amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(msg.sender, to, amount);
        return true;
    }
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) public virtual returns (bool) {
        if (allowance[from][msg.sender] != type(uint256).max) {
            allowance[from][msg.sender] -= amount;
        }
        balanceOf[from] -= amount;
        // Cannot overflow because the sum of all user
        // balances can't exceed the max uint256 value.
        unchecked {
            balanceOf[to] += amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, amount);
        return true;
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              EIP-2612 LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function permit(
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) public virtual {
        require(deadline >= block.timestamp, "PERMIT_DEADLINE_EXPIRED");
        // Unchecked because the only math done is incrementing
        // the owner's nonce which cannot realistically overflow.
        unchecked {
            bytes32 digest = keccak256(
                abi.encodePacked(
                    "\\x19\\x01",
                    DOMAIN_SEPARATOR(),
                    keccak256(
                        abi.encode(
                            PERMIT_TYPEHASH,
                            owner,
                            spender,
                            value,
                            nonces[owner]++,
                            deadline
                        )
                    )
                )
            );
            address recoveredAddress = ecrecover(digest, v, r, s);
            require(
                recoveredAddress != address(0) && recoveredAddress == owner,
                "INVALID_PERMIT_SIGNATURE"
            );
            allowance[recoveredAddress][spender] = value;
        }
        emit Approval(owner, spender, value);
    }
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() public view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return
            block.chainid == INITIAL_CHAIN_ID
                ? INITIAL_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR
                : computeDomainSeparator();
    }
    function computeDomainSeparator() internal view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return
            keccak256(
                abi.encode(
                    keccak256(
                        "EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)"
                    ),
                    keccak256(bytes(name)),
                    keccak256(bytes("1")),
                    block.chainid,
                    address(this)
                )
            );
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                       INTERNAL MINT/BURN LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function _mint(address to, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
        totalSupply += amount;
        // Cannot overflow because the sum of all user
        // balances can't exceed the max uint256 value.
        unchecked {
            balanceOf[to] += amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(address(0), to, amount);
    }
    function _burn(address from, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
        balanceOf[from] -= amount;
        // Cannot underflow because a user's balance
        // will never be larger than the total supply.
        unchecked {
            totalSupply -= amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), amount);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256 indexed tokenId
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(
        address indexed owner,
        address indexed approved,
        uint256 indexed tokenId
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(
        address indexed owner,
        address indexed operator,
        bool approved
    );
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId)
        external
        view
        returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator)
        external
        view
        returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.8.0;
import {ERC20} from "./ERC20.sol";
/// @notice Safe ETH and ERC20 transfer library that gracefully handles missing return values.
/// @author Modified from Gnosis (https://github.com/gnosis/gp-v2-contracts/blob/main/src/contracts/libraries/GPv2SafeERC20.sol)
/// @dev Use with caution! Some functions in this library knowingly create dirty bits at the destination of the free memory pointer.
library SafeTransferLib {
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            ETH OPERATIONS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function safeTransferETH(address to, uint256 amount) internal {
        bool callStatus;
        assembly {
            // Transfer the ETH and store if it succeeded or not.
            callStatus := call(gas(), to, amount, 0, 0, 0, 0)
        }
        require(callStatus, "ETH_TRANSFER_FAILED");
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                           ERC20 OPERATIONS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function safeTransferFrom(
        ERC20 token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        bool callStatus;
        assembly {
            // Get a pointer to some free memory.
            let freeMemoryPointer := mload(0x40)
            // Write the abi-encoded calldata to memory piece by piece:
            mstore(
                freeMemoryPointer,
                0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
            ) // Begin with the function selector.
            mstore(
                add(freeMemoryPointer, 4),
                and(from, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            ) // Mask and append the "from" argument.
            mstore(
                add(freeMemoryPointer, 36),
                and(to, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            ) // Mask and append the "to" argument.
            mstore(add(freeMemoryPointer, 68), amount) // Finally append the "amount" argument. No mask as it's a full 32 byte value.
            // Call the token and store if it succeeded or not.
            // We use 100 because the calldata length is 4 + 32 * 3.
            callStatus := call(gas(), token, 0, freeMemoryPointer, 100, 0, 0)
        }
        require(
            didLastOptionalReturnCallSucceed(callStatus),
            "TRANSFER_FROM_FAILED"
        );
    }
    function safeTransfer(
        ERC20 token,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        bool callStatus;
        assembly {
            // Get a pointer to some free memory.
            let freeMemoryPointer := mload(0x40)
            // Write the abi-encoded calldata to memory piece by piece:
            mstore(
                freeMemoryPointer,
                0xa9059cbb00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
            ) // Begin with the function selector.
            mstore(
                add(freeMemoryPointer, 4),
                and(to, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            ) // Mask and append the "to" argument.
            mstore(add(freeMemoryPointer, 36), amount) // Finally append the "amount" argument. No mask as it's a full 32 byte value.
            // Call the token and store if it succeeded or not.
            // We use 68 because the calldata length is 4 + 32 * 2.
            callStatus := call(gas(), token, 0, freeMemoryPointer, 68, 0, 0)
        }
        require(
            didLastOptionalReturnCallSucceed(callStatus),
            "TRANSFER_FAILED"
        );
    }
    function safeApprove(
        ERC20 token,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        bool callStatus;
        assembly {
            // Get a pointer to some free memory.
            let freeMemoryPointer := mload(0x40)
            // Write the abi-encoded calldata to memory piece by piece:
            mstore(
                freeMemoryPointer,
                0x095ea7b300000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
            ) // Begin with the function selector.
            mstore(
                add(freeMemoryPointer, 4),
                and(to, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            ) // Mask and append the "to" argument.
            mstore(add(freeMemoryPointer, 36), amount) // Finally append the "amount" argument. No mask as it's a full 32 byte value.
            // Call the token and store if it succeeded or not.
            // We use 68 because the calldata length is 4 + 32 * 2.
            callStatus := call(gas(), token, 0, freeMemoryPointer, 68, 0, 0)
        }
        require(didLastOptionalReturnCallSucceed(callStatus), "APPROVE_FAILED");
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                         INTERNAL HELPER LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function didLastOptionalReturnCallSucceed(bool callStatus)
        private
        pure
        returns (bool success)
    {
        assembly {
            // Get how many bytes the call returned.
            let returnDataSize := returndatasize()
            // If the call reverted:
            if iszero(callStatus) {
                // Copy the revert message into memory.
                returndatacopy(0, 0, returnDataSize)
                // Revert with the same message.
                revert(0, returnDataSize)
            }
            switch returnDataSize
            case 32 {
                // Copy the return data into memory.
                returndatacopy(0, 0, returnDataSize)
                // Set success to whether it returned true.
                success := iszero(iszero(mload(0)))
            }
            case 0 {
                // There was no return data.
                success := 1
            }
            default {
                // It returned some malformed input.
                success := 0
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {ERC20} from "./imports/ERC20.sol";
import {IERC721} from "./imports/IERC721.sol";
import {OwnableWithTransferCallback} from "./lib/OwnableWithTransferCallback.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuard} from "./lib/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import {ICurve} from "./bonding-curves/ICurve.sol";
import {LSSVMRouter} from "./LSSVMRouter.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
import {CurveErrorCodes} from "./bonding-curves/CurveErrorCodes.sol";
import {IERC1155} from "./imports/IERC1155.sol";
import {ERC1155Holder} from "./imports/ERC1155Holder.sol";
/// @title The base contract for an NFT/TOKEN AMM pair
/// @author boredGenius and 0xmons
/// @notice This implements the core swap logic from NFT to TOKEN
abstract contract LSSVMPair is
    OwnableWithTransferCallback,
    ReentrancyGuard,
    ERC1155Holder
{
    enum PoolType {
        TOKEN,
        NFT,
        TRADE
    }
    // 90%, must <= 1 - MAX_PROTOCOL_FEE (set in LSSVMPairFactory)
    uint256 internal constant MAX_FEE = 0.90e18;
    // The current price of the NFT
    // @dev This is generally used to mean the immediate sell price for the next marginal NFT.
    // However, this should NOT be assumed, as future bonding curves may use spotPrice in different ways.
    // Use getBuyNFTQuote and getSellNFTQuote for accurate pricing info.
    uint128 public spotPrice;
    // The parameter for the pair's bonding curve.
    // Units and meaning are bonding curve dependent.
    uint128 public delta;
    // The spread between buy and sell prices, set to be a multiplier we apply to the buy price
    // Fee is only relevant for TRADE pools
    // Units are in base 1e18
    uint96 public fee;
    // If set to 0, NFTs/tokens sent by traders during trades will be sent to the pair.
    // Otherwise, assets will be sent to the set address. Not available for TRADE pools.
    address payable public assetRecipient;
    // Events
    event SwapNFTInPair();
    event SwapNFTOutPair();
    event SpotPriceUpdate(uint128 newSpotPrice);
    event TokenDeposit(uint256 amount);
    event TokenWithdrawal(uint256 amount);
    event NFTWithdrawal();
    event DeltaUpdate(uint128 newDelta);
    event FeeUpdate(uint96 newFee);
    event AssetRecipientChange(address a);
    // Parameterized Errors
    error BondingCurveError(CurveErrorCodes.Error error);
    /**
      @notice Called during pair creation to set initial parameters
      @dev Only called once by factory to initialize.
      We verify this by making sure that the current owner is address(0). 
      The Ownable library we use disallows setting the owner to be address(0), so this condition
      should only be valid before the first initialize call. 
      @param _owner The owner of the pair
      @param _assetRecipient The address that will receive the TOKEN or NFT sent to this pair during swaps. NOTE: If set to address(0), they will go to the pair itself.
      @param _delta The initial delta of the bonding curve
      @param _fee The initial % fee taken, if this is a trade pair 
      @param _spotPrice The initial price to sell an asset into the pair
     */
    function initialize(
        address _owner,
        address payable _assetRecipient,
        uint128 _delta,
        uint96 _fee,
        uint128 _spotPrice
    ) external payable {
        require(owner() == address(0), "Initialized");
        __Ownable_init(_owner);
        __ReentrancyGuard_init();
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        PoolType _poolType = poolType();
        if ((_poolType == PoolType.TOKEN) || (_poolType == PoolType.NFT)) {
            require(_fee == 0, "Only Trade Pools can have nonzero fee");
            assetRecipient = _assetRecipient;
        } else if (_poolType == PoolType.TRADE) {
            require(_fee < MAX_FEE, "Trade fee must be less than 90%");
            require(
                _assetRecipient == address(0),
                "Trade pools can't set asset recipient"
            );
            fee = _fee;
        }
        require(_bondingCurve.validateDelta(_delta), "Invalid delta for curve");
        require(
            _bondingCurve.validateSpotPrice(_spotPrice),
            "Invalid new spot price for curve"
        );
        delta = _delta;
        spotPrice = _spotPrice;
    }
    /**
     * External state-changing functions
     */
    /**
        @notice Sends token to the pair in exchange for any `numNFTs` NFTs
        @dev To compute the amount of token to send, call bondingCurve.getBuyInfo.
        This swap function is meant for users who are ID agnostic
        @param numNFTs The number of NFTs to purchase
        @param maxExpectedTokenInput The maximum acceptable cost from the sender. If the actual
        amount is greater than this value, the transaction will be reverted.
        @param nftRecipient The recipient of the NFTs
        @param isRouter True if calling from LSSVMRouter, false otherwise. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @param routerCaller If isRouter is true, ERC20 tokens will be transferred from this address. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @return inputAmount The amount of token used for purchase
     */
    function swapTokenForAnyNFTs(
        uint256 numNFTs,
        uint256 maxExpectedTokenInput,
        address nftRecipient,
        bool isRouter,
        address routerCaller
    ) external payable virtual nonReentrant returns (uint256 inputAmount) {
        // Store locally to remove extra calls
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory = factory();
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        IERC721 _nft = nft();
        // Input validation
        {
            PoolType _poolType = poolType();
            require(
                _poolType == PoolType.NFT || _poolType == PoolType.TRADE,
                "Wrong Pool type"
            );
            require(
                (numNFTs > 0) && (numNFTs <= _nft.balanceOf(address(this))),
                "Ask for > 0 and <= balanceOf NFTs"
            );
        }
        // Call bonding curve for pricing information
        uint256 protocolFee;
        (protocolFee, inputAmount) = _calculateBuyInfoAndUpdatePoolParams(
            numNFTs,
            maxExpectedTokenInput,
            _bondingCurve,
            _factory
        );
        _pullTokenInputAndPayProtocolFee(
            inputAmount,
            isRouter,
            routerCaller,
            _factory,
            protocolFee
        );
        _sendAnyNFTsToRecipient(_nft, nftRecipient, numNFTs);
        _refundTokenToSender(inputAmount);
        emit SwapNFTOutPair();
    }
    /**
        @notice Sends token to the pair in exchange for a specific set of NFTs
        @dev To compute the amount of token to send, call bondingCurve.getBuyInfo
        This swap is meant for users who want specific IDs. Also higher chance of
        reverting if some of the specified IDs leave the pool before the swap goes through.
        @param nftIds The list of IDs of the NFTs to purchase
        @param maxExpectedTokenInput The maximum acceptable cost from the sender. If the actual
        amount is greater than this value, the transaction will be reverted.
        @param nftRecipient The recipient of the NFTs
        @param isRouter True if calling from LSSVMRouter, false otherwise. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @param routerCaller If isRouter is true, ERC20 tokens will be transferred from this address. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @return inputAmount The amount of token used for purchase
     */
    function swapTokenForSpecificNFTs(
        uint256[] calldata nftIds,
        uint256 maxExpectedTokenInput,
        address nftRecipient,
        bool isRouter,
        address routerCaller
    ) external payable virtual nonReentrant returns (uint256 inputAmount) {
        // Store locally to remove extra calls
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory = factory();
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        // Input validation
        {
            PoolType _poolType = poolType();
            require(
                _poolType == PoolType.NFT || _poolType == PoolType.TRADE,
                "Wrong Pool type"
            );
            require((nftIds.length > 0), "Must ask for > 0 NFTs");
        }
        // Call bonding curve for pricing information
        uint256 protocolFee;
        (protocolFee, inputAmount) = _calculateBuyInfoAndUpdatePoolParams(
            nftIds.length,
            maxExpectedTokenInput,
            _bondingCurve,
            _factory
        );
        _pullTokenInputAndPayProtocolFee(
            inputAmount,
            isRouter,
            routerCaller,
            _factory,
            protocolFee
        );
        _sendSpecificNFTsToRecipient(nft(), nftRecipient, nftIds);
        _refundTokenToSender(inputAmount);
        emit SwapNFTOutPair();
    }
    /**
        @notice Sends a set of NFTs to the pair in exchange for token
        @dev To compute the amount of token to that will be received, call bondingCurve.getSellInfo.
        @param nftIds The list of IDs of the NFTs to sell to the pair
        @param minExpectedTokenOutput The minimum acceptable token received by the sender. If the actual
        amount is less than this value, the transaction will be reverted.
        @param tokenRecipient The recipient of the token output
        @param isRouter True if calling from LSSVMRouter, false otherwise. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @param routerCaller If isRouter is true, ERC20 tokens will be transferred from this address. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @return outputAmount The amount of token received
     */
    function swapNFTsForToken(
        uint256[] calldata nftIds,
        uint256 minExpectedTokenOutput,
        address payable tokenRecipient,
        bool isRouter,
        address routerCaller
    ) external virtual nonReentrant returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Store locally to remove extra calls
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory = factory();
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        // Input validation
        {
            PoolType _poolType = poolType();
            require(
                _poolType == PoolType.TOKEN || _poolType == PoolType.TRADE,
                "Wrong Pool type"
            );
            require(nftIds.length > 0, "Must ask for > 0 NFTs");
        }
        // Call bonding curve for pricing information
        uint256 protocolFee;
        (protocolFee, outputAmount) = _calculateSellInfoAndUpdatePoolParams(
            nftIds.length,
            minExpectedTokenOutput,
            _bondingCurve,
            _factory
        );
        _sendTokenOutput(tokenRecipient, outputAmount);
        _payProtocolFeeFromPair(_factory, protocolFee);
        _takeNFTsFromSender(nft(), nftIds, _factory, isRouter, routerCaller);
        emit SwapNFTInPair();
    }
    /**
     * View functions
     */
    /**
        @dev Used as read function to query the bonding curve for buy pricing info
        @param numNFTs The number of NFTs to buy from the pair
     */
    function getBuyNFTQuote(uint256 numNFTs)
        external
        view
        returns (
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error,
            uint256 newSpotPrice,
            uint256 newDelta,
            uint256 inputAmount,
            uint256 protocolFee
        )
    {
        (
            error,
            newSpotPrice,
            newDelta,
            inputAmount,
            protocolFee
        ) = bondingCurve().getBuyInfo(
            spotPrice,
            delta,
            numNFTs,
            fee,
            factory().protocolFeeMultiplier()
        );
    }
    /**
        @dev Used as read function to query the bonding curve for sell pricing info
        @param numNFTs The number of NFTs to sell to the pair
     */
    function getSellNFTQuote(uint256 numNFTs)
        external
        view
        returns (
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error,
            uint256 newSpotPrice,
            uint256 newDelta,
            uint256 outputAmount,
            uint256 protocolFee
        )
    {
        (
            error,
            newSpotPrice,
            newDelta,
            outputAmount,
            protocolFee
        ) = bondingCurve().getSellInfo(
            spotPrice,
            delta,
            numNFTs,
            fee,
            factory().protocolFeeMultiplier()
        );
    }
    /**
        @notice Returns all NFT IDs held by the pool
     */
    function getAllHeldIds() external view virtual returns (uint256[] memory);
    /**
        @notice Returns the pair's variant (NFT is enumerable or not, pair uses ETH or ERC20)
     */
    function pairVariant()
        public
        pure
        virtual
        returns (ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant);
    function factory() public pure returns (ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory) {
        uint256 paramsLength = _immutableParamsLength();
        assembly {
            _factory := shr(
                0x60,
                calldataload(sub(calldatasize(), paramsLength))
            )
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Returns the type of bonding curve that parameterizes the pair
     */
    function bondingCurve() public pure returns (ICurve _bondingCurve) {
        uint256 paramsLength = _immutableParamsLength();
        assembly {
            _bondingCurve := shr(
                0x60,
                calldataload(add(sub(calldatasize(), paramsLength), 20))
            )
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Returns the NFT collection that parameterizes the pair
     */
    function nft() public pure returns (IERC721 _nft) {
        uint256 paramsLength = _immutableParamsLength();
        assembly {
            _nft := shr(
                0x60,
                calldataload(add(sub(calldatasize(), paramsLength), 40))
            )
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Returns the pair's type (TOKEN/NFT/TRADE)
     */
    function poolType() public pure returns (PoolType _poolType) {
        uint256 paramsLength = _immutableParamsLength();
        assembly {
            _poolType := shr(
                0xf8,
                calldataload(add(sub(calldatasize(), paramsLength), 60))
            )
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Returns the address that assets that receives assets when a swap is done with this pair
        Can be set to another address by the owner, if set to address(0), defaults to the pair's own address
     */
    function getAssetRecipient()
        public
        view
        returns (address payable _assetRecipient)
    {
        // If it's a TRADE pool, we know the recipient is 0 (TRADE pools can't set asset recipients)
        // so just return address(this)
        if (poolType() == PoolType.TRADE) {
            return payable(address(this));
        }
        // Otherwise, we return the recipient if it's been set
        // or replace it with address(this) if it's 0
        _assetRecipient = assetRecipient;
        if (_assetRecipient == address(0)) {
            // Tokens will be transferred to address(this)
            _assetRecipient = payable(address(this));
        }
    }
    /**
     * Internal functions
     */
    /**
        @notice Calculates the amount needed to be sent into the pair for a buy and adjusts spot price or delta if necessary
        @param numNFTs The amount of NFTs to purchase from the pair
        @param maxExpectedTokenInput The maximum acceptable cost from the sender. If the actual
        amount is greater than this value, the transaction will be reverted.
        @param protocolFee The percentage of protocol fee to be taken, as a percentage
        @return protocolFee The amount of tokens to send as protocol fee
        @return inputAmount The amount of tokens total tokens receive
     */
    function _calculateBuyInfoAndUpdatePoolParams(
        uint256 numNFTs,
        uint256 maxExpectedTokenInput,
        ICurve _bondingCurve,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory
    ) internal returns (uint256 protocolFee, uint256 inputAmount) {
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Save on 2 SLOADs by caching
        uint128 currentSpotPrice = spotPrice;
        uint128 newSpotPrice;
        uint128 currentDelta = delta;
        uint128 newDelta;
        (
            error,
            newSpotPrice,
            newDelta,
            inputAmount,
            protocolFee
        ) = _bondingCurve.getBuyInfo(
            currentSpotPrice,
            currentDelta,
            numNFTs,
            fee,
            _factory.protocolFeeMultiplier()
        );
        // Revert if bonding curve had an error
        if (error != CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK) {
            revert BondingCurveError(error);
        }
        // Revert if input is more than expected
        require(inputAmount <= maxExpectedTokenInput, "In too many tokens");
        // Consolidate writes to save gas
        if (currentSpotPrice != newSpotPrice || currentDelta != newDelta) {
            spotPrice = newSpotPrice;
            delta = newDelta;
        }
        // Emit spot price update if it has been updated
        if (currentSpotPrice != newSpotPrice) {
            emit SpotPriceUpdate(newSpotPrice);
        }
        // Emit delta update if it has been updated
        if (currentDelta != newDelta) {
            emit DeltaUpdate(newDelta);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Calculates the amount needed to be sent by the pair for a sell and adjusts spot price or delta if necessary
        @param numNFTs The amount of NFTs to send to the the pair
        @param minExpectedTokenOutput The minimum acceptable token received by the sender. If the actual
        amount is less than this value, the transaction will be reverted.
        @param protocolFee The percentage of protocol fee to be taken, as a percentage
        @return protocolFee The amount of tokens to send as protocol fee
        @return outputAmount The amount of tokens total tokens receive
     */
    function _calculateSellInfoAndUpdatePoolParams(
        uint256 numNFTs,
        uint256 minExpectedTokenOutput,
        ICurve _bondingCurve,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory
    ) internal returns (uint256 protocolFee, uint256 outputAmount) {
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Save on 2 SLOADs by caching
        uint128 currentSpotPrice = spotPrice;
        uint128 newSpotPrice;
        uint128 currentDelta = delta;
        uint128 newDelta;
        (
            error,
            newSpotPrice,
            newDelta,
            outputAmount,
            protocolFee
        ) = _bondingCurve.getSellInfo(
            currentSpotPrice,
            currentDelta,
            numNFTs,
            fee,
            _factory.protocolFeeMultiplier()
        );
        // Revert if bonding curve had an error
        if (error != CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK) {
            revert BondingCurveError(error);
        }
        // Revert if output is too little
        require(
            outputAmount >= minExpectedTokenOutput,
            "Out too little tokens"
        );
        // Consolidate writes to save gas
        if (currentSpotPrice != newSpotPrice || currentDelta != newDelta) {
            spotPrice = newSpotPrice;
            delta = newDelta;
        }
        // Emit spot price update if it has been updated
        if (currentSpotPrice != newSpotPrice) {
            emit SpotPriceUpdate(newSpotPrice);
        }
        // Emit delta update if it has been updated
        if (currentDelta != newDelta) {
            emit DeltaUpdate(newDelta);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Pulls the token input of a trade from the trader and pays the protocol fee.
        @param inputAmount The amount of tokens to be sent
        @param isRouter Whether or not the caller is LSSVMRouter
        @param routerCaller If called from LSSVMRouter, store the original caller
        @param _factory The LSSVMPairFactory which stores LSSVMRouter allowlist info
        @param protocolFee The protocol fee to be paid
     */
    function _pullTokenInputAndPayProtocolFee(
        uint256 inputAmount,
        bool isRouter,
        address routerCaller,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory,
        uint256 protocolFee
    ) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Sends excess tokens back to the caller (if applicable)
        @dev We send ETH back to the caller even when called from LSSVMRouter because we do an aggregate slippage check for certain bulk swaps. (Instead of sending directly back to the router caller) 
        Excess ETH sent for one swap can then be used to help pay for the next swap.
     */
    function _refundTokenToSender(uint256 inputAmount) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Sends protocol fee (if it exists) back to the LSSVMPairFactory from the pair
     */
    function _payProtocolFeeFromPair(
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory,
        uint256 protocolFee
    ) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Sends tokens to a recipient
        @param tokenRecipient The address receiving the tokens
        @param outputAmount The amount of tokens to send
     */
    function _sendTokenOutput(
        address payable tokenRecipient,
        uint256 outputAmount
    ) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Sends some number of NFTs to a recipient address, ID agnostic
        @dev Even though we specify the NFT address here, this internal function is only 
        used to send NFTs associated with this specific pool.
        @param _nft The address of the NFT to send
        @param nftRecipient The receiving address for the NFTs
        @param numNFTs The number of NFTs to send  
     */
    function _sendAnyNFTsToRecipient(
        IERC721 _nft,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 numNFTs
    ) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Sends specific NFTs to a recipient address
        @dev Even though we specify the NFT address here, this internal function is only 
        used to send NFTs associated with this specific pool.
        @param _nft The address of the NFT to send
        @param nftRecipient The receiving address for the NFTs
        @param nftIds The specific IDs of NFTs to send  
     */
    function _sendSpecificNFTsToRecipient(
        IERC721 _nft,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256[] calldata nftIds
    ) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Takes NFTs from the caller and sends them into the pair's asset recipient
        @dev This is used by the LSSVMPair's swapNFTForToken function. 
        @param _nft The NFT collection to take from
        @param nftIds The specific NFT IDs to take
        @param isRouter True if calling from LSSVMRouter, false otherwise. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @param routerCaller If isRouter is true, ERC20 tokens will be transferred from this address. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
     */
    function _takeNFTsFromSender(
        IERC721 _nft,
        uint256[] calldata nftIds,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory,
        bool isRouter,
        address routerCaller
    ) internal virtual {
        {
            address _assetRecipient = getAssetRecipient();
            uint256 numNFTs = nftIds.length;
            if (isRouter) {
                // Verify if router is allowed
                LSSVMRouter router = LSSVMRouter(payable(msg.sender));
                (bool routerAllowed, ) = _factory.routerStatus(router);
                require(routerAllowed, "Not router");
                // Call router to pull NFTs
                // If more than 1 NFT is being transfered, we can do a balance check instead of an ownership check, as pools are indifferent between NFTs from the same collection
                if (numNFTs > 1) {
                    uint256 beforeBalance = _nft.balanceOf(_assetRecipient);
                    for (uint256 i = 0; i < numNFTs; ) {
                        router.pairTransferNFTFrom(
                            _nft,
                            routerCaller,
                            _assetRecipient,
                            nftIds[i],
                            pairVariant()
                        );
                        unchecked {
                            ++i;
                        }
                    }
                    require(
                        (_nft.balanceOf(_assetRecipient) - beforeBalance) ==
                            numNFTs,
                        "NFTs not transferred"
                    );
                } else {
                    router.pairTransferNFTFrom(
                        _nft,
                        routerCaller,
                        _assetRecipient,
                        nftIds[0],
                        pairVariant()
                    );
                    require(
                        _nft.ownerOf(nftIds[0]) == _assetRecipient,
                        "NFT not transferred"
                    );
                }
            } else {
                // Pull NFTs directly from sender
                for (uint256 i; i < numNFTs; ) {
                    _nft.safeTransferFrom(
                        msg.sender,
                        _assetRecipient,
                        nftIds[i]
                    );
                    unchecked {
                        ++i;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @dev Used internally to grab pair parameters from calldata, see LSSVMPairCloner for technical details
     */
    function _immutableParamsLength() internal pure virtual returns (uint256);
    /**
     * Owner functions
     */
    /**
        @notice Rescues a specified set of NFTs owned by the pair to the owner address.
        @dev If the NFT is the pair's collection, we also remove it from the id tracking.
        @param a The address of the NFT to transfer
        @param nftIds The list of IDs of the NFTs to send to the owner
     */
    function withdrawERC721(IERC721 a, uint256[] calldata nftIds)
        external
        virtual;
    /**
        @notice Rescues ERC20 tokens from the pair to the owner. Only callable by the owner.
        @param a The address of the token to transfer
        @param amount The amount of tokens to send to the owner
     */
    function withdrawERC20(ERC20 a, uint256 amount) external virtual;
    /**
        @notice Rescues ERC1155 tokens from the pair to the owner. Only callable by the owner.
        @param a The NFT to transfer
        @param ids The NFT ids to transfer
        @param amounts The amounts of each id to transfer
     */
    function withdrawERC1155(
        IERC1155 a,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata amounts
    ) external onlyOwner {
        a.safeBatchTransferFrom(address(this), msg.sender, ids, amounts, "");
    }
    /**
        @notice Updates the selling spot price. Only callable by the owner.
        @param newSpotPrice The new selling spot price value, in Token
     */
    function changeSpotPrice(uint128 newSpotPrice) external onlyOwner {
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        require(
            _bondingCurve.validateSpotPrice(newSpotPrice),
            "Invalid new spot price for curve"
        );
        if (spotPrice != newSpotPrice) {
            spotPrice = newSpotPrice;
            emit SpotPriceUpdate(newSpotPrice);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Updates the delta parameter. Only callable by the owner.
        @param newDelta The new delta parameter
     */
    function changeDelta(uint128 newDelta) external onlyOwner {
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        require(
            _bondingCurve.validateDelta(newDelta),
            "Invalid delta for curve"
        );
        if (delta != newDelta) {
            delta = newDelta;
            emit DeltaUpdate(newDelta);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Updates the fee taken by the LP. Only callable by the owner.
        Only callable if the pool is a Trade pool. Reverts if the fee is >=
        MAX_FEE.
        @param newFee The new LP fee percentage, 18 decimals
     */
    function changeFee(uint96 newFee) external onlyOwner {
        PoolType _poolType = poolType();
        require(_poolType == PoolType.TRADE, "Only for Trade pools");
        require(newFee < MAX_FEE, "Trade fee must be less than 90%");
        if (fee != newFee) {
            fee = newFee;
            emit FeeUpdate(newFee);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Changes the address that will receive assets received from
        trades. Only callable by the owner.
        @param newRecipient The new asset recipient
     */
    function changeAssetRecipient(address payable newRecipient)
        external
        onlyOwner
    {
        PoolType _poolType = poolType();
        require(_poolType != PoolType.TRADE, "Not for Trade pools");
        if (assetRecipient != newRecipient) {
            assetRecipient = newRecipient;
            emit AssetRecipientChange(newRecipient);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Allows the pair to make arbitrary external calls to contracts
        whitelisted by the protocol. Only callable by the owner.
        @param target The contract to call
        @param data The calldata to pass to the contract
     */
    function call(address payable target, bytes calldata data)
        external
        onlyOwner
    {
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory = factory();
        require(_factory.callAllowed(target), "Target must be whitelisted");
        (bool result, ) = target.call{value: 0}(data);
        require(result, "Call failed");
    }
    /**
        @notice Allows owner to batch multiple calls, forked from: https://github.com/boringcrypto/BoringSolidity/blob/master/contracts/BoringBatchable.sol 
        @dev Intended for withdrawing/altering pool pricing in one tx, only callable by owner, cannot change owner
        @param calls The calldata for each call to make
        @param revertOnFail Whether or not to revert the entire tx if any of the calls fail
     */
    function multicall(bytes[] calldata calls, bool revertOnFail)
        external
        onlyOwner
    {
        for (uint256 i; i < calls.length; ) {
            (bool success, bytes memory result) = address(this).delegatecall(
                calls[i]
            );
            if (!success && revertOnFail) {
                revert(_getRevertMsg(result));
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Prevent multicall from malicious frontend sneaking in ownership change
        require(
            owner() == msg.sender,
            "Ownership cannot be changed in multicall"
        );
    }
    /**
      @param _returnData The data returned from a multicall result
      @dev Used to grab the revert string from the underlying call
     */
    function _getRevertMsg(bytes memory _returnData)
        internal
        pure
        returns (string memory)
    {
        // If the _res length is less than 68, then the transaction failed silently (without a revert message)
        if (_returnData.length < 68) return "Transaction reverted silently";
        assembly {
            // Slice the sighash.
            _returnData := add(_returnData, 0x04)
        }
        return abi.decode(_returnData, (string)); // All that remains is the revert string
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import {IOwnershipTransferCallback} from "./IOwnershipTransferCallback.sol";
import {Address} from "../imports/Address.sol";
abstract contract OwnableWithTransferCallback {
    using Address for address;
    bytes4 constant TRANSFER_CALLBACK =
        type(IOwnershipTransferCallback).interfaceId;
    error Ownable_NotOwner();
    error Ownable_NewOwnerZeroAddress();
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed newOwner);
    /// @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
    function __Ownable_init(address initialOwner) internal {
        _owner = initialOwner;
    }
    /// @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /// @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        if (owner() != msg.sender) revert Ownable_NotOwner();
        _;
    }
    /// @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
    /// Disallows setting to the zero address as a way to more gas-efficiently avoid reinitialization
    /// When ownership is transferred, if the new owner implements IOwnershipTransferCallback, we make a callback
    /// Can only be called by the current owner.
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        if (newOwner == address(0)) revert Ownable_NewOwnerZeroAddress();
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
        // Call the on ownership transfer callback if it exists
        // @dev try/catch is around 5k gas cheaper than doing ERC165 checking
        if (newOwner.isContract()) {
            try
                IOwnershipTransferCallback(newOwner).onOwnershipTransfer(
                    msg.sender
                )
            {} catch (bytes memory) {}
        }
    }
    /// @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
    /// Internal function without access restriction.
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
interface IOwnershipTransferCallback {
    function onOwnershipTransfer(address oldOwner) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
        // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
        // constructor execution.
        uint256 size;
        assembly {
            size := extcodesize(account)
        }
        return size > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(
            address(this).balance >= amount,
            "Address: insufficient balance"
        );
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(
            success,
            "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted"
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data)
        internal
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return
            functionCallWithValue(
                target,
                data,
                value,
                "Address: low-level call with value failed"
            );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(
            address(this).balance >= value,
            "Address: insufficient balance for call"
        );
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(
            data
        );
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data)
        internal
        view
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return
            functionStaticCall(
                target,
                data,
                "Address: low-level static call failed"
            );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data)
        internal
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return
            functionDelegateCall(
                target,
                data,
                "Address: low-level delegate call failed"
            );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Forked from OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol),
// removed initializer check as we already do that in our modified Ownable
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
    uint256 private _status;
    function __ReentrancyGuard_init() internal {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _notEntered will be true
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
        _;
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {CurveErrorCodes} from "./CurveErrorCodes.sol";
interface ICurve {
    /**
        @notice Validates if a delta value is valid for the curve. The criteria for
        validity can be different for each type of curve, for instance ExponentialCurve
        requires delta to be greater than 1.
        @param delta The delta value to be validated
        @return valid True if delta is valid, false otherwise
     */
    function validateDelta(uint128 delta) external pure returns (bool valid);
    /**
        @notice Validates if a new spot price is valid for the curve. Spot price is generally assumed to be the immediate sell price of 1 NFT to the pool, in units of the pool's paired token.
        @param newSpotPrice The new spot price to be set
        @return valid True if the new spot price is valid, false otherwise
     */
    function validateSpotPrice(uint128 newSpotPrice)
        external
        view
        returns (bool valid);
    /**
        @notice Given the current state of the pair and the trade, computes how much the user
        should pay to purchase an NFT from the pair, the new spot price, and other values.
        @param spotPrice The current selling spot price of the pair, in tokens
        @param delta The delta parameter of the pair, what it means depends on the curve
        @param numItems The number of NFTs the user is buying from the pair
        @param feeMultiplier Determines how much fee the LP takes from this trade, 18 decimals
        @param protocolFeeMultiplier Determines how much fee the protocol takes from this trade, 18 decimals
        @return error Any math calculation errors, only Error.OK means the returned values are valid
        @return newSpotPrice The updated selling spot price, in tokens
        @return newDelta The updated delta, used to parameterize the bonding curve
        @return inputValue The amount that the user should pay, in tokens
        @return protocolFee The amount of fee to send to the protocol, in tokens
     */
    function getBuyInfo(
        uint128 spotPrice,
        uint128 delta,
        uint256 numItems,
        uint256 feeMultiplier,
        uint256 protocolFeeMultiplier
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error,
            uint128 newSpotPrice,
            uint128 newDelta,
            uint256 inputValue,
            uint256 protocolFee
        );
    /**
        @notice Given the current state of the pair and the trade, computes how much the user
        should receive when selling NFTs to the pair, the new spot price, and other values.
        @param spotPrice The current selling spot price of the pair, in tokens
        @param delta The delta parameter of the pair, what it means depends on the curve
        @param numItems The number of NFTs the user is selling to the pair
        @param feeMultiplier Determines how much fee the LP takes from this trade, 18 decimals
        @param protocolFeeMultiplier Determines how much fee the protocol takes from this trade, 18 decimals
        @return error Any math calculation errors, only Error.OK means the returned values are valid
        @return newSpotPrice The updated selling spot price, in tokens
        @return newDelta The updated delta, used to parameterize the bonding curve
        @return outputValue The amount that the user should receive, in tokens
        @return protocolFee The amount of fee to send to the protocol, in tokens
     */
    function getSellInfo(
        uint128 spotPrice,
        uint128 delta,
        uint256 numItems,
        uint256 feeMultiplier,
        uint256 protocolFeeMultiplier
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error,
            uint128 newSpotPrice,
            uint128 newDelta,
            uint256 outputValue,
            uint256 protocolFee
        );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
contract CurveErrorCodes {
    enum Error {
        OK, // No error
        INVALID_NUMITEMS, // The numItem value is 0
        SPOT_PRICE_OVERFLOW // The updated spot price doesn't fit into 128 bits
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {IERC721} from "./imports/IERC721.sol";
import {ERC20} from "./imports/ERC20.sol";
import {SafeTransferLib} from "./imports/SafeTransferLib.sol";
import {LSSVMPair} from "./LSSVMPair.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
import {CurveErrorCodes} from "./bonding-curves/CurveErrorCodes.sol";
contract LSSVMRouter {
    using SafeTransferLib for address payable;
    using SafeTransferLib for ERC20;
    struct PairSwapAny {
        LSSVMPair pair;
        uint256 numItems;
    }
    struct PairSwapSpecific {
        LSSVMPair pair;
        uint256[] nftIds;
    }
    struct RobustPairSwapAny {
        PairSwapAny swapInfo;
        uint256 maxCost;
    }
    struct RobustPairSwapSpecific {
        PairSwapSpecific swapInfo;
        uint256 maxCost;
    }
    struct RobustPairSwapSpecificForToken {
        PairSwapSpecific swapInfo;
        uint256 minOutput;
    }
    struct NFTsForAnyNFTsTrade {
        PairSwapSpecific[] nftToTokenTrades;
        PairSwapAny[] tokenToNFTTrades;
    }
    struct NFTsForSpecificNFTsTrade {
        PairSwapSpecific[] nftToTokenTrades;
        PairSwapSpecific[] tokenToNFTTrades;
    }
    struct RobustPairNFTsFoTokenAndTokenforNFTsTrade {
        RobustPairSwapSpecific[] tokenToNFTTrades;
        RobustPairSwapSpecificForToken[] nftToTokenTrades;
        uint256 inputAmount;
        address payable tokenRecipient;
        address nftRecipient;
    }
    modifier checkDeadline(uint256 deadline) {
        _checkDeadline(deadline);
        _;
    }
    ILSSVMPairFactoryLike public immutable factory;
    constructor(ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory) {
        factory = _factory;
    }
    /**
        ETH swaps
     */
    /**
        @notice Swaps ETH into NFTs using multiple pairs.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the number of NFTs to buy from each.
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the unspent ETH input
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent ETH amount
     */
    function swapETHForAnyNFTs(
        PairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    )
        external
        payable
        checkDeadline(deadline)
        returns (uint256 remainingValue)
    {
        return
            _swapETHForAnyNFTs(swapList, msg.value, ethRecipient, nftRecipient);
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps ETH into specific NFTs using multiple pairs.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to buy from each.
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the unspent ETH input
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent ETH amount
     */
    function swapETHForSpecificNFTs(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    )
        external
        payable
        checkDeadline(deadline)
        returns (uint256 remainingValue)
    {
        return
            _swapETHForSpecificNFTs(
                swapList,
                msg.value,
                ethRecipient,
                nftRecipient
            );
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps one set of NFTs into another set of specific NFTs using multiple pairs, using
        ETH as the intermediary.
        @param trade The struct containing all NFT-to-ETH swaps and ETH-to-NFT swaps.
        @param minOutput The minimum acceptable total excess ETH received
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the ETH output
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total ETH received
     */
    function swapNFTsForAnyNFTsThroughETH(
        NFTsForAnyNFTsTrade calldata trade,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external payable checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Swap NFTs for ETH
        // minOutput of swap set to 0 since we're doing an aggregate slippage check
        outputAmount = _swapNFTsForToken(
            trade.nftToTokenTrades,
            0,
            payable(address(this))
        );
        // Add extra value to buy NFTs
        outputAmount += msg.value;
        // Swap ETH for any NFTs
        // cost <= inputValue = outputAmount - minOutput, so outputAmount' = (outputAmount - minOutput - cost) + minOutput >= minOutput
        outputAmount =
            _swapETHForAnyNFTs(
                trade.tokenToNFTTrades,
                outputAmount - minOutput,
                ethRecipient,
                nftRecipient
            ) +
            minOutput;
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps one set of NFTs into another set of specific NFTs using multiple pairs, using
        ETH as the intermediary.
        @param trade The struct containing all NFT-to-ETH swaps and ETH-to-NFT swaps.
        @param minOutput The minimum acceptable total excess ETH received
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the ETH output
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total ETH received
     */
    function swapNFTsForSpecificNFTsThroughETH(
        NFTsForSpecificNFTsTrade calldata trade,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external payable checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Swap NFTs for ETH
        // minOutput of swap set to 0 since we're doing an aggregate slippage check
        outputAmount = _swapNFTsForToken(
            trade.nftToTokenTrades,
            0,
            payable(address(this))
        );
        // Add extra value to buy NFTs
        outputAmount += msg.value;
        // Swap ETH for specific NFTs
        // cost <= inputValue = outputAmount - minOutput, so outputAmount' = (outputAmount - minOutput - cost) + minOutput >= minOutput
        outputAmount =
            _swapETHForSpecificNFTs(
                trade.tokenToNFTTrades,
                outputAmount - minOutput,
                ethRecipient,
                nftRecipient
            ) +
            minOutput;
    }
    /**
        ERC20 swaps
        Note: All ERC20 swaps assume that a single ERC20 token is used for all the pairs involved.
        Swapping using multiple tokens in the same transaction is possible, but the slippage checks
        & the return values will be meaningless, and may lead to undefined behavior.
        Note: The sender should ideally grant infinite token approval to the router in order for NFT-to-NFT
        swaps to work smoothly.
     */
    /**
        @notice Swaps ERC20 tokens into NFTs using multiple pairs.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the number of NFTs to buy from each.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function swapERC20ForAnyNFTs(
        PairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        return _swapERC20ForAnyNFTs(swapList, inputAmount, nftRecipient);
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps ERC20 tokens into specific NFTs using multiple pairs.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to buy from each.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function swapERC20ForSpecificNFTs(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        return _swapERC20ForSpecificNFTs(swapList, inputAmount, nftRecipient);
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps NFTs into ETH/ERC20 using multiple pairs.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to sell to each.
        @param minOutput The minimum acceptable total tokens received
        @param tokenRecipient The address that will receive the token output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total tokens received
     */
    function swapNFTsForToken(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address tokenRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        return _swapNFTsForToken(swapList, minOutput, payable(tokenRecipient));
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps one set of NFTs into another set of specific NFTs using multiple pairs, using
        an ERC20 token as the intermediary.
        @param trade The struct containing all NFT-to-ERC20 swaps and ERC20-to-NFT swaps.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param minOutput The minimum acceptable total excess tokens received
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total ERC20 tokens received
     */
    function swapNFTsForAnyNFTsThroughERC20(
        NFTsForAnyNFTsTrade calldata trade,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Swap NFTs for ERC20
        // minOutput of swap set to 0 since we're doing an aggregate slippage check
        // output tokens are sent to msg.sender
        outputAmount = _swapNFTsForToken(
            trade.nftToTokenTrades,
            0,
            payable(msg.sender)
        );
        // Add extra value to buy NFTs
        outputAmount += inputAmount;
        // Swap ERC20 for any NFTs
        // cost <= maxCost = outputAmount - minOutput, so outputAmount' = outputAmount - cost >= minOutput
        // input tokens are taken directly from msg.sender
        outputAmount =
            _swapERC20ForAnyNFTs(
                trade.tokenToNFTTrades,
                outputAmount - minOutput,
                nftRecipient
            ) +
            minOutput;
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps one set of NFTs into another set of specific NFTs using multiple pairs, using
        an ERC20 token as the intermediary.
        @param trade The struct containing all NFT-to-ERC20 swaps and ERC20-to-NFT swaps.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param minOutput The minimum acceptable total excess tokens received
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total ERC20 tokens received
     */
    function swapNFTsForSpecificNFTsThroughERC20(
        NFTsForSpecificNFTsTrade calldata trade,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Swap NFTs for ERC20
        // minOutput of swap set to 0 since we're doing an aggregate slippage check
        // output tokens are sent to msg.sender
        outputAmount = _swapNFTsForToken(
            trade.nftToTokenTrades,
            0,
            payable(msg.sender)
        );
        // Add extra value to buy NFTs
        outputAmount += inputAmount;
        // Swap ERC20 for specific NFTs
        // cost <= maxCost = outputAmount - minOutput, so outputAmount' = outputAmount - cost >= minOutput
        // input tokens are taken directly from msg.sender
        outputAmount =
            _swapERC20ForSpecificNFTs(
                trade.tokenToNFTTrades,
                outputAmount - minOutput,
                nftRecipient
            ) +
            minOutput;
    }
    /**
        Robust Swaps
        These are "robust" versions of the NFT<>Token swap functions which will never revert due to slippage
        Instead, users specify a per-swap max cost. If the price changes more than the user specifies, no swap is attempted. This allows users to specify a batch of swaps, and execute as many of them as possible.
     */
    /**
        @dev We assume msg.value >= sum of values in maxCostPerPair
        @notice Swaps as much ETH for any NFTs as possible, respecting the per-swap max cost.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the number of NFTs to buy from each.
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the unspent ETH input
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function robustSwapETHForAnyNFTs(
        RobustPairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    )
        external
        payable
        checkDeadline(deadline)
        returns (uint256 remainingValue)
    {
        remainingValue = msg.value;
        // Try doing each swap
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate actual cost per swap
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].swapInfo.numItems
            );
            // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
            if (
                pairCost <= swapList[i].maxCost &&
                error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
            ) {
                // We know how much ETH to send because we already did the math above
                // So we just send that much
                remainingValue -= swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.swapTokenForAnyNFTs{
                    value: pairCost
                }(
                    swapList[i].swapInfo.numItems,
                    pairCost,
                    nftRecipient,
                    true,
                    msg.sender
                );
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return remaining value to sender
        if (remainingValue > 0) {
            ethRecipient.safeTransferETH(remainingValue);
        }
    }
    /**
        @dev We assume msg.value >= sum of values in maxCostPerPair
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to buy from each.
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the unspent ETH input
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function robustSwapETHForSpecificNFTs(
        RobustPairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    )
        external
        payable
        checkDeadline(deadline)
        returns (uint256 remainingValue)
    {
        remainingValue = msg.value;
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Try doing each swap
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate actual cost per swap
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
            );
            // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
            if (
                pairCost <= swapList[i].maxCost &&
                error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
            ) {
                // We know how much ETH to send because we already did the math above
                // So we just send that much
                remainingValue -= swapList[i]
                    .swapInfo
                    .pair
                    .swapTokenForSpecificNFTs{value: pairCost}(
                    swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                    pairCost,
                    nftRecipient,
                    true,
                    msg.sender
                );
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return remaining value to sender
        if (remainingValue > 0) {
            ethRecipient.safeTransferETH(remainingValue);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps as many ERC20 tokens for any NFTs as possible, respecting the per-swap max cost.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the number of NFTs to buy from each.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
        
     */
    function robustSwapERC20ForAnyNFTs(
        RobustPairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Try doing each swap
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate actual cost per swap
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].swapInfo.numItems
            );
            // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
            if (
                pairCost <= swapList[i].maxCost &&
                error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
            ) {
                remainingValue -= swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.swapTokenForAnyNFTs(
                        swapList[i].swapInfo.numItems,
                        pairCost,
                        nftRecipient,
                        true,
                        msg.sender
                    );
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps as many ERC20 tokens for specific NFTs as possible, respecting the per-swap max cost.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to buy from each.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function robustSwapERC20ForSpecificNFTs(
        RobustPairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    )
        external
        payable
        checkDeadline(deadline)
        returns (uint256 remainingValue)
    {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Try doing each swap
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate actual cost per swap
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
            );
            // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
            if (
                pairCost <= swapList[i].maxCost &&
                error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
            ) {
                remainingValue -= swapList[i]
                    .swapInfo
                    .pair
                    .swapTokenForSpecificNFTs(
                        swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                        pairCost,
                        nftRecipient,
                        true,
                        msg.sender
                    );
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps as many NFTs for tokens as possible, respecting the per-swap min output
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to sell to each.
        @param tokenRecipient The address that will receive the token output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total ETH/ERC20 received
     */
    function robustSwapNFTsForToken(
        RobustPairSwapSpecificForToken[] calldata swapList,
        address payable tokenRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Try doing each swap
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            uint256 pairOutput;
            // Locally scoped to avoid stack too deep error
            {
                CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
                (error, , , pairOutput, ) = swapList[i]
                    .swapInfo
                    .pair
                    .getSellNFTQuote(swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length);
                if (error != CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK) {
                    unchecked {
                        ++i;
                    }
                    continue;
                }
            }
            // If at least equal to our minOutput, proceed
            if (pairOutput >= swapList[i].minOutput) {
                // Do the swap and update outputAmount with how many tokens we got
                outputAmount += swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.swapNFTsForToken(
                    swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                    0,
                    tokenRecipient,
                    true,
                    msg.sender
                );
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Buys NFTs with ETH and sells them for tokens in one transaction
        @param params All the parameters for the swap (packed in struct to avoid stack too deep), containing:
        - ethToNFTSwapList The list of NFTs to buy
        - nftToTokenSwapList The list of NFTs to sell
        - inputAmount The max amount of tokens to send (if ERC20)
        - tokenRecipient The address that receives tokens from the NFTs sold
        - nftRecipient The address that receives NFTs
        - deadline UNIX timestamp deadline for the swap
     */
    function robustSwapETHForSpecificNFTsAndNFTsToToken(
        RobustPairNFTsFoTokenAndTokenforNFTsTrade calldata params
    ) external payable returns (uint256 remainingValue, uint256 outputAmount) {
        {
            remainingValue = msg.value;
            uint256 pairCost;
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
            // Try doing each swap
            uint256 numSwaps = params.tokenToNFTTrades.length;
            for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
                // Calculate actual cost per swap
                (error, , , pairCost, ) = params
                    .tokenToNFTTrades[i]
                    .swapInfo
                    .pair
                    .getBuyNFTQuote(
                        params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
                    );
                // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
                if (
                    pairCost <= params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].maxCost &&
                    error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
                ) {
                    // We know how much ETH to send because we already did the math above
                    // So we just send that much
                    remainingValue -= params
                        .tokenToNFTTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .swapTokenForSpecificNFTs{value: pairCost}(
                        params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                        pairCost,
                        params.nftRecipient,
                        true,
                        msg.sender
                    );
                }
                unchecked {
                    ++i;
                }
            }
            // Return remaining value to sender
            if (remainingValue > 0) {
                params.tokenRecipient.safeTransferETH(remainingValue);
            }
        }
        {
            // Try doing each swap
            uint256 numSwaps = params.nftToTokenTrades.length;
            for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
                uint256 pairOutput;
                // Locally scoped to avoid stack too deep error
                {
                    CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
                    (error, , , pairOutput, ) = params
                        .nftToTokenTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .getSellNFTQuote(
                            params.nftToTokenTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
                        );
                    if (error != CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK) {
                        unchecked {
                            ++i;
                        }
                        continue;
                    }
                }
                // If at least equal to our minOutput, proceed
                if (pairOutput >= params.nftToTokenTrades[i].minOutput) {
                    // Do the swap and update outputAmount with how many tokens we got
                    outputAmount += params
                        .nftToTokenTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .swapNFTsForToken(
                            params.nftToTokenTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                            0,
                            params.tokenRecipient,
                            true,
                            msg.sender
                        );
                }
                unchecked {
                    ++i;
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Buys NFTs with ERC20, and sells them for tokens in one transaction
        @param params All the parameters for the swap (packed in struct to avoid stack too deep), containing:
        - ethToNFTSwapList The list of NFTs to buy
        - nftToTokenSwapList The list of NFTs to sell
        - inputAmount The max amount of tokens to send (if ERC20)
        - tokenRecipient The address that receives tokens from the NFTs sold
        - nftRecipient The address that receives NFTs
        - deadline UNIX timestamp deadline for the swap
     */
    function robustSwapERC20ForSpecificNFTsAndNFTsToToken(
        RobustPairNFTsFoTokenAndTokenforNFTsTrade calldata params
    ) external payable returns (uint256 remainingValue, uint256 outputAmount) {
        {
            remainingValue = params.inputAmount;
            uint256 pairCost;
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
            // Try doing each swap
            uint256 numSwaps = params.tokenToNFTTrades.length;
            for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
                // Calculate actual cost per swap
                (error, , , pairCost, ) = params
                    .tokenToNFTTrades[i]
                    .swapInfo
                    .pair
                    .getBuyNFTQuote(
                        params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
                    );
                // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
                if (
                    pairCost <= params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].maxCost &&
                    error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
                ) {
                    remainingValue -= params
                        .tokenToNFTTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .swapTokenForSpecificNFTs(
                            params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                            pairCost,
                            params.nftRecipient,
                            true,
                            msg.sender
                        );
                }
                unchecked {
                    ++i;
                }
            }
        }
        {
            // Try doing each swap
            uint256 numSwaps = params.nftToTokenTrades.length;
            for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
                uint256 pairOutput;
                // Locally scoped to avoid stack too deep error
                {
                    CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
                    (error, , , pairOutput, ) = params
                        .nftToTokenTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .getSellNFTQuote(
                            params.nftToTokenTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
                        );
                    if (error != CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK) {
                        unchecked {
                            ++i;
                        }
                        continue;
                    }
                }
                // If at least equal to our minOutput, proceed
                if (pairOutput >= params.nftToTokenTrades[i].minOutput) {
                    // Do the swap and update outputAmount with how many tokens we got
                    outputAmount += params
                        .nftToTokenTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .swapNFTsForToken(
                            params.nftToTokenTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                            0,
                            params.tokenRecipient,
                            true,
                            msg.sender
                        );
                }
                unchecked {
                    ++i;
                }
            }
        }
    }
    receive() external payable {}
    /**
        Restricted functions
     */
    /**
        @dev Allows an ERC20 pair contract to transfer ERC20 tokens directly from
        the sender, in order to minimize the number of token transfers. Only callable by an ERC20 pair.
        @param token The ERC20 token to transfer
        @param from The address to transfer tokens from
        @param to The address to transfer tokens to
        @param amount The amount of tokens to transfer
        @param variant The pair variant of the pair contract
     */
    function pairTransferERC20From(
        ERC20 token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant variant
    ) external {
        // verify caller is a trusted pair contract
        require(factory.isPair(msg.sender, variant), "Not pair");
        // verify caller is an ERC20 pair
        require(
            variant == ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant.ENUMERABLE_ERC20 ||
                variant ==
                ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant.MISSING_ENUMERABLE_ERC20,
            "Not ERC20 pair"
        );
        // transfer tokens to pair
        token.safeTransferFrom(from, to, amount);
    }
    /**
        @dev Allows a pair contract to transfer ERC721 NFTs directly from
        the sender, in order to minimize the number of token transfers. Only callable by a pair.
        @param nft The ERC721 NFT to transfer
        @param from The address to transfer tokens from
        @param to The address to transfer tokens to
        @param id The ID of the NFT to transfer
        @param variant The pair variant of the pair contract
     */
    function pairTransferNFTFrom(
        IERC721 nft,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant variant
    ) external {
        // verify caller is a trusted pair contract
        require(factory.isPair(msg.sender, variant), "Not pair");
        // transfer NFTs to pair
        nft.safeTransferFrom(from, to, id);
    }
    /**
        Internal functions
     */
    /**
        @param deadline The last valid time for a swap
     */
    function _checkDeadline(uint256 deadline) internal view {
        require(block.timestamp <= deadline, "Deadline passed");
    }
    /**
        @notice Internal function used to swap ETH for any NFTs
        @param swapList The list of pairs and swap calldata
        @param inputAmount The total amount of ETH to send
        @param ethRecipient The address receiving excess ETH
        @param nftRecipient The address receiving the NFTs from the pairs
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function _swapETHForAnyNFTs(
        PairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient
    ) internal returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Do swaps
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate the cost per swap first to send exact amount of ETH over, saves gas by avoiding the need to send back excess ETH
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].numItems
            );
            // Require no error
            require(error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK, "Bonding curve error");
            // Total ETH taken from sender cannot exceed inputAmount
            // because otherwise the deduction from remainingValue will fail
            remainingValue -= swapList[i].pair.swapTokenForAnyNFTs{
                value: pairCost
            }(
                swapList[i].numItems,
                remainingValue,
                nftRecipient,
                true,
                msg.sender
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return remaining value to sender
        if (remainingValue > 0) {
            ethRecipient.safeTransferETH(remainingValue);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Internal function used to swap ETH for a specific set of NFTs
        @param swapList The list of pairs and swap calldata
        @param inputAmount The total amount of ETH to send
        @param ethRecipient The address receiving excess ETH
        @param nftRecipient The address receiving the NFTs from the pairs
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function _swapETHForSpecificNFTs(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient
    ) internal returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Do swaps
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate the cost per swap first to send exact amount of ETH over, saves gas by avoiding the need to send back excess ETH
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].nftIds.length
            );
            // Require no errors
            require(error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK, "Bonding curve error");
            // Total ETH taken from sender cannot exceed inputAmount
            // because otherwise the deduction from remainingValue will fail
            remainingValue -= swapList[i].pair.swapTokenForSpecificNFTs{
                value: pairCost
            }(
                swapList[i].nftIds,
                remainingValue,
                nftRecipient,
                true,
                msg.sender
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return remaining value to sender
        if (remainingValue > 0) {
            ethRecipient.safeTransferETH(remainingValue);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Internal function used to swap an ERC20 token for any NFTs
        @dev Note that we don't need to query the pair's bonding curve first for pricing data because
        we just calculate and take the required amount from the caller during swap time. 
        However, we can't "pull" ETH, which is why for the ETH->NFT swaps, we need to calculate the pricing info
        to figure out how much the router should send to the pool.
        @param swapList The list of pairs and swap calldata
        @param inputAmount The total amount of ERC20 tokens to send
        @param nftRecipient The address receiving the NFTs from the pairs
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function _swapERC20ForAnyNFTs(
        PairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient
    ) internal returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        // Do swaps
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Tokens are transferred in by the pair calling router.pairTransferERC20From
            // Total tokens taken from sender cannot exceed inputAmount
            // because otherwise the deduction from remainingValue will fail
            remainingValue -= swapList[i].pair.swapTokenForAnyNFTs(
                swapList[i].numItems,
                remainingValue,
                nftRecipient,
                true,
                msg.sender
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Internal function used to swap an ERC20 token for specific NFTs
        @dev Note that we don't need to query the pair's bonding curve first for pricing data because
        we just calculate and take the required amount from the caller during swap time. 
        However, we can't "pull" ETH, which is why for the ETH->NFT swaps, we need to calculate the pricing info
        to figure out how much the router should send to the pool.
        @param swapList The list of pairs and swap calldata
        @param inputAmount The total amount of ERC20 tokens to send
        @param nftRecipient The address receiving the NFTs from the pairs
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function _swapERC20ForSpecificNFTs(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient
    ) internal returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        // Do swaps
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Tokens are transferred in by the pair calling router.pairTransferERC20From
            // Total tokens taken from sender cannot exceed inputAmount
            // because otherwise the deduction from remainingValue will fail
            remainingValue -= swapList[i].pair.swapTokenForSpecificNFTs(
                swapList[i].nftIds,
                remainingValue,
                nftRecipient,
                true,
                msg.sender
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps NFTs for tokens, designed to be used for 1 token at a time
        @dev Calling with multiple tokens is permitted, BUT minOutput will be 
        far from enough of a safety check because different tokens almost certainly have different unit prices.
        @param swapList The list of pairs and swap calldata 
        @param minOutput The minimum number of tokens to be receieved frm the swaps 
        @param tokenRecipient The address that receives the tokens
        @return outputAmount The number of tokens to be received
     */
    function _swapNFTsForToken(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address payable tokenRecipient
    ) internal returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Do swaps
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Do the swap for token and then update outputAmount
            // Note: minExpectedTokenOutput is set to 0 since we're doing an aggregate slippage check below
            outputAmount += swapList[i].pair.swapNFTsForToken(
                swapList[i].nftIds,
                0,
                tokenRecipient,
                true,
                msg.sender
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Aggregate slippage check
        require(outputAmount >= minOutput, "outputAmount too low");
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {LSSVMRouter} from "./LSSVMRouter.sol";
interface ILSSVMPairFactoryLike {
    enum PairVariant {
        ENUMERABLE_ETH,
        MISSING_ENUMERABLE_ETH,
        ENUMERABLE_ERC20,
        MISSING_ENUMERABLE_ERC20
    }
    function protocolFeeMultiplier() external view returns (uint256);
    function protocolFeeRecipient() external view returns (address payable);
    function callAllowed(address target) external view returns (bool);
    function routerStatus(LSSVMRouter router)
        external
        view
        returns (bool allowed, bool wasEverAllowed);
    function isPair(address potentialPair, PairVariant variant)
        external
        view
        returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC1155 compliant contract, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155[EIP].
 *
 * _Available since v3.1._
 */
interface IERC1155 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens of token type `id` are transferred from `from` to `to` by `operator`.
     */
    event TransferSingle(
        address indexed operator,
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 value
    );
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to multiple {TransferSingle} events, where `operator`, `from` and `to` are the same for all
     * transfers.
     */
    event TransferBatch(
        address indexed operator,
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256[] ids,
        uint256[] values
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer their tokens, according to
     * `approved`.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(
        address indexed account,
        address indexed operator,
        bool approved
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the URI for token type `id` changes to `value`, if it is a non-programmatic URI.
     *
     * If an {URI} event was emitted for `id`, the standard
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata-extensions[guarantees] that `value` will equal the value
     * returned by {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}.
     */
    event URI(string value, uint256 indexed id);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens of token type `id` owned by `account`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account, uint256 id)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {balanceOf}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `accounts` and `ids` must have the same length.
     */
    function balanceOfBatch(address[] calldata accounts, uint256[] calldata ids)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev Grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer the caller's tokens, according to `approved`,
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `operator` cannot be the caller.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `operator` is approved to transfer ``account``'s tokens.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address account, address operator)
        external
        view
        returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been approved to spend ``from``'s tokens via {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - `from` must have a balance of tokens of type `id` of at least `amount`.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {safeTransferFrom}.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function safeBatchTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata amounts,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./ERC1155Receiver.sol";
/**
 * @dev _Available since v3.1._
 */
contract ERC1155Holder is ERC1155Receiver {
    function onERC1155Received(
        address,
        address,
        uint256,
        uint256,
        bytes memory
    ) public virtual override returns (bytes4) {
        return this.onERC1155Received.selector;
    }
    function onERC1155BatchReceived(
        address,
        address,
        uint256[] memory,
        uint256[] memory,
        bytes memory
    ) public virtual override returns (bytes4) {
        return this.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC1155Receiver.sol";
import "./ERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev _Available since v3.1._
 */
abstract contract ERC1155Receiver is ERC165, IERC1155Receiver {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC165, IERC165)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC1155Receiver).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev _Available since v3.1._
 */
interface IERC1155Receiver is IERC165 {
    /**
        @dev Handles the receipt of a single ERC1155 token type. This function is
        called at the end of a `safeTransferFrom` after the balance has been updated.
        To accept the transfer, this must return
        `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))`
        (i.e. 0xf23a6e61, or its own function selector).
        @param operator The address which initiated the transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
        @param from The address which previously owned the token
        @param id The ID of the token being transferred
        @param value The amount of tokens being transferred
        @param data Additional data with no specified format
        @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
    */
    function onERC1155Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 value,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
    /**
        @dev Handles the receipt of a multiple ERC1155 token types. This function
        is called at the end of a `safeBatchTransferFrom` after the balances have
        been updated. To accept the transfer(s), this must return
        `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))`
        (i.e. 0xbc197c81, or its own function selector).
        @param operator The address which initiated the batch transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
        @param from The address which previously owned the token
        @param ids An array containing ids of each token being transferred (order and length must match values array)
        @param values An array containing amounts of each token being transferred (order and length must match ids array)
        @param data Additional data with no specified format
        @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
    */
    function onERC1155BatchReceived(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata values,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override
        returns (bool)
    {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {IERC721Enumerable} from "./imports/IERC721Enumerable.sol";
import {IERC721} from "./imports/IERC721.sol";
import {LSSVMRouter} from "./LSSVMRouter.sol";
import {LSSVMPair} from "./LSSVMPair.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
/**
    @title An NFT/Token pair for an NFT that implements ERC721Enumerable
    @author boredGenius and 0xmons
 */
abstract contract LSSVMPairEnumerable is LSSVMPair {
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _sendAnyNFTsToRecipient(
        IERC721 _nft,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 numNFTs
    ) internal override {
        // Send NFTs to recipient
        // (we know NFT implements IERC721Enumerable so we just iterate)
        uint256 lastIndex = _nft.balanceOf(address(this)) - 1;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numNFTs; ) {
            uint256 nftId = IERC721Enumerable(address(_nft))
                .tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address(this), lastIndex);
            _nft.safeTransferFrom(address(this), nftRecipient, nftId);
            unchecked {
                --lastIndex;
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _sendSpecificNFTsToRecipient(
        IERC721 _nft,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256[] calldata nftIds
    ) internal override {
        // Send NFTs to recipient
        uint256 numNFTs = nftIds.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numNFTs; ) {
            _nft.safeTransferFrom(address(this), nftRecipient, nftIds[i]);
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function getAllHeldIds() external view override returns (uint256[] memory) {
        IERC721 _nft = nft();
        uint256 numNFTs = _nft.balanceOf(address(this));
        uint256[] memory ids = new uint256[](numNFTs);
        for (uint256 i; i < numNFTs; ) {
            ids[i] = IERC721Enumerable(address(_nft)).tokenOfOwnerByIndex(
                address(this),
                i
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        return ids;
    }
    function onERC721Received(
        address,
        address,
        uint256,
        bytes memory
    ) public virtual returns (bytes4) {
        return this.onERC721Received.selector;
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function withdrawERC721(IERC721 a, uint256[] calldata nftIds)
        external
        override
        onlyOwner
    {
        uint256 numNFTs = nftIds.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numNFTs; ) {
            a.safeTransferFrom(address(this), msg.sender, nftIds[i]);
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        emit NFTWithdrawal();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC721.sol";
/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional enumeration extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721Enumerable is IERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns a token ID owned by `owner` at a given `index` of its token list.
     * Use along with {balanceOf} to enumerate all of ``owner``'s tokens.
     */
    function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256 tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Returns a token ID at a given `index` of all the tokens stored by the contract.
     * Use along with {totalSupply} to enumerate all tokens.
     */
    function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) external view returns (uint256);
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
pragma abicoder v2;
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/interfaces/IUniswapV3Pool.sol';
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/libraries/FixedPoint128.sol';
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/libraries/FullMath.sol';
import './interfaces/INonfungiblePositionManager.sol';
import './interfaces/INonfungibleTokenPositionDescriptor.sol';
import './libraries/PositionKey.sol';
import './libraries/PoolAddress.sol';
import './base/LiquidityManagement.sol';
import './base/PeripheryImmutableState.sol';
import './base/Multicall.sol';
import './base/ERC721Permit.sol';
import './base/PeripheryValidation.sol';
import './base/SelfPermit.sol';
import './base/PoolInitializer.sol';
/// @title NFT positions
/// @notice Wraps Uniswap V3 positions in the ERC721 non-fungible token interface
contract NonfungiblePositionManager is
    INonfungiblePositionManager,
    Multicall,
    ERC721Permit,
    PeripheryImmutableState,
    PoolInitializer,
    LiquidityManagement,
    PeripheryValidation,
    SelfPermit
{
    // details about the uniswap position
    struct Position {
        // the nonce for permits
        uint96 nonce;
        // the address that is approved for spending this token
        address operator;
        // the ID of the pool with which this token is connected
        uint80 poolId;
        // the tick range of the position
        int24 tickLower;
        int24 tickUpper;
        // the liquidity of the position
        uint128 liquidity;
        // the fee growth of the aggregate position as of the last action on the individual position
        uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128;
        uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128;
        // how many uncollected tokens are owed to the position, as of the last computation
        uint128 tokensOwed0;
        uint128 tokensOwed1;
    }
    /// @dev IDs of pools assigned by this contract
    mapping(address => uint80) private _poolIds;
    /// @dev Pool keys by pool ID, to save on SSTOREs for position data
    mapping(uint80 => PoolAddress.PoolKey) private _poolIdToPoolKey;
    /// @dev The token ID position data
    mapping(uint256 => Position) private _positions;
    /// @dev The ID of the next token that will be minted. Skips 0
    uint176 private _nextId = 1;
    /// @dev The ID of the next pool that is used for the first time. Skips 0
    uint80 private _nextPoolId = 1;
    /// @dev The address of the token descriptor contract, which handles generating token URIs for position tokens
    address private immutable _tokenDescriptor;
    constructor(
        address _factory,
        address _WETH9,
        address _tokenDescriptor_
    ) ERC721Permit('Uniswap V3 Positions NFT-V1', 'UNI-V3-POS', '1') PeripheryImmutableState(_factory, _WETH9) {
        _tokenDescriptor = _tokenDescriptor_;
    }
    /// @inheritdoc INonfungiblePositionManager
    function positions(uint256 tokenId)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (
            uint96 nonce,
            address operator,
            address token0,
            address token1,
            uint24 fee,
            int24 tickLower,
            int24 tickUpper,
            uint128 liquidity,
            uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
            uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
            uint128 tokensOwed0,
            uint128 tokensOwed1
        )
    {
        Position memory position = _positions[tokenId];
        require(position.poolId != 0, 'Invalid token ID');
        PoolAddress.PoolKey memory poolKey = _poolIdToPoolKey[position.poolId];
        return (
            position.nonce,
            position.operator,
            poolKey.token0,
            poolKey.token1,
            poolKey.fee,
            position.tickLower,
            position.tickUpper,
            position.liquidity,
            position.feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
            position.feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
            position.tokensOwed0,
            position.tokensOwed1
        );
    }
    /// @dev Caches a pool key
    function cachePoolKey(address pool, PoolAddress.PoolKey memory poolKey) private returns (uint80 poolId) {
        poolId = _poolIds[pool];
        if (poolId == 0) {
            _poolIds[pool] = (poolId = _nextPoolId++);
            _poolIdToPoolKey[poolId] = poolKey;
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc INonfungiblePositionManager
    function mint(MintParams calldata params)
        external
        payable
        override
        checkDeadline(params.deadline)
        returns (
            uint256 tokenId,
            uint128 liquidity,
            uint256 amount0,
            uint256 amount1
        )
    {
        IUniswapV3Pool pool;
        (liquidity, amount0, amount1, pool) = addLiquidity(
            AddLiquidityParams({
                token0: params.token0,
                token1: params.token1,
                fee: params.fee,
                recipient: address(this),
                tickLower: params.tickLower,
                tickUpper: params.tickUpper,
                amount0Desired: params.amount0Desired,
                amount1Desired: params.amount1Desired,
                amount0Min: params.amount0Min,
                amount1Min: params.amount1Min
            })
        );
        _mint(params.recipient, (tokenId = _nextId++));
        bytes32 positionKey = PositionKey.compute(address(this), params.tickLower, params.tickUpper);
        (, uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128, uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128, , ) = pool.positions(positionKey);
        // idempotent set
        uint80 poolId =
            cachePoolKey(
                address(pool),
                PoolAddress.PoolKey({token0: params.token0, token1: params.token1, fee: params.fee})
            );
        _positions[tokenId] = Position({
            nonce: 0,
            operator: address(0),
            poolId: poolId,
            tickLower: params.tickLower,
            tickUpper: params.tickUpper,
            liquidity: liquidity,
            feeGrowthInside0LastX128: feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
            feeGrowthInside1LastX128: feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
            tokensOwed0: 0,
            tokensOwed1: 0
        });
        emit IncreaseLiquidity(tokenId, liquidity, amount0, amount1);
    }
    modifier isAuthorizedForToken(uint256 tokenId) {
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(msg.sender, tokenId), 'Not approved');
        _;
    }
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view override(ERC721, IERC721Metadata) returns (string memory) {
        require(_exists(tokenId));
        return INonfungibleTokenPositionDescriptor(_tokenDescriptor).tokenURI(this, tokenId);
    }
    // save bytecode by removing implementation of unused method
    function baseURI() public pure override returns (string memory) {}
    /// @inheritdoc INonfungiblePositionManager
    function increaseLiquidity(IncreaseLiquidityParams calldata params)
        external
        payable
        override
        checkDeadline(params.deadline)
        returns (
            uint128 liquidity,
            uint256 amount0,
            uint256 amount1
        )
    {
        Position storage position = _positions[params.tokenId];
        PoolAddress.PoolKey memory poolKey = _poolIdToPoolKey[position.poolId];
        IUniswapV3Pool pool;
        (liquidity, amount0, amount1, pool) = addLiquidity(
            AddLiquidityParams({
                token0: poolKey.token0,
                token1: poolKey.token1,
                fee: poolKey.fee,
                tickLower: position.tickLower,
                tickUpper: position.tickUpper,
                amount0Desired: params.amount0Desired,
                amount1Desired: params.amount1Desired,
                amount0Min: params.amount0Min,
                amount1Min: params.amount1Min,
                recipient: address(this)
            })
        );
        bytes32 positionKey = PositionKey.compute(address(this), position.tickLower, position.tickUpper);
        // this is now updated to the current transaction
        (, uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128, uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128, , ) = pool.positions(positionKey);
        position.tokensOwed0 += uint128(
            FullMath.mulDiv(
                feeGrowthInside0LastX128 - position.feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
                position.liquidity,
                FixedPoint128.Q128
            )
        );
        position.tokensOwed1 += uint128(
            FullMath.mulDiv(
                feeGrowthInside1LastX128 - position.feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
                position.liquidity,
                FixedPoint128.Q128
            )
        );
        position.feeGrowthInside0LastX128 = feeGrowthInside0LastX128;
        position.feeGrowthInside1LastX128 = feeGrowthInside1LastX128;
        position.liquidity += liquidity;
        emit IncreaseLiquidity(params.tokenId, liquidity, amount0, amount1);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc INonfungiblePositionManager
    function decreaseLiquidity(DecreaseLiquidityParams calldata params)
        external
        payable
        override
        isAuthorizedForToken(params.tokenId)
        checkDeadline(params.deadline)
        returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1)
    {
        require(params.liquidity > 0);
        Position storage position = _positions[params.tokenId];
        uint128 positionLiquidity = position.liquidity;
        require(positionLiquidity >= params.liquidity);
        PoolAddress.PoolKey memory poolKey = _poolIdToPoolKey[position.poolId];
        IUniswapV3Pool pool = IUniswapV3Pool(PoolAddress.computeAddress(factory, poolKey));
        (amount0, amount1) = pool.burn(position.tickLower, position.tickUpper, params.liquidity);
        require(amount0 >= params.amount0Min && amount1 >= params.amount1Min, 'Price slippage check');
        bytes32 positionKey = PositionKey.compute(address(this), position.tickLower, position.tickUpper);
        // this is now updated to the current transaction
        (, uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128, uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128, , ) = pool.positions(positionKey);
        position.tokensOwed0 +=
            uint128(amount0) +
            uint128(
                FullMath.mulDiv(
                    feeGrowthInside0LastX128 - position.feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
                    positionLiquidity,
                    FixedPoint128.Q128
                )
            );
        position.tokensOwed1 +=
            uint128(amount1) +
            uint128(
                FullMath.mulDiv(
                    feeGrowthInside1LastX128 - position.feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
                    positionLiquidity,
                    FixedPoint128.Q128
                )
            );
        position.feeGrowthInside0LastX128 = feeGrowthInside0LastX128;
        position.feeGrowthInside1LastX128 = feeGrowthInside1LastX128;
        // subtraction is safe because we checked positionLiquidity is gte params.liquidity
        position.liquidity = positionLiquidity - params.liquidity;
        emit DecreaseLiquidity(params.tokenId, params.liquidity, amount0, amount1);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc INonfungiblePositionManager
    function collect(CollectParams calldata params)
        external
        payable
        override
        isAuthorizedForToken(params.tokenId)
        returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1)
    {
        require(params.amount0Max > 0 || params.amount1Max > 0);
        // allow collecting to the nft position manager address with address 0
        address recipient = params.recipient == address(0) ? address(this) : params.recipient;
        Position storage position = _positions[params.tokenId];
        PoolAddress.PoolKey memory poolKey = _poolIdToPoolKey[position.poolId];
        IUniswapV3Pool pool = IUniswapV3Pool(PoolAddress.computeAddress(factory, poolKey));
        (uint128 tokensOwed0, uint128 tokensOwed1) = (position.tokensOwed0, position.tokensOwed1);
        // trigger an update of the position fees owed and fee growth snapshots if it has any liquidity
        if (position.liquidity > 0) {
            pool.burn(position.tickLower, position.tickUpper, 0);
            (, uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128, uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128, , ) =
                pool.positions(PositionKey.compute(address(this), position.tickLower, position.tickUpper));
            tokensOwed0 += uint128(
                FullMath.mulDiv(
                    feeGrowthInside0LastX128 - position.feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
                    position.liquidity,
                    FixedPoint128.Q128
                )
            );
            tokensOwed1 += uint128(
                FullMath.mulDiv(
                    feeGrowthInside1LastX128 - position.feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
                    position.liquidity,
                    FixedPoint128.Q128
                )
            );
            position.feeGrowthInside0LastX128 = feeGrowthInside0LastX128;
            position.feeGrowthInside1LastX128 = feeGrowthInside1LastX128;
        }
        // compute the arguments to give to the pool#collect method
        (uint128 amount0Collect, uint128 amount1Collect) =
            (
                params.amount0Max > tokensOwed0 ? tokensOwed0 : params.amount0Max,
                params.amount1Max > tokensOwed1 ? tokensOwed1 : params.amount1Max
            );
        // the actual amounts collected are returned
        (amount0, amount1) = pool.collect(
            recipient,
            position.tickLower,
            position.tickUpper,
            amount0Collect,
            amount1Collect
        );
        // sometimes there will be a few less wei than expected due to rounding down in core, but we just subtract the full amount expected
        // instead of the actual amount so we can burn the token
        (position.tokensOwed0, position.tokensOwed1) = (tokensOwed0 - amount0Collect, tokensOwed1 - amount1Collect);
        emit Collect(params.tokenId, recipient, amount0Collect, amount1Collect);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc INonfungiblePositionManager
    function burn(uint256 tokenId) external payable override isAuthorizedForToken(tokenId) {
        Position storage position = _positions[tokenId];
        require(position.liquidity == 0 && position.tokensOwed0 == 0 && position.tokensOwed1 == 0, 'Not cleared');
        delete _positions[tokenId];
        _burn(tokenId);
    }
    function _getAndIncrementNonce(uint256 tokenId) internal override returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_positions[tokenId].nonce++);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IERC721
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view override(ERC721, IERC721) returns (address) {
        require(_exists(tokenId), 'ERC721: approved query for nonexistent token');
        return _positions[tokenId].operator;
    }
    /// @dev Overrides _approve to use the operator in the position, which is packed with the position permit nonce
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal override(ERC721) {
        _positions[tokenId].operator = to;
        emit Approval(ownerOf(tokenId), to, tokenId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolImmutables.sol';
import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolState.sol';
import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolDerivedState.sol';
import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolActions.sol';
import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolOwnerActions.sol';
import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolEvents.sol';
/// @title The interface for a Uniswap V3 Pool
/// @notice A Uniswap pool facilitates swapping and automated market making between any two assets that strictly conform
/// to the ERC20 specification
/// @dev The pool interface is broken up into many smaller pieces
interface IUniswapV3Pool is
    IUniswapV3PoolImmutables,
    IUniswapV3PoolState,
    IUniswapV3PoolDerivedState,
    IUniswapV3PoolActions,
    IUniswapV3PoolOwnerActions,
    IUniswapV3PoolEvents
{
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.4.0;
/// @title FixedPoint128
/// @notice A library for handling binary fixed point numbers, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Q_(number_format)
library FixedPoint128 {
    uint256 internal constant Q128 = 0x100000000000000000000000000000000;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.4.0;
/// @title Contains 512-bit math functions
/// @notice Facilitates multiplication and division that can have overflow of an intermediate value without any loss of precision
/// @dev Handles "phantom overflow" i.e., allows multiplication and division where an intermediate value overflows 256 bits
library FullMath {
    /// @notice Calculates floor(a×b÷denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
    /// @param a The multiplicand
    /// @param b The multiplier
    /// @param denominator The divisor
    /// @return result The 256-bit result
    /// @dev Credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 a,
        uint256 b,
        uint256 denominator
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = a * b
        // Compute the product mod 2**256 and mod 2**256 - 1
        // then use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct
        // the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
        // variables such that product = prod1 * 2**256 + prod0
        uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
        uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
        assembly {
            let mm := mulmod(a, b, not(0))
            prod0 := mul(a, b)
            prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
        }
        // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division
        if (prod1 == 0) {
            require(denominator > 0);
            assembly {
                result := div(prod0, denominator)
            }
            return result;
        }
        // Make sure the result is less than 2**256.
        // Also prevents denominator == 0
        require(denominator > prod1);
        ///////////////////////////////////////////////
        // 512 by 256 division.
        ///////////////////////////////////////////////
        // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0]
        // Compute remainder using mulmod
        uint256 remainder;
        assembly {
            remainder := mulmod(a, b, denominator)
        }
        // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number
        assembly {
            prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
            prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
        }
        // Factor powers of two out of denominator
        // Compute largest power of two divisor of denominator.
        // Always >= 1.
        uint256 twos = -denominator & denominator;
        // Divide denominator by power of two
        assembly {
            denominator := div(denominator, twos)
        }
        // Divide [prod1 prod0] by the factors of two
        assembly {
            prod0 := div(prod0, twos)
        }
        // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0. For this we need
        // to flip `twos` such that it is 2**256 / twos.
        // If twos is zero, then it becomes one
        assembly {
            twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
        }
        prod0 |= prod1 * twos;
        // Invert denominator mod 2**256
        // Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse
        // modulo 2**256 such that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2**256.
        // Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct
        // correct for four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2**4
        uint256 inv = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;
        // Now use Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision.
        // Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works in modular
        // arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**8
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**16
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**32
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**64
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**128
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**256
        // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying
        // with the modular inverse of denominator. This will give us the
        // correct result modulo 2**256. Since the precoditions guarantee
        // that the outcome is less than 2**256, this is the final result.
        // We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
        // is no longer required.
        result = prod0 * inv;
        return result;
    }
    /// @notice Calculates ceil(a×b÷denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
    /// @param a The multiplicand
    /// @param b The multiplier
    /// @param denominator The divisor
    /// @return result The 256-bit result
    function mulDivRoundingUp(
        uint256 a,
        uint256 b,
        uint256 denominator
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        result = mulDiv(a, b, denominator);
        if (mulmod(a, b, denominator) > 0) {
            require(result < type(uint256).max);
            result++;
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.7.5;
pragma abicoder v2;
import '@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721Metadata.sol';
import '@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721Enumerable.sol';
import './IPoolInitializer.sol';
import './IERC721Permit.sol';
import './IPeripheryPayments.sol';
import './IPeripheryImmutableState.sol';
import '../libraries/PoolAddress.sol';
/// @title Non-fungible token for positions
/// @notice Wraps Uniswap V3 positions in a non-fungible token interface which allows for them to be transferred
/// and authorized.
interface INonfungiblePositionManager is
    IPoolInitializer,
    IPeripheryPayments,
    IPeripheryImmutableState,
    IERC721Metadata,
    IERC721Enumerable,
    IERC721Permit
{
    /// @notice Emitted when liquidity is increased for a position NFT
    /// @dev Also emitted when a token is minted
    /// @param tokenId The ID of the token for which liquidity was increased
    /// @param liquidity The amount by which liquidity for the NFT position was increased
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 that was paid for the increase in liquidity
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 that was paid for the increase in liquidity
    event IncreaseLiquidity(uint256 indexed tokenId, uint128 liquidity, uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    /// @notice Emitted when liquidity is decreased for a position NFT
    /// @param tokenId The ID of the token for which liquidity was decreased
    /// @param liquidity The amount by which liquidity for the NFT position was decreased
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 that was accounted for the decrease in liquidity
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 that was accounted for the decrease in liquidity
    event DecreaseLiquidity(uint256 indexed tokenId, uint128 liquidity, uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    /// @notice Emitted when tokens are collected for a position NFT
    /// @dev The amounts reported may not be exactly equivalent to the amounts transferred, due to rounding behavior
    /// @param tokenId The ID of the token for which underlying tokens were collected
    /// @param recipient The address of the account that received the collected tokens
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 owed to the position that was collected
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 owed to the position that was collected
    event Collect(uint256 indexed tokenId, address recipient, uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    /// @notice Returns the position information associated with a given token ID.
    /// @dev Throws if the token ID is not valid.
    /// @param tokenId The ID of the token that represents the position
    /// @return nonce The nonce for permits
    /// @return operator The address that is approved for spending
    /// @return token0 The address of the token0 for a specific pool
    /// @return token1 The address of the token1 for a specific pool
    /// @return fee The fee associated with the pool
    /// @return tickLower The lower end of the tick range for the position
    /// @return tickUpper The higher end of the tick range for the position
    /// @return liquidity The liquidity of the position
    /// @return feeGrowthInside0LastX128 The fee growth of token0 as of the last action on the individual position
    /// @return feeGrowthInside1LastX128 The fee growth of token1 as of the last action on the individual position
    /// @return tokensOwed0 The uncollected amount of token0 owed to the position as of the last computation
    /// @return tokensOwed1 The uncollected amount of token1 owed to the position as of the last computation
    function positions(uint256 tokenId)
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint96 nonce,
            address operator,
            address token0,
            address token1,
            uint24 fee,
            int24 tickLower,
            int24 tickUpper,
            uint128 liquidity,
            uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
            uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
            uint128 tokensOwed0,
            uint128 tokensOwed1
        );
    struct MintParams {
        address token0;
        address token1;
        uint24 fee;
        int24 tickLower;
        int24 tickUpper;
        uint256 amount0Desired;
        uint256 amount1Desired;
        uint256 amount0Min;
        uint256 amount1Min;
        address recipient;
        uint256 deadline;
    }
    /// @notice Creates a new position wrapped in a NFT
    /// @dev Call this when the pool does exist and is initialized. Note that if the pool is created but not initialized
    /// a method does not exist, i.e. the pool is assumed to be initialized.
    /// @param params The params necessary to mint a position, encoded as `MintParams` in calldata
    /// @return tokenId The ID of the token that represents the minted position
    /// @return liquidity The amount of liquidity for this position
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1
    function mint(MintParams calldata params)
        external
        payable
        returns (
            uint256 tokenId,
            uint128 liquidity,
            uint256 amount0,
            uint256 amount1
        );
    struct IncreaseLiquidityParams {
        uint256 tokenId;
        uint256 amount0Desired;
        uint256 amount1Desired;
        uint256 amount0Min;
        uint256 amount1Min;
        uint256 deadline;
    }
    /// @notice Increases the amount of liquidity in a position, with tokens paid by the `msg.sender`
    /// @param params tokenId The ID of the token for which liquidity is being increased,
    /// amount0Desired The desired amount of token0 to be spent,
    /// amount1Desired The desired amount of token1 to be spent,
    /// amount0Min The minimum amount of token0 to spend, which serves as a slippage check,
    /// amount1Min The minimum amount of token1 to spend, which serves as a slippage check,
    /// deadline The time by which the transaction must be included to effect the change
    /// @return liquidity The new liquidity amount as a result of the increase
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 to acheive resulting liquidity
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 to acheive resulting liquidity
    function increaseLiquidity(IncreaseLiquidityParams calldata params)
        external
        payable
        returns (
            uint128 liquidity,
            uint256 amount0,
            uint256 amount1
        );
    struct DecreaseLiquidityParams {
        uint256 tokenId;
        uint128 liquidity;
        uint256 amount0Min;
        uint256 amount1Min;
        uint256 deadline;
    }
    /// @notice Decreases the amount of liquidity in a position and accounts it to the position
    /// @param params tokenId The ID of the token for which liquidity is being decreased,
    /// amount The amount by which liquidity will be decreased,
    /// amount0Min The minimum amount of token0 that should be accounted for the burned liquidity,
    /// amount1Min The minimum amount of token1 that should be accounted for the burned liquidity,
    /// deadline The time by which the transaction must be included to effect the change
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 accounted to the position's tokens owed
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 accounted to the position's tokens owed
    function decreaseLiquidity(DecreaseLiquidityParams calldata params)
        external
        payable
        returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    struct CollectParams {
        uint256 tokenId;
        address recipient;
        uint128 amount0Max;
        uint128 amount1Max;
    }
    /// @notice Collects up to a maximum amount of fees owed to a specific position to the recipient
    /// @param params tokenId The ID of the NFT for which tokens are being collected,
    /// recipient The account that should receive the tokens,
    /// amount0Max The maximum amount of token0 to collect,
    /// amount1Max The maximum amount of token1 to collect
    /// @return amount0 The amount of fees collected in token0
    /// @return amount1 The amount of fees collected in token1
    function collect(CollectParams calldata params) external payable returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    /// @notice Burns a token ID, which deletes it from the NFT contract. The token must have 0 liquidity and all tokens
    /// must be collected first.
    /// @param tokenId The ID of the token that is being burned
    function burn(uint256 tokenId) external payable;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
import './INonfungiblePositionManager.sol';
/// @title Describes position NFT tokens via URI
interface INonfungibleTokenPositionDescriptor {
    /// @notice Emitted when a token is given a new priority order in the displayed price ratio
    /// @param token The token being given priority order
    /// @param priority Represents priority in ratio - higher integers get numerator priority
    event UpdateTokenRatioPriority(address token, int256 priority);
    /// @notice Produces the URI describing a particular token ID for a position manager
    /// @dev Note this URI may be a data: URI with the JSON contents directly inlined
    /// @param positionManager The position manager for which to describe the token
    /// @param tokenId The ID of the token for which to produce a description, which may not be valid
    /// @return The URI of the ERC721-compliant metadata
    function tokenURI(INonfungiblePositionManager positionManager, uint256 tokenId)
        external
        view
        returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
library PositionKey {
    /// @dev Returns the key of the position in the core library
    function compute(
        address owner,
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked(owner, tickLower, tickUpper));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Provides functions for deriving a pool address from the factory, tokens, and the fee
library PoolAddress {
    bytes32 internal constant POOL_INIT_CODE_HASH = 0xe34f199b19b2b4f47f68442619d555527d244f78a3297ea89325f843f87b8b54;
    /// @notice The identifying key of the pool
    struct PoolKey {
        address token0;
        address token1;
        uint24 fee;
    }
    /// @notice Returns PoolKey: the ordered tokens with the matched fee levels
    /// @param tokenA The first token of a pool, unsorted
    /// @param tokenB The second token of a pool, unsorted
    /// @param fee The fee level of the pool
    /// @return Poolkey The pool details with ordered token0 and token1 assignments
    function getPoolKey(
        address tokenA,
        address tokenB,
        uint24 fee
    ) internal pure returns (PoolKey memory) {
        if (tokenA > tokenB) (tokenA, tokenB) = (tokenB, tokenA);
        return PoolKey({token0: tokenA, token1: tokenB, fee: fee});
    }
    /// @notice Deterministically computes the pool address given the factory and PoolKey
    /// @param factory The Uniswap V3 factory contract address
    /// @param key The PoolKey
    /// @return pool The contract address of the V3 pool
    function computeAddress(address factory, PoolKey memory key) internal pure returns (address pool) {
        require(key.token0 < key.token1);
        pool = address(
            uint256(
                keccak256(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        hex'ff',
                        factory,
                        keccak256(abi.encode(key.token0, key.token1, key.fee)),
                        POOL_INIT_CODE_HASH
                    )
                )
            )
        );
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
pragma abicoder v2;
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/interfaces/IUniswapV3Factory.sol';
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/interfaces/callback/IUniswapV3MintCallback.sol';
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/libraries/TickMath.sol';
import '../libraries/PoolAddress.sol';
import '../libraries/CallbackValidation.sol';
import '../libraries/LiquidityAmounts.sol';
import './PeripheryPayments.sol';
import './PeripheryImmutableState.sol';
/// @title Liquidity management functions
/// @notice Internal functions for safely managing liquidity in Uniswap V3
abstract contract LiquidityManagement is IUniswapV3MintCallback, PeripheryImmutableState, PeripheryPayments {
    struct MintCallbackData {
        PoolAddress.PoolKey poolKey;
        address payer;
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3MintCallback
    function uniswapV3MintCallback(
        uint256 amount0Owed,
        uint256 amount1Owed,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external override {
        MintCallbackData memory decoded = abi.decode(data, (MintCallbackData));
        CallbackValidation.verifyCallback(factory, decoded.poolKey);
        if (amount0Owed > 0) pay(decoded.poolKey.token0, decoded.payer, msg.sender, amount0Owed);
        if (amount1Owed > 0) pay(decoded.poolKey.token1, decoded.payer, msg.sender, amount1Owed);
    }
    struct AddLiquidityParams {
        address token0;
        address token1;
        uint24 fee;
        address recipient;
        int24 tickLower;
        int24 tickUpper;
        uint256 amount0Desired;
        uint256 amount1Desired;
        uint256 amount0Min;
        uint256 amount1Min;
    }
    /// @notice Add liquidity to an initialized pool
    function addLiquidity(AddLiquidityParams memory params)
        internal
        returns (
            uint128 liquidity,
            uint256 amount0,
            uint256 amount1,
            IUniswapV3Pool pool
        )
    {
        PoolAddress.PoolKey memory poolKey =
            PoolAddress.PoolKey({token0: params.token0, token1: params.token1, fee: params.fee});
        pool = IUniswapV3Pool(PoolAddress.computeAddress(factory, poolKey));
        // compute the liquidity amount
        {
            (uint160 sqrtPriceX96, , , , , , ) = pool.slot0();
            uint160 sqrtRatioAX96 = TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickLower);
            uint160 sqrtRatioBX96 = TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickUpper);
            liquidity = LiquidityAmounts.getLiquidityForAmounts(
                sqrtPriceX96,
                sqrtRatioAX96,
                sqrtRatioBX96,
                params.amount0Desired,
                params.amount1Desired
            );
        }
        (amount0, amount1) = pool.mint(
            params.recipient,
            params.tickLower,
            params.tickUpper,
            liquidity,
            abi.encode(MintCallbackData({poolKey: poolKey, payer: msg.sender}))
        );
        require(amount0 >= params.amount0Min && amount1 >= params.amount1Min, 'Price slippage check');
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
import '../interfaces/IPeripheryImmutableState.sol';
/// @title Immutable state
/// @notice Immutable state used by periphery contracts
abstract contract PeripheryImmutableState is IPeripheryImmutableState {
    /// @inheritdoc IPeripheryImmutableState
    address public immutable override factory;
    /// @inheritdoc IPeripheryImmutableState
    address public immutable override WETH9;
    constructor(address _factory, address _WETH9) {
        factory = _factory;
        WETH9 = _WETH9;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
pragma abicoder v2;
import '../interfaces/IMulticall.sol';
/// @title Multicall
/// @notice Enables calling multiple methods in a single call to the contract
abstract contract Multicall is IMulticall {
    /// @inheritdoc IMulticall
    function multicall(bytes[] calldata data) external payable override returns (bytes[] memory results) {
        results = new bytes[](data.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < data.length; i++) {
            (bool success, bytes memory result) = address(this).delegatecall(data[i]);
            if (!success) {
                // Next 5 lines from https://ethereum.stackexchange.com/a/83577
                if (result.length < 68) revert();
                assembly {
                    result := add(result, 0x04)
                }
                revert(abi.decode(result, (string)));
            }
            results[i] = result;
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
import '@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/ERC721.sol';
import '@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol';
import '../libraries/ChainId.sol';
import '../interfaces/external/IERC1271.sol';
import '../interfaces/IERC721Permit.sol';
import './BlockTimestamp.sol';
/// @title ERC721 with permit
/// @notice Nonfungible tokens that support an approve via signature, i.e. permit
abstract contract ERC721Permit is BlockTimestamp, ERC721, IERC721Permit {
    /// @dev Gets the current nonce for a token ID and then increments it, returning the original value
    function _getAndIncrementNonce(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual returns (uint256);
    /// @dev The hash of the name used in the permit signature verification
    bytes32 private immutable nameHash;
    /// @dev The hash of the version string used in the permit signature verification
    bytes32 private immutable versionHash;
    /// @notice Computes the nameHash and versionHash
    constructor(
        string memory name_,
        string memory symbol_,
        string memory version_
    ) ERC721(name_, symbol_) {
        nameHash = keccak256(bytes(name_));
        versionHash = keccak256(bytes(version_));
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IERC721Permit
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() public view override returns (bytes32) {
        return
            keccak256(
                abi.encode(
                    // keccak256('EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)')
                    0x8b73c3c69bb8fe3d512ecc4cf759cc79239f7b179b0ffacaa9a75d522b39400f,
                    nameHash,
                    versionHash,
                    ChainId.get(),
                    address(this)
                )
            );
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IERC721Permit
    /// @dev Value is equal to keccak256("Permit(address spender,uint256 tokenId,uint256 nonce,uint256 deadline)");
    bytes32 public constant override PERMIT_TYPEHASH =
        0x49ecf333e5b8c95c40fdafc95c1ad136e8914a8fb55e9dc8bb01eaa83a2df9ad;
    /// @inheritdoc IERC721Permit
    function permit(
        address spender,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external payable override {
        require(_blockTimestamp() <= deadline, 'Permit expired');
        bytes32 digest =
            keccak256(
                abi.encodePacked(
                    '\\x19\\x01',
                    DOMAIN_SEPARATOR(),
                    keccak256(abi.encode(PERMIT_TYPEHASH, spender, tokenId, _getAndIncrementNonce(tokenId), deadline))
                )
            );
        address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);
        require(spender != owner, 'ERC721Permit: approval to current owner');
        if (Address.isContract(owner)) {
            require(IERC1271(owner).isValidSignature(digest, abi.encodePacked(r, s, v)) == 0x1626ba7e, 'Unauthorized');
        } else {
            address recoveredAddress = ecrecover(digest, v, r, s);
            require(recoveredAddress != address(0), 'Invalid signature');
            require(recoveredAddress == owner, 'Unauthorized');
        }
        _approve(spender, tokenId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
import './BlockTimestamp.sol';
abstract contract PeripheryValidation is BlockTimestamp {
    modifier checkDeadline(uint256 deadline) {
        require(_blockTimestamp() <= deadline, 'Transaction too old');
        _;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
import '@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol';
import '@openzeppelin/contracts/drafts/IERC20Permit.sol';
import '../interfaces/ISelfPermit.sol';
import '../interfaces/external/IERC20PermitAllowed.sol';
/// @title Self Permit
/// @notice Functionality to call permit on any EIP-2612-compliant token for use in the route
/// @dev These functions are expected to be embedded in multicalls to allow EOAs to approve a contract and call a function
/// that requires an approval in a single transaction.
abstract contract SelfPermit is ISelfPermit {
    /// @inheritdoc ISelfPermit
    function selfPermit(
        address token,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) public payable override {
        IERC20Permit(token).permit(msg.sender, address(this), value, deadline, v, r, s);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc ISelfPermit
    function selfPermitIfNecessary(
        address token,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external payable override {
        if (IERC20(token).allowance(msg.sender, address(this)) < value) selfPermit(token, value, deadline, v, r, s);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc ISelfPermit
    function selfPermitAllowed(
        address token,
        uint256 nonce,
        uint256 expiry,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) public payable override {
        IERC20PermitAllowed(token).permit(msg.sender, address(this), nonce, expiry, true, v, r, s);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc ISelfPermit
    function selfPermitAllowedIfNecessary(
        address token,
        uint256 nonce,
        uint256 expiry,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external payable override {
        if (IERC20(token).allowance(msg.sender, address(this)) < type(uint256).max)
            selfPermitAllowed(token, nonce, expiry, v, r, s);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/interfaces/IUniswapV3Factory.sol';
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/interfaces/IUniswapV3Pool.sol';
import './PeripheryImmutableState.sol';
import '../interfaces/IPoolInitializer.sol';
/// @title Creates and initializes V3 Pools
abstract contract PoolInitializer is IPoolInitializer, PeripheryImmutableState {
    /// @inheritdoc IPoolInitializer
    function createAndInitializePoolIfNecessary(
        address token0,
        address token1,
        uint24 fee,
        uint160 sqrtPriceX96
    ) external payable override returns (address pool) {
        require(token0 < token1);
        pool = IUniswapV3Factory(factory).getPool(token0, token1, fee);
        if (pool == address(0)) {
            pool = IUniswapV3Factory(factory).createPool(token0, token1, fee);
            IUniswapV3Pool(pool).initialize(sqrtPriceX96);
        } else {
            (uint160 sqrtPriceX96Existing, , , , , , ) = IUniswapV3Pool(pool).slot0();
            if (sqrtPriceX96Existing == 0) {
                IUniswapV3Pool(pool).initialize(sqrtPriceX96);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Pool state that never changes
/// @notice These parameters are fixed for a pool forever, i.e., the methods will always return the same values
interface IUniswapV3PoolImmutables {
    /// @notice The contract that deployed the pool, which must adhere to the IUniswapV3Factory interface
    /// @return The contract address
    function factory() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice The first of the two tokens of the pool, sorted by address
    /// @return The token contract address
    function token0() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice The second of the two tokens of the pool, sorted by address
    /// @return The token contract address
    function token1() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice The pool's fee in hundredths of a bip, i.e. 1e-6
    /// @return The fee
    function fee() external view returns (uint24);
    /// @notice The pool tick spacing
    /// @dev Ticks can only be used at multiples of this value, minimum of 1 and always positive
    /// e.g.: a tickSpacing of 3 means ticks can be initialized every 3rd tick, i.e., ..., -6, -3, 0, 3, 6, ...
    /// This value is an int24 to avoid casting even though it is always positive.
    /// @return The tick spacing
    function tickSpacing() external view returns (int24);
    /// @notice The maximum amount of position liquidity that can use any tick in the range
    /// @dev This parameter is enforced per tick to prevent liquidity from overflowing a uint128 at any point, and
    /// also prevents out-of-range liquidity from being used to prevent adding in-range liquidity to a pool
    /// @return The max amount of liquidity per tick
    function maxLiquidityPerTick() external view returns (uint128);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Pool state that can change
/// @notice These methods compose the pool's state, and can change with any frequency including multiple times
/// per transaction
interface IUniswapV3PoolState {
    /// @notice The 0th storage slot in the pool stores many values, and is exposed as a single method to save gas
    /// when accessed externally.
    /// @return sqrtPriceX96 The current price of the pool as a sqrt(token1/token0) Q64.96 value
    /// tick The current tick of the pool, i.e. according to the last tick transition that was run.
    /// This value may not always be equal to SqrtTickMath.getTickAtSqrtRatio(sqrtPriceX96) if the price is on a tick
    /// boundary.
    /// observationIndex The index of the last oracle observation that was written,
    /// observationCardinality The current maximum number of observations stored in the pool,
    /// observationCardinalityNext The next maximum number of observations, to be updated when the observation.
    /// feeProtocol The protocol fee for both tokens of the pool.
    /// Encoded as two 4 bit values, where the protocol fee of token1 is shifted 4 bits and the protocol fee of token0
    /// is the lower 4 bits. Used as the denominator of a fraction of the swap fee, e.g. 4 means 1/4th of the swap fee.
    /// unlocked Whether the pool is currently locked to reentrancy
    function slot0()
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint160 sqrtPriceX96,
            int24 tick,
            uint16 observationIndex,
            uint16 observationCardinality,
            uint16 observationCardinalityNext,
            uint8 feeProtocol,
            bool unlocked
        );
    /// @notice The fee growth as a Q128.128 fees of token0 collected per unit of liquidity for the entire life of the pool
    /// @dev This value can overflow the uint256
    function feeGrowthGlobal0X128() external view returns (uint256);
    /// @notice The fee growth as a Q128.128 fees of token1 collected per unit of liquidity for the entire life of the pool
    /// @dev This value can overflow the uint256
    function feeGrowthGlobal1X128() external view returns (uint256);
    /// @notice The amounts of token0 and token1 that are owed to the protocol
    /// @dev Protocol fees will never exceed uint128 max in either token
    function protocolFees() external view returns (uint128 token0, uint128 token1);
    /// @notice The currently in range liquidity available to the pool
    /// @dev This value has no relationship to the total liquidity across all ticks
    function liquidity() external view returns (uint128);
    /// @notice Look up information about a specific tick in the pool
    /// @param tick The tick to look up
    /// @return liquidityGross the total amount of position liquidity that uses the pool either as tick lower or
    /// tick upper,
    /// liquidityNet how much liquidity changes when the pool price crosses the tick,
    /// feeGrowthOutside0X128 the fee growth on the other side of the tick from the current tick in token0,
    /// feeGrowthOutside1X128 the fee growth on the other side of the tick from the current tick in token1,
    /// tickCumulativeOutside the cumulative tick value on the other side of the tick from the current tick
    /// secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128 the seconds spent per liquidity on the other side of the tick from the current tick,
    /// secondsOutside the seconds spent on the other side of the tick from the current tick,
    /// initialized Set to true if the tick is initialized, i.e. liquidityGross is greater than 0, otherwise equal to false.
    /// Outside values can only be used if the tick is initialized, i.e. if liquidityGross is greater than 0.
    /// In addition, these values are only relative and must be used only in comparison to previous snapshots for
    /// a specific position.
    function ticks(int24 tick)
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint128 liquidityGross,
            int128 liquidityNet,
            uint256 feeGrowthOutside0X128,
            uint256 feeGrowthOutside1X128,
            int56 tickCumulativeOutside,
            uint160 secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128,
            uint32 secondsOutside,
            bool initialized
        );
    /// @notice Returns 256 packed tick initialized boolean values. See TickBitmap for more information
    function tickBitmap(int16 wordPosition) external view returns (uint256);
    /// @notice Returns the information about a position by the position's key
    /// @param key The position's key is a hash of a preimage composed by the owner, tickLower and tickUpper
    /// @return _liquidity The amount of liquidity in the position,
    /// Returns feeGrowthInside0LastX128 fee growth of token0 inside the tick range as of the last mint/burn/poke,
    /// Returns feeGrowthInside1LastX128 fee growth of token1 inside the tick range as of the last mint/burn/poke,
    /// Returns tokensOwed0 the computed amount of token0 owed to the position as of the last mint/burn/poke,
    /// Returns tokensOwed1 the computed amount of token1 owed to the position as of the last mint/burn/poke
    function positions(bytes32 key)
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint128 _liquidity,
            uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
            uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
            uint128 tokensOwed0,
            uint128 tokensOwed1
        );
    /// @notice Returns data about a specific observation index
    /// @param index The element of the observations array to fetch
    /// @dev You most likely want to use #observe() instead of this method to get an observation as of some amount of time
    /// ago, rather than at a specific index in the array.
    /// @return blockTimestamp The timestamp of the observation,
    /// Returns tickCumulative the tick multiplied by seconds elapsed for the life of the pool as of the observation timestamp,
    /// Returns secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 the seconds per in range liquidity for the life of the pool as of the observation timestamp,
    /// Returns initialized whether the observation has been initialized and the values are safe to use
    function observations(uint256 index)
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint32 blockTimestamp,
            int56 tickCumulative,
            uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
            bool initialized
        );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Pool state that is not stored
/// @notice Contains view functions to provide information about the pool that is computed rather than stored on the
/// blockchain. The functions here may have variable gas costs.
interface IUniswapV3PoolDerivedState {
    /// @notice Returns the cumulative tick and liquidity as of each timestamp `secondsAgo` from the current block timestamp
    /// @dev To get a time weighted average tick or liquidity-in-range, you must call this with two values, one representing
    /// the beginning of the period and another for the end of the period. E.g., to get the last hour time-weighted average tick,
    /// you must call it with secondsAgos = [3600, 0].
    /// @dev The time weighted average tick represents the geometric time weighted average price of the pool, in
    /// log base sqrt(1.0001) of token1 / token0. The TickMath library can be used to go from a tick value to a ratio.
    /// @param secondsAgos From how long ago each cumulative tick and liquidity value should be returned
    /// @return tickCumulatives Cumulative tick values as of each `secondsAgos` from the current block timestamp
    /// @return secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s Cumulative seconds per liquidity-in-range value as of each `secondsAgos` from the current block
    /// timestamp
    function observe(uint32[] calldata secondsAgos)
        external
        view
        returns (int56[] memory tickCumulatives, uint160[] memory secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s);
    /// @notice Returns a snapshot of the tick cumulative, seconds per liquidity and seconds inside a tick range
    /// @dev Snapshots must only be compared to other snapshots, taken over a period for which a position existed.
    /// I.e., snapshots cannot be compared if a position is not held for the entire period between when the first
    /// snapshot is taken and the second snapshot is taken.
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the range
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the range
    /// @return tickCumulativeInside The snapshot of the tick accumulator for the range
    /// @return secondsPerLiquidityInsideX128 The snapshot of seconds per liquidity for the range
    /// @return secondsInside The snapshot of seconds per liquidity for the range
    function snapshotCumulativesInside(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper)
        external
        view
        returns (
            int56 tickCumulativeInside,
            uint160 secondsPerLiquidityInsideX128,
            uint32 secondsInside
        );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Permissionless pool actions
/// @notice Contains pool methods that can be called by anyone
interface IUniswapV3PoolActions {
    /// @notice Sets the initial price for the pool
    /// @dev Price is represented as a sqrt(amountToken1/amountToken0) Q64.96 value
    /// @param sqrtPriceX96 the initial sqrt price of the pool as a Q64.96
    function initialize(uint160 sqrtPriceX96) external;
    /// @notice Adds liquidity for the given recipient/tickLower/tickUpper position
    /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IUniswapV3MintCallback#uniswapV3MintCallback
    /// in which they must pay any token0 or token1 owed for the liquidity. The amount of token0/token1 due depends
    /// on tickLower, tickUpper, the amount of liquidity, and the current price.
    /// @param recipient The address for which the liquidity will be created
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position in which to add liquidity
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position in which to add liquidity
    /// @param amount The amount of liquidity to mint
    /// @param data Any data that should be passed through to the callback
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 that was paid to mint the given amount of liquidity. Matches the value in the callback
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 that was paid to mint the given amount of liquidity. Matches the value in the callback
    function mint(
        address recipient,
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper,
        uint128 amount,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    /// @notice Collects tokens owed to a position
    /// @dev Does not recompute fees earned, which must be done either via mint or burn of any amount of liquidity.
    /// Collect must be called by the position owner. To withdraw only token0 or only token1, amount0Requested or
    /// amount1Requested may be set to zero. To withdraw all tokens owed, caller may pass any value greater than the
    /// actual tokens owed, e.g. type(uint128).max. Tokens owed may be from accumulated swap fees or burned liquidity.
    /// @param recipient The address which should receive the fees collected
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position for which to collect fees
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position for which to collect fees
    /// @param amount0Requested How much token0 should be withdrawn from the fees owed
    /// @param amount1Requested How much token1 should be withdrawn from the fees owed
    /// @return amount0 The amount of fees collected in token0
    /// @return amount1 The amount of fees collected in token1
    function collect(
        address recipient,
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper,
        uint128 amount0Requested,
        uint128 amount1Requested
    ) external returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
    /// @notice Burn liquidity from the sender and account tokens owed for the liquidity to the position
    /// @dev Can be used to trigger a recalculation of fees owed to a position by calling with an amount of 0
    /// @dev Fees must be collected separately via a call to #collect
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position for which to burn liquidity
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position for which to burn liquidity
    /// @param amount How much liquidity to burn
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 sent to the recipient
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 sent to the recipient
    function burn(
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper,
        uint128 amount
    ) external returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    /// @notice Swap token0 for token1, or token1 for token0
    /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IUniswapV3SwapCallback#uniswapV3SwapCallback
    /// @param recipient The address to receive the output of the swap
    /// @param zeroForOne The direction of the swap, true for token0 to token1, false for token1 to token0
    /// @param amountSpecified The amount of the swap, which implicitly configures the swap as exact input (positive), or exact output (negative)
    /// @param sqrtPriceLimitX96 The Q64.96 sqrt price limit. If zero for one, the price cannot be less than this
    /// value after the swap. If one for zero, the price cannot be greater than this value after the swap
    /// @param data Any data to be passed through to the callback
    /// @return amount0 The delta of the balance of token0 of the pool, exact when negative, minimum when positive
    /// @return amount1 The delta of the balance of token1 of the pool, exact when negative, minimum when positive
    function swap(
        address recipient,
        bool zeroForOne,
        int256 amountSpecified,
        uint160 sqrtPriceLimitX96,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (int256 amount0, int256 amount1);
    /// @notice Receive token0 and/or token1 and pay it back, plus a fee, in the callback
    /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IUniswapV3FlashCallback#uniswapV3FlashCallback
    /// @dev Can be used to donate underlying tokens pro-rata to currently in-range liquidity providers by calling
    /// with 0 amount{0,1} and sending the donation amount(s) from the callback
    /// @param recipient The address which will receive the token0 and token1 amounts
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 to send
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 to send
    /// @param data Any data to be passed through to the callback
    function flash(
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
    /// @notice Increase the maximum number of price and liquidity observations that this pool will store
    /// @dev This method is no-op if the pool already has an observationCardinalityNext greater than or equal to
    /// the input observationCardinalityNext.
    /// @param observationCardinalityNext The desired minimum number of observations for the pool to store
    function increaseObservationCardinalityNext(uint16 observationCardinalityNext) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Permissioned pool actions
/// @notice Contains pool methods that may only be called by the factory owner
interface IUniswapV3PoolOwnerActions {
    /// @notice Set the denominator of the protocol's % share of the fees
    /// @param feeProtocol0 new protocol fee for token0 of the pool
    /// @param feeProtocol1 new protocol fee for token1 of the pool
    function setFeeProtocol(uint8 feeProtocol0, uint8 feeProtocol1) external;
    /// @notice Collect the protocol fee accrued to the pool
    /// @param recipient The address to which collected protocol fees should be sent
    /// @param amount0Requested The maximum amount of token0 to send, can be 0 to collect fees in only token1
    /// @param amount1Requested The maximum amount of token1 to send, can be 0 to collect fees in only token0
    /// @return amount0 The protocol fee collected in token0
    /// @return amount1 The protocol fee collected in token1
    function collectProtocol(
        address recipient,
        uint128 amount0Requested,
        uint128 amount1Requested
    ) external returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Events emitted by a pool
/// @notice Contains all events emitted by the pool
interface IUniswapV3PoolEvents {
    /// @notice Emitted exactly once by a pool when #initialize is first called on the pool
    /// @dev Mint/Burn/Swap cannot be emitted by the pool before Initialize
    /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The initial sqrt price of the pool, as a Q64.96
    /// @param tick The initial tick of the pool, i.e. log base 1.0001 of the starting price of the pool
    event Initialize(uint160 sqrtPriceX96, int24 tick);
    /// @notice Emitted when liquidity is minted for a given position
    /// @param sender The address that minted the liquidity
    /// @param owner The owner of the position and recipient of any minted liquidity
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position
    /// @param amount The amount of liquidity minted to the position range
    /// @param amount0 How much token0 was required for the minted liquidity
    /// @param amount1 How much token1 was required for the minted liquidity
    event Mint(
        address sender,
        address indexed owner,
        int24 indexed tickLower,
        int24 indexed tickUpper,
        uint128 amount,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when fees are collected by the owner of a position
    /// @dev Collect events may be emitted with zero amount0 and amount1 when the caller chooses not to collect fees
    /// @param owner The owner of the position for which fees are collected
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 fees collected
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 fees collected
    event Collect(
        address indexed owner,
        address recipient,
        int24 indexed tickLower,
        int24 indexed tickUpper,
        uint128 amount0,
        uint128 amount1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when a position's liquidity is removed
    /// @dev Does not withdraw any fees earned by the liquidity position, which must be withdrawn via #collect
    /// @param owner The owner of the position for which liquidity is removed
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position
    /// @param amount The amount of liquidity to remove
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 withdrawn
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 withdrawn
    event Burn(
        address indexed owner,
        int24 indexed tickLower,
        int24 indexed tickUpper,
        uint128 amount,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted by the pool for any swaps between token0 and token1
    /// @param sender The address that initiated the swap call, and that received the callback
    /// @param recipient The address that received the output of the swap
    /// @param amount0 The delta of the token0 balance of the pool
    /// @param amount1 The delta of the token1 balance of the pool
    /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The sqrt(price) of the pool after the swap, as a Q64.96
    /// @param liquidity The liquidity of the pool after the swap
    /// @param tick The log base 1.0001 of price of the pool after the swap
    event Swap(
        address indexed sender,
        address indexed recipient,
        int256 amount0,
        int256 amount1,
        uint160 sqrtPriceX96,
        uint128 liquidity,
        int24 tick
    );
    /// @notice Emitted by the pool for any flashes of token0/token1
    /// @param sender The address that initiated the swap call, and that received the callback
    /// @param recipient The address that received the tokens from flash
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 that was flashed
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 that was flashed
    /// @param paid0 The amount of token0 paid for the flash, which can exceed the amount0 plus the fee
    /// @param paid1 The amount of token1 paid for the flash, which can exceed the amount1 plus the fee
    event Flash(
        address indexed sender,
        address indexed recipient,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1,
        uint256 paid0,
        uint256 paid1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted by the pool for increases to the number of observations that can be stored
    /// @dev observationCardinalityNext is not the observation cardinality until an observation is written at the index
    /// just before a mint/swap/burn.
    /// @param observationCardinalityNextOld The previous value of the next observation cardinality
    /// @param observationCardinalityNextNew The updated value of the next observation cardinality
    event IncreaseObservationCardinalityNext(
        uint16 observationCardinalityNextOld,
        uint16 observationCardinalityNextNew
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when the protocol fee is changed by the pool
    /// @param feeProtocol0Old The previous value of the token0 protocol fee
    /// @param feeProtocol1Old The previous value of the token1 protocol fee
    /// @param feeProtocol0New The updated value of the token0 protocol fee
    /// @param feeProtocol1New The updated value of the token1 protocol fee
    event SetFeeProtocol(uint8 feeProtocol0Old, uint8 feeProtocol1Old, uint8 feeProtocol0New, uint8 feeProtocol1New);
    /// @notice Emitted when the collected protocol fees are withdrawn by the factory owner
    /// @param sender The address that collects the protocol fees
    /// @param recipient The address that receives the collected protocol fees
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 protocol fees that is withdrawn
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token1 protocol fees that is withdrawn
    event CollectProtocol(address indexed sender, address indexed recipient, uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
import "./IERC721.sol";
/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721Metadata is IERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
import "./IERC721.sol";
/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional enumeration extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721Enumerable is IERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns a token ID owned by `owner` at a given `index` of its token list.
     * Use along with {balanceOf} to enumerate all of ``owner``'s tokens.
     */
    function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index) external view returns (uint256 tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Returns a token ID at a given `index` of all the tokens stored by the contract.
     * Use along with {totalSupply} to enumerate all tokens.
     */
    function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.7.5;
pragma abicoder v2;
/// @title Creates and initializes V3 Pools
/// @notice Provides a method for creating and initializing a pool, if necessary, for bundling with other methods that
/// require the pool to exist.
interface IPoolInitializer {
    /// @notice Creates a new pool if it does not exist, then initializes if not initialized
    /// @dev This method can be bundled with others via IMulticall for the first action (e.g. mint) performed against a pool
    /// @param token0 The contract address of token0 of the pool
    /// @param token1 The contract address of token1 of the pool
    /// @param fee The fee amount of the v3 pool for the specified token pair
    /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The initial square root price of the pool as a Q64.96 value
    /// @return pool Returns the pool address based on the pair of tokens and fee, will return the newly created pool address if necessary
    function createAndInitializePoolIfNecessary(
        address token0,
        address token1,
        uint24 fee,
        uint160 sqrtPriceX96
    ) external payable returns (address pool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.7.5;
import '@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol';
/// @title ERC721 with permit
/// @notice Extension to ERC721 that includes a permit function for signature based approvals
interface IERC721Permit is IERC721 {
    /// @notice The permit typehash used in the permit signature
    /// @return The typehash for the permit
    function PERMIT_TYPEHASH() external pure returns (bytes32);
    /// @notice The domain separator used in the permit signature
    /// @return The domain seperator used in encoding of permit signature
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32);
    /// @notice Approve of a specific token ID for spending by spender via signature
    /// @param spender The account that is being approved
    /// @param tokenId The ID of the token that is being approved for spending
    /// @param deadline The deadline timestamp by which the call must be mined for the approve to work
    /// @param v Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `s`
    /// @param r Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `v` and `s`
    /// @param s Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `v`
    function permit(
        address spender,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external payable;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.7.5;
/// @title Periphery Payments
/// @notice Functions to ease deposits and withdrawals of ETH
interface IPeripheryPayments {
    /// @notice Unwraps the contract's WETH9 balance and sends it to recipient as ETH.
    /// @dev The amountMinimum parameter prevents malicious contracts from stealing WETH9 from users.
    /// @param amountMinimum The minimum amount of WETH9 to unwrap
    /// @param recipient The address receiving ETH
    function unwrapWETH9(uint256 amountMinimum, address recipient) external payable;
    /// @notice Refunds any ETH balance held by this contract to the `msg.sender`
    /// @dev Useful for bundling with mint or increase liquidity that uses ether, or exact output swaps
    /// that use ether for the input amount
    function refundETH() external payable;
    /// @notice Transfers the full amount of a token held by this contract to recipient
    /// @dev The amountMinimum parameter prevents malicious contracts from stealing the token from users
    /// @param token The contract address of the token which will be transferred to `recipient`
    /// @param amountMinimum The minimum amount of token required for a transfer
    /// @param recipient The destination address of the token
    function sweepToken(
        address token,
        uint256 amountMinimum,
        address recipient
    ) external payable;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Immutable state
/// @notice Functions that return immutable state of the router
interface IPeripheryImmutableState {
    /// @return Returns the address of the Uniswap V3 factory
    function factory() external view returns (address);
    /// @return Returns the address of WETH9
    function WETH9() external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
import "../../introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    /**
      * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
      *
      * Requirements:
      *
      * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
      * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
      * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
      * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
      * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
      *
      * Emits a {Transfer} event.
      */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes calldata data) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title The interface for the Uniswap V3 Factory
/// @notice The Uniswap V3 Factory facilitates creation of Uniswap V3 pools and control over the protocol fees
interface IUniswapV3Factory {
    /// @notice Emitted when the owner of the factory is changed
    /// @param oldOwner The owner before the owner was changed
    /// @param newOwner The owner after the owner was changed
    event OwnerChanged(address indexed oldOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /// @notice Emitted when a pool is created
    /// @param token0 The first token of the pool by address sort order
    /// @param token1 The second token of the pool by address sort order
    /// @param fee The fee collected upon every swap in the pool, denominated in hundredths of a bip
    /// @param tickSpacing The minimum number of ticks between initialized ticks
    /// @param pool The address of the created pool
    event PoolCreated(
        address indexed token0,
        address indexed token1,
        uint24 indexed fee,
        int24 tickSpacing,
        address pool
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when a new fee amount is enabled for pool creation via the factory
    /// @param fee The enabled fee, denominated in hundredths of a bip
    /// @param tickSpacing The minimum number of ticks between initialized ticks for pools created with the given fee
    event FeeAmountEnabled(uint24 indexed fee, int24 indexed tickSpacing);
    /// @notice Returns the current owner of the factory
    /// @dev Can be changed by the current owner via setOwner
    /// @return The address of the factory owner
    function owner() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice Returns the tick spacing for a given fee amount, if enabled, or 0 if not enabled
    /// @dev A fee amount can never be removed, so this value should be hard coded or cached in the calling context
    /// @param fee The enabled fee, denominated in hundredths of a bip. Returns 0 in case of unenabled fee
    /// @return The tick spacing
    function feeAmountTickSpacing(uint24 fee) external view returns (int24);
    /// @notice Returns the pool address for a given pair of tokens and a fee, or address 0 if it does not exist
    /// @dev tokenA and tokenB may be passed in either token0/token1 or token1/token0 order
    /// @param tokenA The contract address of either token0 or token1
    /// @param tokenB The contract address of the other token
    /// @param fee The fee collected upon every swap in the pool, denominated in hundredths of a bip
    /// @return pool The pool address
    function getPool(
        address tokenA,
        address tokenB,
        uint24 fee
    ) external view returns (address pool);
    /// @notice Creates a pool for the given two tokens and fee
    /// @param tokenA One of the two tokens in the desired pool
    /// @param tokenB The other of the two tokens in the desired pool
    /// @param fee The desired fee for the pool
    /// @dev tokenA and tokenB may be passed in either order: token0/token1 or token1/token0. tickSpacing is retrieved
    /// from the fee. The call will revert if the pool already exists, the fee is invalid, or the token arguments
    /// are invalid.
    /// @return pool The address of the newly created pool
    function createPool(
        address tokenA,
        address tokenB,
        uint24 fee
    ) external returns (address pool);
    /// @notice Updates the owner of the factory
    /// @dev Must be called by the current owner
    /// @param _owner The new owner of the factory
    function setOwner(address _owner) external;
    /// @notice Enables a fee amount with the given tickSpacing
    /// @dev Fee amounts may never be removed once enabled
    /// @param fee The fee amount to enable, denominated in hundredths of a bip (i.e. 1e-6)
    /// @param tickSpacing The spacing between ticks to be enforced for all pools created with the given fee amount
    function enableFeeAmount(uint24 fee, int24 tickSpacing) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Callback for IUniswapV3PoolActions#mint
/// @notice Any contract that calls IUniswapV3PoolActions#mint must implement this interface
interface IUniswapV3MintCallback {
    /// @notice Called to `msg.sender` after minting liquidity to a position from IUniswapV3Pool#mint.
    /// @dev In the implementation you must pay the pool tokens owed for the minted liquidity.
    /// The caller of this method must be checked to be a UniswapV3Pool deployed by the canonical UniswapV3Factory.
    /// @param amount0Owed The amount of token0 due to the pool for the minted liquidity
    /// @param amount1Owed The amount of token1 due to the pool for the minted liquidity
    /// @param data Any data passed through by the caller via the IUniswapV3PoolActions#mint call
    function uniswapV3MintCallback(
        uint256 amount0Owed,
        uint256 amount1Owed,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Math library for computing sqrt prices from ticks and vice versa
/// @notice Computes sqrt price for ticks of size 1.0001, i.e. sqrt(1.0001^tick) as fixed point Q64.96 numbers. Supports
/// prices between 2**-128 and 2**128
library TickMath {
    /// @dev The minimum tick that may be passed to #getSqrtRatioAtTick computed from log base 1.0001 of 2**-128
    int24 internal constant MIN_TICK = -887272;
    /// @dev The maximum tick that may be passed to #getSqrtRatioAtTick computed from log base 1.0001 of 2**128
    int24 internal constant MAX_TICK = -MIN_TICK;
    /// @dev The minimum value that can be returned from #getSqrtRatioAtTick. Equivalent to getSqrtRatioAtTick(MIN_TICK)
    uint160 internal constant MIN_SQRT_RATIO = 4295128739;
    /// @dev The maximum value that can be returned from #getSqrtRatioAtTick. Equivalent to getSqrtRatioAtTick(MAX_TICK)
    uint160 internal constant MAX_SQRT_RATIO = 1461446703485210103287273052203988822378723970342;
    /// @notice Calculates sqrt(1.0001^tick) * 2^96
    /// @dev Throws if |tick| > max tick
    /// @param tick The input tick for the above formula
    /// @return sqrtPriceX96 A Fixed point Q64.96 number representing the sqrt of the ratio of the two assets (token1/token0)
    /// at the given tick
    function getSqrtRatioAtTick(int24 tick) internal pure returns (uint160 sqrtPriceX96) {
        uint256 absTick = tick < 0 ? uint256(-int256(tick)) : uint256(int256(tick));
        require(absTick <= uint256(MAX_TICK), 'T');
        uint256 ratio = absTick & 0x1 != 0 ? 0xfffcb933bd6fad37aa2d162d1a594001 : 0x100000000000000000000000000000000;
        if (absTick & 0x2 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfff97272373d413259a46990580e213a) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x4 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfff2e50f5f656932ef12357cf3c7fdcc) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x8 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xffe5caca7e10e4e61c3624eaa0941cd0) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x10 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xffcb9843d60f6159c9db58835c926644) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x20 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xff973b41fa98c081472e6896dfb254c0) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x40 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xff2ea16466c96a3843ec78b326b52861) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x80 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfe5dee046a99a2a811c461f1969c3053) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x100 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfcbe86c7900a88aedcffc83b479aa3a4) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x200 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xf987a7253ac413176f2b074cf7815e54) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x400 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xf3392b0822b70005940c7a398e4b70f3) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x800 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xe7159475a2c29b7443b29c7fa6e889d9) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x1000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xd097f3bdfd2022b8845ad8f792aa5825) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x2000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xa9f746462d870fdf8a65dc1f90e061e5) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x4000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x70d869a156d2a1b890bb3df62baf32f7) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x8000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x31be135f97d08fd981231505542fcfa6) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x10000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x9aa508b5b7a84e1c677de54f3e99bc9) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x20000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x5d6af8dedb81196699c329225ee604) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x40000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x2216e584f5fa1ea926041bedfe98) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x80000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x48a170391f7dc42444e8fa2) >> 128;
        if (tick > 0) ratio = type(uint256).max / ratio;
        // this divides by 1<<32 rounding up to go from a Q128.128 to a Q128.96.
        // we then downcast because we know the result always fits within 160 bits due to our tick input constraint
        // we round up in the division so getTickAtSqrtRatio of the output price is always consistent
        sqrtPriceX96 = uint160((ratio >> 32) + (ratio % (1 << 32) == 0 ? 0 : 1));
    }
    /// @notice Calculates the greatest tick value such that getRatioAtTick(tick) <= ratio
    /// @dev Throws in case sqrtPriceX96 < MIN_SQRT_RATIO, as MIN_SQRT_RATIO is the lowest value getRatioAtTick may
    /// ever return.
    /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The sqrt ratio for which to compute the tick as a Q64.96
    /// @return tick The greatest tick for which the ratio is less than or equal to the input ratio
    function getTickAtSqrtRatio(uint160 sqrtPriceX96) internal pure returns (int24 tick) {
        // second inequality must be < because the price can never reach the price at the max tick
        require(sqrtPriceX96 >= MIN_SQRT_RATIO && sqrtPriceX96 < MAX_SQRT_RATIO, 'R');
        uint256 ratio = uint256(sqrtPriceX96) << 32;
        uint256 r = ratio;
        uint256 msb = 0;
        assembly {
            let f := shl(7, gt(r, 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(6, gt(r, 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(5, gt(r, 0xFFFFFFFF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(4, gt(r, 0xFFFF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(3, gt(r, 0xFF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(2, gt(r, 0xF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(1, gt(r, 0x3))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := gt(r, 0x1)
            msb := or(msb, f)
        }
        if (msb >= 128) r = ratio >> (msb - 127);
        else r = ratio << (127 - msb);
        int256 log_2 = (int256(msb) - 128) << 64;
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(63, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(62, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(61, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(60, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(59, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(58, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(57, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(56, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(55, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(54, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(53, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(52, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(51, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(50, f))
        }
        int256 log_sqrt10001 = log_2 * 255738958999603826347141; // 128.128 number
        int24 tickLow = int24((log_sqrt10001 - 3402992956809132418596140100660247210) >> 128);
        int24 tickHi = int24((log_sqrt10001 + 291339464771989622907027621153398088495) >> 128);
        tick = tickLow == tickHi ? tickLow : getSqrtRatioAtTick(tickHi) <= sqrtPriceX96 ? tickHi : tickLow;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/interfaces/IUniswapV3Pool.sol';
import './PoolAddress.sol';
/// @notice Provides validation for callbacks from Uniswap V3 Pools
library CallbackValidation {
    /// @notice Returns the address of a valid Uniswap V3 Pool
    /// @param factory The contract address of the Uniswap V3 factory
    /// @param tokenA The contract address of either token0 or token1
    /// @param tokenB The contract address of the other token
    /// @param fee The fee collected upon every swap in the pool, denominated in hundredths of a bip
    /// @return pool The V3 pool contract address
    function verifyCallback(
        address factory,
        address tokenA,
        address tokenB,
        uint24 fee
    ) internal view returns (IUniswapV3Pool pool) {
        return verifyCallback(factory, PoolAddress.getPoolKey(tokenA, tokenB, fee));
    }
    /// @notice Returns the address of a valid Uniswap V3 Pool
    /// @param factory The contract address of the Uniswap V3 factory
    /// @param poolKey The identifying key of the V3 pool
    /// @return pool The V3 pool contract address
    function verifyCallback(address factory, PoolAddress.PoolKey memory poolKey)
        internal
        view
        returns (IUniswapV3Pool pool)
    {
        pool = IUniswapV3Pool(PoolAddress.computeAddress(factory, poolKey));
        require(msg.sender == address(pool));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/libraries/FullMath.sol';
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/libraries/FixedPoint96.sol';
/// @title Liquidity amount functions
/// @notice Provides functions for computing liquidity amounts from token amounts and prices
library LiquidityAmounts {
    /// @notice Downcasts uint256 to uint128
    /// @param x The uint258 to be downcasted
    /// @return y The passed value, downcasted to uint128
    function toUint128(uint256 x) private pure returns (uint128 y) {
        require((y = uint128(x)) == x);
    }
    /// @notice Computes the amount of liquidity received for a given amount of token0 and price range
    /// @dev Calculates amount0 * (sqrt(upper) * sqrt(lower)) / (sqrt(upper) - sqrt(lower))
    /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price representing the first tick boundary
    /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 A sqrt price representing the second tick boundary
    /// @param amount0 The amount0 being sent in
    /// @return liquidity The amount of returned liquidity
    function getLiquidityForAmount0(
        uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
        uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
        uint256 amount0
    ) internal pure returns (uint128 liquidity) {
        if (sqrtRatioAX96 > sqrtRatioBX96) (sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96) = (sqrtRatioBX96, sqrtRatioAX96);
        uint256 intermediate = FullMath.mulDiv(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, FixedPoint96.Q96);
        return toUint128(FullMath.mulDiv(amount0, intermediate, sqrtRatioBX96 - sqrtRatioAX96));
    }
    /// @notice Computes the amount of liquidity received for a given amount of token1 and price range
    /// @dev Calculates amount1 / (sqrt(upper) - sqrt(lower)).
    /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price representing the first tick boundary
    /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 A sqrt price representing the second tick boundary
    /// @param amount1 The amount1 being sent in
    /// @return liquidity The amount of returned liquidity
    function getLiquidityForAmount1(
        uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
        uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
        uint256 amount1
    ) internal pure returns (uint128 liquidity) {
        if (sqrtRatioAX96 > sqrtRatioBX96) (sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96) = (sqrtRatioBX96, sqrtRatioAX96);
        return toUint128(FullMath.mulDiv(amount1, FixedPoint96.Q96, sqrtRatioBX96 - sqrtRatioAX96));
    }
    /// @notice Computes the maximum amount of liquidity received for a given amount of token0, token1, the current
    /// pool prices and the prices at the tick boundaries
    /// @param sqrtRatioX96 A sqrt price representing the current pool prices
    /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price representing the first tick boundary
    /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 A sqrt price representing the second tick boundary
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 being sent in
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 being sent in
    /// @return liquidity The maximum amount of liquidity received
    function getLiquidityForAmounts(
        uint160 sqrtRatioX96,
        uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
        uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1
    ) internal pure returns (uint128 liquidity) {
        if (sqrtRatioAX96 > sqrtRatioBX96) (sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96) = (sqrtRatioBX96, sqrtRatioAX96);
        if (sqrtRatioX96 <= sqrtRatioAX96) {
            liquidity = getLiquidityForAmount0(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, amount0);
        } else if (sqrtRatioX96 < sqrtRatioBX96) {
            uint128 liquidity0 = getLiquidityForAmount0(sqrtRatioX96, sqrtRatioBX96, amount0);
            uint128 liquidity1 = getLiquidityForAmount1(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioX96, amount1);
            liquidity = liquidity0 < liquidity1 ? liquidity0 : liquidity1;
        } else {
            liquidity = getLiquidityForAmount1(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, amount1);
        }
    }
    /// @notice Computes the amount of token0 for a given amount of liquidity and a price range
    /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price representing the first tick boundary
    /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 A sqrt price representing the second tick boundary
    /// @param liquidity The liquidity being valued
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0
    function getAmount0ForLiquidity(
        uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
        uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
        uint128 liquidity
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 amount0) {
        if (sqrtRatioAX96 > sqrtRatioBX96) (sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96) = (sqrtRatioBX96, sqrtRatioAX96);
        return
            FullMath.mulDiv(
                uint256(liquidity) << FixedPoint96.RESOLUTION,
                sqrtRatioBX96 - sqrtRatioAX96,
                sqrtRatioBX96
            ) / sqrtRatioAX96;
    }
    /// @notice Computes the amount of token1 for a given amount of liquidity and a price range
    /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price representing the first tick boundary
    /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 A sqrt price representing the second tick boundary
    /// @param liquidity The liquidity being valued
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1
    function getAmount1ForLiquidity(
        uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
        uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
        uint128 liquidity
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 amount1) {
        if (sqrtRatioAX96 > sqrtRatioBX96) (sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96) = (sqrtRatioBX96, sqrtRatioAX96);
        return FullMath.mulDiv(liquidity, sqrtRatioBX96 - sqrtRatioAX96, FixedPoint96.Q96);
    }
    /// @notice Computes the token0 and token1 value for a given amount of liquidity, the current
    /// pool prices and the prices at the tick boundaries
    /// @param sqrtRatioX96 A sqrt price representing the current pool prices
    /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price representing the first tick boundary
    /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 A sqrt price representing the second tick boundary
    /// @param liquidity The liquidity being valued
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1
    function getAmountsForLiquidity(
        uint160 sqrtRatioX96,
        uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
        uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
        uint128 liquidity
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1) {
        if (sqrtRatioAX96 > sqrtRatioBX96) (sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96) = (sqrtRatioBX96, sqrtRatioAX96);
        if (sqrtRatioX96 <= sqrtRatioAX96) {
            amount0 = getAmount0ForLiquidity(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, liquidity);
        } else if (sqrtRatioX96 < sqrtRatioBX96) {
            amount0 = getAmount0ForLiquidity(sqrtRatioX96, sqrtRatioBX96, liquidity);
            amount1 = getAmount1ForLiquidity(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioX96, liquidity);
        } else {
            amount1 = getAmount1ForLiquidity(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, liquidity);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.7.5;
import '@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol';
import '../interfaces/IPeripheryPayments.sol';
import '../interfaces/external/IWETH9.sol';
import '../libraries/TransferHelper.sol';
import './PeripheryImmutableState.sol';
abstract contract PeripheryPayments is IPeripheryPayments, PeripheryImmutableState {
    receive() external payable {
        require(msg.sender == WETH9, 'Not WETH9');
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPeripheryPayments
    function unwrapWETH9(uint256 amountMinimum, address recipient) external payable override {
        uint256 balanceWETH9 = IWETH9(WETH9).balanceOf(address(this));
        require(balanceWETH9 >= amountMinimum, 'Insufficient WETH9');
        if (balanceWETH9 > 0) {
            IWETH9(WETH9).withdraw(balanceWETH9);
            TransferHelper.safeTransferETH(recipient, balanceWETH9);
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPeripheryPayments
    function sweepToken(
        address token,
        uint256 amountMinimum,
        address recipient
    ) external payable override {
        uint256 balanceToken = IERC20(token).balanceOf(address(this));
        require(balanceToken >= amountMinimum, 'Insufficient token');
        if (balanceToken > 0) {
            TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token, recipient, balanceToken);
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPeripheryPayments
    function refundETH() external payable override {
        if (address(this).balance > 0) TransferHelper.safeTransferETH(msg.sender, address(this).balance);
    }
    /// @param token The token to pay
    /// @param payer The entity that must pay
    /// @param recipient The entity that will receive payment
    /// @param value The amount to pay
    function pay(
        address token,
        address payer,
        address recipient,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        if (token == WETH9 && address(this).balance >= value) {
            // pay with WETH9
            IWETH9(WETH9).deposit{value: value}(); // wrap only what is needed to pay
            IWETH9(WETH9).transfer(recipient, value);
        } else if (payer == address(this)) {
            // pay with tokens already in the contract (for the exact input multihop case)
            TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token, recipient, value);
        } else {
            // pull payment
            TransferHelper.safeTransferFrom(token, payer, recipient, value);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.4.0;
/// @title FixedPoint96
/// @notice A library for handling binary fixed point numbers, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Q_(number_format)
/// @dev Used in SqrtPriceMath.sol
library FixedPoint96 {
    uint8 internal constant RESOLUTION = 96;
    uint256 internal constant Q96 = 0x1000000000000000000000000;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `recipient`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(address sender, address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
import '@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol';
/// @title Interface for WETH9
interface IWETH9 is IERC20 {
    /// @notice Deposit ether to get wrapped ether
    function deposit() external payable;
    /// @notice Withdraw wrapped ether to get ether
    function withdraw(uint256) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.6.0;
import '@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol';
library TransferHelper {
    /// @notice Transfers tokens from the targeted address to the given destination
    /// @notice Errors with 'STF' if transfer fails
    /// @param token The contract address of the token to be transferred
    /// @param from The originating address from which the tokens will be transferred
    /// @param to The destination address of the transfer
    /// @param value The amount to be transferred
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        (bool success, bytes memory data) =
            token.call(abi.encodeWithSelector(IERC20.transferFrom.selector, from, to, value));
        require(success && (data.length == 0 || abi.decode(data, (bool))), 'STF');
    }
    /// @notice Transfers tokens from msg.sender to a recipient
    /// @dev Errors with ST if transfer fails
    /// @param token The contract address of the token which will be transferred
    /// @param to The recipient of the transfer
    /// @param value The value of the transfer
    function safeTransfer(
        address token,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        (bool success, bytes memory data) = token.call(abi.encodeWithSelector(IERC20.transfer.selector, to, value));
        require(success && (data.length == 0 || abi.decode(data, (bool))), 'ST');
    }
    /// @notice Approves the stipulated contract to spend the given allowance in the given token
    /// @dev Errors with 'SA' if transfer fails
    /// @param token The contract address of the token to be approved
    /// @param to The target of the approval
    /// @param value The amount of the given token the target will be allowed to spend
    function safeApprove(
        address token,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        (bool success, bytes memory data) = token.call(abi.encodeWithSelector(IERC20.approve.selector, to, value));
        require(success && (data.length == 0 || abi.decode(data, (bool))), 'SA');
    }
    /// @notice Transfers ETH to the recipient address
    /// @dev Fails with `STE`
    /// @param to The destination of the transfer
    /// @param value The value to be transferred
    function safeTransferETH(address to, uint256 value) internal {
        (bool success, ) = to.call{value: value}(new bytes(0));
        require(success, 'STE');
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.7.5;
pragma abicoder v2;
/// @title Multicall interface
/// @notice Enables calling multiple methods in a single call to the contract
interface IMulticall {
    /// @notice Call multiple functions in the current contract and return the data from all of them if they all succeed
    /// @dev The `msg.value` should not be trusted for any method callable from multicall.
    /// @param data The encoded function data for each of the calls to make to this contract
    /// @return results The results from each of the calls passed in via data
    function multicall(bytes[] calldata data) external payable returns (bytes[] memory results);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
import "../../utils/Context.sol";
import "./IERC721.sol";
import "./IERC721Metadata.sol";
import "./IERC721Enumerable.sol";
import "./IERC721Receiver.sol";
import "../../introspection/ERC165.sol";
import "../../math/SafeMath.sol";
import "../../utils/Address.sol";
import "../../utils/EnumerableSet.sol";
import "../../utils/EnumerableMap.sol";
import "../../utils/Strings.sol";
/**
 * @title ERC721 Non-Fungible Token Standard basic implementation
 * @dev see https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
contract ERC721 is Context, ERC165, IERC721, IERC721Metadata, IERC721Enumerable {
    using SafeMath for uint256;
    using Address for address;
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.UintSet;
    using EnumerableMap for EnumerableMap.UintToAddressMap;
    using Strings for uint256;
    // Equals to `bytes4(keccak256("onERC721Received(address,address,uint256,bytes)"))`
    // which can be also obtained as `IERC721Receiver(0).onERC721Received.selector`
    bytes4 private constant _ERC721_RECEIVED = 0x150b7a02;
    // Mapping from holder address to their (enumerable) set of owned tokens
    mapping (address => EnumerableSet.UintSet) private _holderTokens;
    // Enumerable mapping from token ids to their owners
    EnumerableMap.UintToAddressMap private _tokenOwners;
    // Mapping from token ID to approved address
    mapping (uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;
    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping (address => mapping (address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
    // Token name
    string private _name;
    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;
    // Optional mapping for token URIs
    mapping (uint256 => string) private _tokenURIs;
    // Base URI
    string private _baseURI;
    /*
     *     bytes4(keccak256('balanceOf(address)')) == 0x70a08231
     *     bytes4(keccak256('ownerOf(uint256)')) == 0x6352211e
     *     bytes4(keccak256('approve(address,uint256)')) == 0x095ea7b3
     *     bytes4(keccak256('getApproved(uint256)')) == 0x081812fc
     *     bytes4(keccak256('setApprovalForAll(address,bool)')) == 0xa22cb465
     *     bytes4(keccak256('isApprovedForAll(address,address)')) == 0xe985e9c5
     *     bytes4(keccak256('transferFrom(address,address,uint256)')) == 0x23b872dd
     *     bytes4(keccak256('safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256)')) == 0x42842e0e
     *     bytes4(keccak256('safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256,bytes)')) == 0xb88d4fde
     *
     *     => 0x70a08231 ^ 0x6352211e ^ 0x095ea7b3 ^ 0x081812fc ^
     *        0xa22cb465 ^ 0xe985e9c5 ^ 0x23b872dd ^ 0x42842e0e ^ 0xb88d4fde == 0x80ac58cd
     */
    bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_ERC721 = 0x80ac58cd;
    /*
     *     bytes4(keccak256('name()')) == 0x06fdde03
     *     bytes4(keccak256('symbol()')) == 0x95d89b41
     *     bytes4(keccak256('tokenURI(uint256)')) == 0xc87b56dd
     *
     *     => 0x06fdde03 ^ 0x95d89b41 ^ 0xc87b56dd == 0x5b5e139f
     */
    bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_ERC721_METADATA = 0x5b5e139f;
    /*
     *     bytes4(keccak256('totalSupply()')) == 0x18160ddd
     *     bytes4(keccak256('tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address,uint256)')) == 0x2f745c59
     *     bytes4(keccak256('tokenByIndex(uint256)')) == 0x4f6ccce7
     *
     *     => 0x18160ddd ^ 0x2f745c59 ^ 0x4f6ccce7 == 0x780e9d63
     */
    bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_ERC721_ENUMERABLE = 0x780e9d63;
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract by setting a `name` and a `symbol` to the token collection.
     */
    constructor (string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
        // register the supported interfaces to conform to ERC721 via ERC165
        _registerInterface(_INTERFACE_ID_ERC721);
        _registerInterface(_INTERFACE_ID_ERC721_METADATA);
        _registerInterface(_INTERFACE_ID_ERC721_ENUMERABLE);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: balance query for the zero address");
        return _holderTokens[owner].length();
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return _tokenOwners.get(tokenId, "ERC721: owner query for nonexistent token");
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721Metadata: URI query for nonexistent token");
        string memory _tokenURI = _tokenURIs[tokenId];
        string memory base = baseURI();
        // If there is no base URI, return the token URI.
        if (bytes(base).length == 0) {
            return _tokenURI;
        }
        // If both are set, concatenate the baseURI and tokenURI (via abi.encodePacked).
        if (bytes(_tokenURI).length > 0) {
            return string(abi.encodePacked(base, _tokenURI));
        }
        // If there is a baseURI but no tokenURI, concatenate the tokenID to the baseURI.
        return string(abi.encodePacked(base, tokenId.toString()));
    }
    /**
    * @dev Returns the base URI set via {_setBaseURI}. This will be
    * automatically added as a prefix in {tokenURI} to each token's URI, or
    * to the token ID if no specific URI is set for that token ID.
    */
    function baseURI() public view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return _baseURI;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-tokenOfOwnerByIndex}.
     */
    function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _holderTokens[owner].at(index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-totalSupply}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        // _tokenOwners are indexed by tokenIds, so .length() returns the number of tokenIds
        return _tokenOwners.length();
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-tokenByIndex}.
     */
    function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        (uint256 tokenId, ) = _tokenOwners.at(index);
        return tokenId;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
        require(to != owner, "ERC721: approval to current owner");
        require(_msgSender() == owner || ERC721.isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender()),
            "ERC721: approve caller is not owner nor approved for all"
        );
        _approve(to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: approved query for nonexistent token");
        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        require(operator != _msgSender(), "ERC721: approve to caller");
        _operatorApprovals[_msgSender()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     */
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        //solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: transfer caller is not owner nor approved");
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory _data) public virtual override {
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: transfer caller is not owner nor approved");
        _safeTransfer(from, to, tokenId, _data);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * `_data` is additional data, it has no specified format and it is sent in call to `to`.
     *
     * This internal function is equivalent to {safeTransferFrom}, and can be used to e.g.
     * implement alternative mechanisms to perform token transfer, such as signature-based.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeTransfer(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory _data) internal virtual {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        require(_checkOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data), "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
     * and stop existing when they are burned (`_burn`).
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _tokenOwners.contains(tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `spender` is allowed to manage `tokenId`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function _isApprovedOrOwner(address spender, uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: operator query for nonexistent token");
        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
        return (spender == owner || getApproved(tokenId) == spender || ERC721.isApprovedForAll(owner, spender));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     d*
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, tokenId, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-ERC721-_safeMint-address-uint256-}[`_safeMint`], with an additional `data` parameter which is
     * forwarded in {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} to contract recipients.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory _data) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, tokenId);
        require(_checkOnERC721Received(address(0), to, tokenId, _data), "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {_safeMint} whenever possible
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: mint to the zero address");
        require(!_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: token already minted");
        _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
        _holderTokens[to].add(tokenId);
        _tokenOwners.set(tokenId, to);
        emit Transfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId); // internal owner
        _beforeTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
        // Clear approvals
        _approve(address(0), tokenId);
        // Clear metadata (if any)
        if (bytes(_tokenURIs[tokenId]).length != 0) {
            delete _tokenURIs[tokenId];
        }
        _holderTokens[owner].remove(tokenId);
        _tokenOwners.remove(tokenId);
        emit Transfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *  As opposed to {transferFrom}, this imposes no restrictions on msg.sender.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _transfer(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        require(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId) == from, "ERC721: transfer of token that is not own"); // internal owner
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: transfer to the zero address");
        _beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId);
        _holderTokens[from].remove(tokenId);
        _holderTokens[to].add(tokenId);
        _tokenOwners.set(tokenId, to);
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets `_tokenURI` as the tokenURI of `tokenId`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function _setTokenURI(uint256 tokenId, string memory _tokenURI) internal virtual {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721Metadata: URI set of nonexistent token");
        _tokenURIs[tokenId] = _tokenURI;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to set the base URI for all token IDs. It is
     * automatically added as a prefix to the value returned in {tokenURI},
     * or to the token ID if {tokenURI} is empty.
     */
    function _setBaseURI(string memory baseURI_) internal virtual {
        _baseURI = baseURI_;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target address.
     * The call is not executed if the target address is not a contract.
     *
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
     * @param _data bytes optional data to send along with the call
     * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
     */
    function _checkOnERC721Received(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory _data)
        private returns (bool)
    {
        if (!to.isContract()) {
            return true;
        }
        bytes memory returndata = to.functionCall(abi.encodeWithSelector(
            IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received.selector,
            _msgSender(),
            from,
            tokenId,
            _data
        ), "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
        bytes4 retval = abi.decode(returndata, (bytes4));
        return (retval == _ERC721_RECEIVED);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
        emit Approval(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId), to, tokenId); // internal owner
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting
     * and burning.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s `tokenId` will be burned.
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual { }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
        // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
        // constructor execution.
        uint256 size;
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly { size := extcodesize(account) }
        return size > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls, avoid-call-value
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{ value: amount }("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain`call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
      return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{ value: value }(data);
        return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    function _verifyCallResult(bool success, bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure returns(bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.7.0;
/// @title Function for getting the current chain ID
library ChainId {
    /// @dev Gets the current chain ID
    /// @return chainId The current chain ID
    function get() internal pure returns (uint256 chainId) {
        assembly {
            chainId := chainid()
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Interface for verifying contract-based account signatures
/// @notice Interface that verifies provided signature for the data
/// @dev Interface defined by EIP-1271
interface IERC1271 {
    /// @notice Returns whether the provided signature is valid for the provided data
    /// @dev MUST return the bytes4 magic value 0x1626ba7e when function passes.
    /// MUST NOT modify state (using STATICCALL for solc < 0.5, view modifier for solc > 0.5).
    /// MUST allow external calls.
    /// @param hash Hash of the data to be signed
    /// @param signature Signature byte array associated with _data
    /// @return magicValue The bytes4 magic value 0x1626ba7e
    function isValidSignature(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) external view returns (bytes4 magicValue);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
/// @title Function for getting block timestamp
/// @dev Base contract that is overridden for tests
abstract contract BlockTimestamp {
    /// @dev Method that exists purely to be overridden for tests
    /// @return The current block timestamp
    function _blockTimestamp() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return block.timestamp;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.6.0 <0.8.0;
/*
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with GSN meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address payable) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes memory) {
        this; // silence state mutability warning without generating bytecode - see https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/2691
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721Receiver {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(address operator, address from, uint256 tokenId, bytes calldata data) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts may inherit from this and call {_registerInterface} to declare
 * their support of an interface.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /*
     * bytes4(keccak256('supportsInterface(bytes4)')) == 0x01ffc9a7
     */
    bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_ERC165 = 0x01ffc9a7;
    /**
     * @dev Mapping of interface ids to whether or not it's supported.
     */
    mapping(bytes4 => bool) private _supportedInterfaces;
    constructor () {
        // Derived contracts need only register support for their own interfaces,
        // we register support for ERC165 itself here
        _registerInterface(_INTERFACE_ID_ERC165);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     *
     * Time complexity O(1), guaranteed to always use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _supportedInterfaces[interfaceId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Registers the contract as an implementer of the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. Support of the actual ERC165 interface is automatic and
     * registering its interface id is not required.
     *
     * See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `interfaceId` cannot be the ERC165 invalid interface (`0xffffffff`).
     */
    function _registerInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) internal virtual {
        require(interfaceId != 0xffffffff, "ERC165: invalid interface id");
        _supportedInterfaces[interfaceId] = true;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
/**
 * @dev Wrappers over Solidity's arithmetic operations with added overflow
 * checks.
 *
 * Arithmetic operations in Solidity wrap on overflow. This can easily result
 * in bugs, because programmers usually assume that an overflow raises an
 * error, which is the standard behavior in high level programming languages.
 * `SafeMath` restores this intuition by reverting the transaction when an
 * operation overflows.
 *
 * Using this library instead of the unchecked operations eliminates an entire
 * class of bugs, so it's recommended to use it always.
 */
library SafeMath {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the addition of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryAdd(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        uint256 c = a + b;
        if (c < a) return (false, 0);
        return (true, c);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the substraction of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function trySub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        if (b > a) return (false, 0);
        return (true, a - b);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the multiplication of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryMul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        // Gas optimization: this is cheaper than requiring 'a' not being zero, but the
        // benefit is lost if 'b' is also tested.
        // See: https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/pull/522
        if (a == 0) return (true, 0);
        uint256 c = a * b;
        if (c / a != b) return (false, 0);
        return (true, c);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the division of two unsigned integers, with a division by zero flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        if (b == 0) return (false, 0);
        return (true, a / b);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers, with a division by zero flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryMod(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        if (b == 0) return (false, 0);
        return (true, a % b);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the addition of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * overflow.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `+` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Addition cannot overflow.
     */
    function add(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 c = a + b;
        require(c >= a, "SafeMath: addition overflow");
        return c;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * overflow (when the result is negative).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `-` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Subtraction cannot overflow.
     */
    function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        require(b <= a, "SafeMath: subtraction overflow");
        return a - b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the multiplication of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * overflow.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `*` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Multiplication cannot overflow.
     */
    function mul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) return 0;
        uint256 c = a * b;
        require(c / a == b, "SafeMath: multiplication overflow");
        return c;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the integer division of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * division by zero. The result is rounded towards zero.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `/` operator. Note: this function uses a
     * `revert` opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity
     * uses an invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The divisor cannot be zero.
     */
    function div(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        require(b > 0, "SafeMath: division by zero");
        return a / b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers. (unsigned integer modulo),
     * reverting when dividing by zero.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `%` operator. This function uses a `revert`
     * opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity uses an
     * invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The divisor cannot be zero.
     */
    function mod(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        require(b > 0, "SafeMath: modulo by zero");
        return a % b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, reverting with custom message on
     * overflow (when the result is negative).
     *
     * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
     * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {trySub}.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `-` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Subtraction cannot overflow.
     */
    function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b, string memory errorMessage) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        require(b <= a, errorMessage);
        return a - b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the integer division of two unsigned integers, reverting with custom message on
     * division by zero. The result is rounded towards zero.
     *
     * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
     * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {tryDiv}.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `/` operator. Note: this function uses a
     * `revert` opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity
     * uses an invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The divisor cannot be zero.
     */
    function div(uint256 a, uint256 b, string memory errorMessage) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        require(b > 0, errorMessage);
        return a / b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers. (unsigned integer modulo),
     * reverting with custom message when dividing by zero.
     *
     * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
     * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {tryMod}.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `%` operator. This function uses a `revert`
     * opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity uses an
     * invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The divisor cannot be zero.
     */
    function mod(uint256 a, uint256 b, string memory errorMessage) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        require(b > 0, errorMessage);
        return a % b;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 */
library EnumerableSet {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.
    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping (bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
        if (valueIndex != 0) { // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
            // When the value to delete is the last one, the swap operation is unnecessary. However, since this occurs
            // so rarely, we still do the swap anyway to avoid the gas cost of adding an 'if' statement.
            bytes32 lastvalue = set._values[lastIndex];
            // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
            set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastvalue;
            // Update the index for the moved value
            set._indexes[lastvalue] = toDeleteIndex + 1; // All indexes are 1-based
            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }
   /**
    * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
    *
    * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
    * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
    *
    * Requirements:
    *
    * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
    */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        require(set._values.length > index, "EnumerableSet: index out of bounds");
        return set._values[index];
    }
    // Bytes32Set
    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
   /**
    * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
    *
    * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
    * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
    *
    * Requirements:
    *
    * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
    */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }
    // AddressSet
    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
   /**
    * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
    *
    * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
    * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
    *
    * Requirements:
    *
    * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
    */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }
    // UintSet
    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
   /**
    * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
    *
    * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
    * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
    *
    * Requirements:
    *
    * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
    */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for managing an enumerable variant of Solidity's
 * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/types.html#mapping-types[`mapping`]
 * type.
 *
 * Maps have the following properties:
 *
 * - Entries are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Entries are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableMap for EnumerableMap.UintToAddressMap;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableMap.UintToAddressMap private myMap;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.0.0, only maps of type `uint256 -> address` (`UintToAddressMap`) are
 * supported.
 */
library EnumerableMap {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Map type with
    // bytes32 keys and values.
    // The Map implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as Uint256ToAddressMap) are just wrappers around
    // the underlying Map.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableMaps for types that fit
    // in bytes32.
    struct MapEntry {
        bytes32 _key;
        bytes32 _value;
    }
    struct Map {
        // Storage of map keys and values
        MapEntry[] _entries;
        // Position of the entry defined by a key in the `entries` array, plus 1
        // because index 0 means a key is not in the map.
        mapping (bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Adds a key-value pair to a map, or updates the value for an existing
     * key. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the key was added to the map, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _set(Map storage map, bytes32 key, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the key's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 keyIndex = map._indexes[key];
        if (keyIndex == 0) { // Equivalent to !contains(map, key)
            map._entries.push(MapEntry({ _key: key, _value: value }));
            // The entry is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            map._indexes[key] = map._entries.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            map._entries[keyIndex - 1]._value = value;
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a key-value pair from a map. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the key was removed from the map, that is if it was present.
     */
    function _remove(Map storage map, bytes32 key) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the key's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 keyIndex = map._indexes[key];
        if (keyIndex != 0) { // Equivalent to contains(map, key)
            // To delete a key-value pair from the _entries array in O(1), we swap the entry to delete with the last one
            // in the array, and then remove the last entry (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = keyIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = map._entries.length - 1;
            // When the entry to delete is the last one, the swap operation is unnecessary. However, since this occurs
            // so rarely, we still do the swap anyway to avoid the gas cost of adding an 'if' statement.
            MapEntry storage lastEntry = map._entries[lastIndex];
            // Move the last entry to the index where the entry to delete is
            map._entries[toDeleteIndex] = lastEntry;
            // Update the index for the moved entry
            map._indexes[lastEntry._key] = toDeleteIndex + 1; // All indexes are 1-based
            // Delete the slot where the moved entry was stored
            map._entries.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete map._indexes[key];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the key is in the map. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Map storage map, bytes32 key) private view returns (bool) {
        return map._indexes[key] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of key-value pairs in the map. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Map storage map) private view returns (uint256) {
        return map._entries.length;
    }
   /**
    * @dev Returns the key-value pair stored at position `index` in the map. O(1).
    *
    * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of entries inside the
    * array, and it may change when more entries are added or removed.
    *
    * Requirements:
    *
    * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
    */
    function _at(Map storage map, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32, bytes32) {
        require(map._entries.length > index, "EnumerableMap: index out of bounds");
        MapEntry storage entry = map._entries[index];
        return (entry._key, entry._value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tries to returns the value associated with `key`.  O(1).
     * Does not revert if `key` is not in the map.
     */
    function _tryGet(Map storage map, bytes32 key) private view returns (bool, bytes32) {
        uint256 keyIndex = map._indexes[key];
        if (keyIndex == 0) return (false, 0); // Equivalent to contains(map, key)
        return (true, map._entries[keyIndex - 1]._value); // All indexes are 1-based
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value associated with `key`.  O(1).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `key` must be in the map.
     */
    function _get(Map storage map, bytes32 key) private view returns (bytes32) {
        uint256 keyIndex = map._indexes[key];
        require(keyIndex != 0, "EnumerableMap: nonexistent key"); // Equivalent to contains(map, key)
        return map._entries[keyIndex - 1]._value; // All indexes are 1-based
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {_get}, with a custom error message when `key` is not in the map.
     *
     * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
     * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {_tryGet}.
     */
    function _get(Map storage map, bytes32 key, string memory errorMessage) private view returns (bytes32) {
        uint256 keyIndex = map._indexes[key];
        require(keyIndex != 0, errorMessage); // Equivalent to contains(map, key)
        return map._entries[keyIndex - 1]._value; // All indexes are 1-based
    }
    // UintToAddressMap
    struct UintToAddressMap {
        Map _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Adds a key-value pair to a map, or updates the value for an existing
     * key. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the key was added to the map, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function set(UintToAddressMap storage map, uint256 key, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _set(map._inner, bytes32(key), bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the key was removed from the map, that is if it was present.
     */
    function remove(UintToAddressMap storage map, uint256 key) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(map._inner, bytes32(key));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the key is in the map. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintToAddressMap storage map, uint256 key) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(map._inner, bytes32(key));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of elements in the map. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintToAddressMap storage map) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(map._inner);
    }
   /**
    * @dev Returns the element stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
    * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
    * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
    *
    * Requirements:
    *
    * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
    */
    function at(UintToAddressMap storage map, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256, address) {
        (bytes32 key, bytes32 value) = _at(map._inner, index);
        return (uint256(key), address(uint160(uint256(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tries to returns the value associated with `key`.  O(1).
     * Does not revert if `key` is not in the map.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryGet(UintToAddressMap storage map, uint256 key) internal view returns (bool, address) {
        (bool success, bytes32 value) = _tryGet(map._inner, bytes32(key));
        return (success, address(uint160(uint256(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value associated with `key`.  O(1).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `key` must be in the map.
     */
    function get(UintToAddressMap storage map, uint256 key) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_get(map._inner, bytes32(key)))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {get}, with a custom error message when `key` is not in the map.
     *
     * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
     * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {tryGet}.
     */
    function get(UintToAddressMap storage map, uint256 key, string memory errorMessage) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_get(map._inner, bytes32(key), errorMessage))));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library Strings {
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 digits;
        while (temp != 0) {
            digits++;
            temp /= 10;
        }
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
        uint256 index = digits - 1;
        temp = value;
        while (temp != 0) {
            buffer[index--] = bytes1(uint8(48 + temp % 10));
            temp /= 10;
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.6.0 <0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 Permit extension allowing approvals to be made via signatures, as defined in
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612[EIP-2612].
 *
 * Adds the {permit} method, which can be used to change an account's ERC20 allowance (see {IERC20-allowance}) by
 * presenting a message signed by the account. By not relying on `{IERC20-approve}`, the token holder account doesn't
 * need to send a transaction, and thus is not required to hold Ether at all.
 */
interface IERC20Permit {
    /**
     * @dev Sets `value` as the allowance of `spender` over `owner`'s tokens,
     * given `owner`'s signed approval.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: The same issues {IERC20-approve} has related to transaction
     * ordering also apply here.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `deadline` must be a timestamp in the future.
     * - `v`, `r` and `s` must be a valid `secp256k1` signature from `owner`
     * over the EIP712-formatted function arguments.
     * - the signature must use ``owner``'s current nonce (see {nonces}).
     *
     * For more information on the signature format, see the
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612#specification[relevant EIP
     * section].
     */
    function permit(address owner, address spender, uint256 value, uint256 deadline, uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current nonce for `owner`. This value must be
     * included whenever a signature is generated for {permit}.
     *
     * Every successful call to {permit} increases ``owner``'s nonce by one. This
     * prevents a signature from being used multiple times.
     */
    function nonces(address owner) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the domain separator used in the encoding of the signature for `permit`, as defined by {EIP712}.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.7.5;
/// @title Self Permit
/// @notice Functionality to call permit on any EIP-2612-compliant token for use in the route
interface ISelfPermit {
    /// @notice Permits this contract to spend a given token from `msg.sender`
    /// @dev The `owner` is always msg.sender and the `spender` is always address(this).
    /// @param token The address of the token spent
    /// @param value The amount that can be spent of token
    /// @param deadline A timestamp, the current blocktime must be less than or equal to this timestamp
    /// @param v Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `s`
    /// @param r Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `v` and `s`
    /// @param s Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `v`
    function selfPermit(
        address token,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external payable;
    /// @notice Permits this contract to spend a given token from `msg.sender`
    /// @dev The `owner` is always msg.sender and the `spender` is always address(this).
    /// Can be used instead of #selfPermit to prevent calls from failing due to a frontrun of a call to #selfPermit
    /// @param token The address of the token spent
    /// @param value The amount that can be spent of token
    /// @param deadline A timestamp, the current blocktime must be less than or equal to this timestamp
    /// @param v Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `s`
    /// @param r Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `v` and `s`
    /// @param s Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `v`
    function selfPermitIfNecessary(
        address token,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external payable;
    /// @notice Permits this contract to spend the sender's tokens for permit signatures that have the `allowed` parameter
    /// @dev The `owner` is always msg.sender and the `spender` is always address(this)
    /// @param token The address of the token spent
    /// @param nonce The current nonce of the owner
    /// @param expiry The timestamp at which the permit is no longer valid
    /// @param v Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `s`
    /// @param r Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `v` and `s`
    /// @param s Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `v`
    function selfPermitAllowed(
        address token,
        uint256 nonce,
        uint256 expiry,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external payable;
    /// @notice Permits this contract to spend the sender's tokens for permit signatures that have the `allowed` parameter
    /// @dev The `owner` is always msg.sender and the `spender` is always address(this)
    /// Can be used instead of #selfPermitAllowed to prevent calls from failing due to a frontrun of a call to #selfPermitAllowed.
    /// @param token The address of the token spent
    /// @param nonce The current nonce of the owner
    /// @param expiry The timestamp at which the permit is no longer valid
    /// @param v Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `s`
    /// @param r Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `v` and `s`
    /// @param s Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `v`
    function selfPermitAllowedIfNecessary(
        address token,
        uint256 nonce,
        uint256 expiry,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external payable;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Interface for permit
/// @notice Interface used by DAI/CHAI for permit
interface IERC20PermitAllowed {
    /// @notice Approve the spender to spend some tokens via the holder signature
    /// @dev This is the permit interface used by DAI and CHAI
    /// @param holder The address of the token holder, the token owner
    /// @param spender The address of the token spender
    /// @param nonce The holder's nonce, increases at each call to permit
    /// @param expiry The timestamp at which the permit is no longer valid
    /// @param allowed Boolean that sets approval amount, true for type(uint256).max and false for 0
    /// @param v Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `s`
    /// @param r Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `v` and `s`
    /// @param s Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `v`
    function permit(
        address holder,
        address spender,
        uint256 nonce,
        uint256 expiry,
        bool allowed,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external;
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {LSSVMPairETH} from "./LSSVMPairETH.sol";
import {LSSVMPairEnumerable} from "./LSSVMPairEnumerable.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
/**
    @title An NFT/Token pair where the NFT implements ERC721Enumerable, and the token is ETH
    @author boredGenius and 0xmons
 */
contract LSSVMPairEnumerableETH is LSSVMPairEnumerable, LSSVMPairETH {
    /**
        @notice Returns the LSSVMPair type
     */
    function pairVariant()
        public
        pure
        override
        returns (ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant)
    {
        return ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant.ENUMERABLE_ETH;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {ERC20} from "./imports/ERC20.sol";
import {IERC721} from "./imports//IERC721.sol";
import {SafeTransferLib} from "./imports/SafeTransferLib.sol";
import {LSSVMPair} from "./LSSVMPair.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
import {ICurve} from "./bonding-curves/ICurve.sol";
/**
    @title An NFT/Token pair where the token is ETH
    @author boredGenius and 0xmons
 */
abstract contract LSSVMPairETH is LSSVMPair {
    using SafeTransferLib for address payable;
    using SafeTransferLib for ERC20;
    uint256 internal constant IMMUTABLE_PARAMS_LENGTH = 61;
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _pullTokenInputAndPayProtocolFee(
        uint256 inputAmount,
        bool, /*isRouter*/
        address, /*routerCaller*/
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory,
        uint256 protocolFee
    ) internal override {
        require(msg.value >= inputAmount, "Sent too little ETH");
        // Transfer inputAmount ETH to assetRecipient if it's been set
        address payable _assetRecipient = getAssetRecipient();
        if (_assetRecipient != address(this)) {
            _assetRecipient.safeTransferETH(inputAmount - protocolFee);
        }
        // Take protocol fee
        if (protocolFee > 0) {
            // Round down to the actual ETH balance if there are numerical stability issues with the bonding curve calculations
            if (protocolFee > address(this).balance) {
                protocolFee = address(this).balance;
            }
            if (protocolFee > 0) {
                payable(address(_factory)).safeTransferETH(protocolFee);
            }
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _refundTokenToSender(uint256 inputAmount) internal override {
        // Give excess ETH back to caller
        if (msg.value > inputAmount) {
            payable(msg.sender).safeTransferETH(msg.value - inputAmount);
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _payProtocolFeeFromPair(
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory,
        uint256 protocolFee
    ) internal override {
        // Take protocol fee
        if (protocolFee > 0) {
            // Round down to the actual ETH balance if there are numerical stability issues with the bonding curve calculations
            if (protocolFee > address(this).balance) {
                protocolFee = address(this).balance;
            }
            if (protocolFee > 0) {
                payable(address(_factory)).safeTransferETH(protocolFee);
            }
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _sendTokenOutput(
        address payable tokenRecipient,
        uint256 outputAmount
    ) internal override {
        // Send ETH to caller
        if (outputAmount > 0) {
            tokenRecipient.safeTransferETH(outputAmount);
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    // @dev see LSSVMPairCloner for params length calculation
    function _immutableParamsLength() internal pure override returns (uint256) {
        return IMMUTABLE_PARAMS_LENGTH;
    }
    /**
        @notice Withdraws all token owned by the pair to the owner address.
        @dev Only callable by the owner.
     */
    function withdrawAllETH() external onlyOwner {
        withdrawETH(address(this).balance);
    }
    /**
        @notice Withdraws a specified amount of token owned by the pair to the owner address.
        @dev Only callable by the owner.
        @param amount The amount of token to send to the owner. If the pair's balance is less than
        this value, the transaction will be reverted.
     */
    function withdrawETH(uint256 amount) public onlyOwner {
        payable(owner()).safeTransferETH(amount);
        // emit event since ETH is the pair token
        emit TokenWithdrawal(amount);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function withdrawERC20(ERC20 a, uint256 amount)
        external
        override
        onlyOwner
    {
        a.safeTransfer(msg.sender, amount);
    }
    /**
        @dev All ETH transfers into the pair are accepted. This is the main method
        for the owner to top up the pair's token reserves.
     */
    receive() external payable {
        emit TokenDeposit(msg.value);
    }
    /**
        @dev All ETH transfers into the pair are accepted. This is the main method
        for the owner to top up the pair's token reserves.
     */
    fallback() external payable {
        // Only allow calls without function selector
        require(msg.data.length == _immutableParamsLength());
        emit TokenDeposit(msg.value);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.8.0;
/// @notice Modern and gas efficient ERC20 + EIP-2612 implementation.
/// @author Modified from Uniswap (https://github.com/Uniswap/uniswap-v2-core/blob/master/contracts/UniswapV2ERC20.sol)
abstract contract ERC20 {
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                  EVENTS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 amount);
    event Approval(
        address indexed owner,
        address indexed spender,
        uint256 amount
    );
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                             METADATA STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    string public name;
    string public symbol;
    uint8 public immutable decimals;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              ERC20 STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    uint256 public totalSupply;
    mapping(address => uint256) public balanceOf;
    mapping(address => mapping(address => uint256)) public allowance;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                           EIP-2612 STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    bytes32 public constant PERMIT_TYPEHASH =
        keccak256(
            "Permit(address owner,address spender,uint256 value,uint256 nonce,uint256 deadline)"
        );
    uint256 internal immutable INITIAL_CHAIN_ID;
    bytes32 internal immutable INITIAL_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
    mapping(address => uint256) public nonces;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                               CONSTRUCTOR
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    constructor(
        string memory _name,
        string memory _symbol,
        uint8 _decimals
    ) {
        name = _name;
        symbol = _symbol;
        decimals = _decimals;
        INITIAL_CHAIN_ID = block.chainid;
        INITIAL_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR = computeDomainSeparator();
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              ERC20 LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount)
        public
        virtual
        returns (bool)
    {
        allowance[msg.sender][spender] = amount;
        emit Approval(msg.sender, spender, amount);
        return true;
    }
    function transfer(address to, uint256 amount)
        public
        virtual
        returns (bool)
    {
        balanceOf[msg.sender] -= amount;
        // Cannot overflow because the sum of all user
        // balances can't exceed the max uint256 value.
        unchecked {
            balanceOf[to] += amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(msg.sender, to, amount);
        return true;
    }
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) public virtual returns (bool) {
        if (allowance[from][msg.sender] != type(uint256).max) {
            allowance[from][msg.sender] -= amount;
        }
        balanceOf[from] -= amount;
        // Cannot overflow because the sum of all user
        // balances can't exceed the max uint256 value.
        unchecked {
            balanceOf[to] += amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, amount);
        return true;
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              EIP-2612 LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function permit(
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) public virtual {
        require(deadline >= block.timestamp, "PERMIT_DEADLINE_EXPIRED");
        // Unchecked because the only math done is incrementing
        // the owner's nonce which cannot realistically overflow.
        unchecked {
            bytes32 digest = keccak256(
                abi.encodePacked(
                    "\\x19\\x01",
                    DOMAIN_SEPARATOR(),
                    keccak256(
                        abi.encode(
                            PERMIT_TYPEHASH,
                            owner,
                            spender,
                            value,
                            nonces[owner]++,
                            deadline
                        )
                    )
                )
            );
            address recoveredAddress = ecrecover(digest, v, r, s);
            require(
                recoveredAddress != address(0) && recoveredAddress == owner,
                "INVALID_PERMIT_SIGNATURE"
            );
            allowance[recoveredAddress][spender] = value;
        }
        emit Approval(owner, spender, value);
    }
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() public view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return
            block.chainid == INITIAL_CHAIN_ID
                ? INITIAL_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR
                : computeDomainSeparator();
    }
    function computeDomainSeparator() internal view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return
            keccak256(
                abi.encode(
                    keccak256(
                        "EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)"
                    ),
                    keccak256(bytes(name)),
                    keccak256(bytes("1")),
                    block.chainid,
                    address(this)
                )
            );
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                       INTERNAL MINT/BURN LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function _mint(address to, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
        totalSupply += amount;
        // Cannot overflow because the sum of all user
        // balances can't exceed the max uint256 value.
        unchecked {
            balanceOf[to] += amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(address(0), to, amount);
    }
    function _burn(address from, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
        balanceOf[from] -= amount;
        // Cannot underflow because a user's balance
        // will never be larger than the total supply.
        unchecked {
            totalSupply -= amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), amount);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256 indexed tokenId
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(
        address indexed owner,
        address indexed approved,
        uint256 indexed tokenId
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(
        address indexed owner,
        address indexed operator,
        bool approved
    );
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId)
        external
        view
        returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator)
        external
        view
        returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.8.0;
import {ERC20} from "./ERC20.sol";
/// @notice Safe ETH and ERC20 transfer library that gracefully handles missing return values.
/// @author Modified from Gnosis (https://github.com/gnosis/gp-v2-contracts/blob/main/src/contracts/libraries/GPv2SafeERC20.sol)
/// @dev Use with caution! Some functions in this library knowingly create dirty bits at the destination of the free memory pointer.
library SafeTransferLib {
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            ETH OPERATIONS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function safeTransferETH(address to, uint256 amount) internal {
        bool callStatus;
        assembly {
            // Transfer the ETH and store if it succeeded or not.
            callStatus := call(gas(), to, amount, 0, 0, 0, 0)
        }
        require(callStatus, "ETH_TRANSFER_FAILED");
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                           ERC20 OPERATIONS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function safeTransferFrom(
        ERC20 token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        bool callStatus;
        assembly {
            // Get a pointer to some free memory.
            let freeMemoryPointer := mload(0x40)
            // Write the abi-encoded calldata to memory piece by piece:
            mstore(
                freeMemoryPointer,
                0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
            ) // Begin with the function selector.
            mstore(
                add(freeMemoryPointer, 4),
                and(from, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            ) // Mask and append the "from" argument.
            mstore(
                add(freeMemoryPointer, 36),
                and(to, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            ) // Mask and append the "to" argument.
            mstore(add(freeMemoryPointer, 68), amount) // Finally append the "amount" argument. No mask as it's a full 32 byte value.
            // Call the token and store if it succeeded or not.
            // We use 100 because the calldata length is 4 + 32 * 3.
            callStatus := call(gas(), token, 0, freeMemoryPointer, 100, 0, 0)
        }
        require(
            didLastOptionalReturnCallSucceed(callStatus),
            "TRANSFER_FROM_FAILED"
        );
    }
    function safeTransfer(
        ERC20 token,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        bool callStatus;
        assembly {
            // Get a pointer to some free memory.
            let freeMemoryPointer := mload(0x40)
            // Write the abi-encoded calldata to memory piece by piece:
            mstore(
                freeMemoryPointer,
                0xa9059cbb00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
            ) // Begin with the function selector.
            mstore(
                add(freeMemoryPointer, 4),
                and(to, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            ) // Mask and append the "to" argument.
            mstore(add(freeMemoryPointer, 36), amount) // Finally append the "amount" argument. No mask as it's a full 32 byte value.
            // Call the token and store if it succeeded or not.
            // We use 68 because the calldata length is 4 + 32 * 2.
            callStatus := call(gas(), token, 0, freeMemoryPointer, 68, 0, 0)
        }
        require(
            didLastOptionalReturnCallSucceed(callStatus),
            "TRANSFER_FAILED"
        );
    }
    function safeApprove(
        ERC20 token,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        bool callStatus;
        assembly {
            // Get a pointer to some free memory.
            let freeMemoryPointer := mload(0x40)
            // Write the abi-encoded calldata to memory piece by piece:
            mstore(
                freeMemoryPointer,
                0x095ea7b300000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
            ) // Begin with the function selector.
            mstore(
                add(freeMemoryPointer, 4),
                and(to, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            ) // Mask and append the "to" argument.
            mstore(add(freeMemoryPointer, 36), amount) // Finally append the "amount" argument. No mask as it's a full 32 byte value.
            // Call the token and store if it succeeded or not.
            // We use 68 because the calldata length is 4 + 32 * 2.
            callStatus := call(gas(), token, 0, freeMemoryPointer, 68, 0, 0)
        }
        require(didLastOptionalReturnCallSucceed(callStatus), "APPROVE_FAILED");
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                         INTERNAL HELPER LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function didLastOptionalReturnCallSucceed(bool callStatus)
        private
        pure
        returns (bool success)
    {
        assembly {
            // Get how many bytes the call returned.
            let returnDataSize := returndatasize()
            // If the call reverted:
            if iszero(callStatus) {
                // Copy the revert message into memory.
                returndatacopy(0, 0, returnDataSize)
                // Revert with the same message.
                revert(0, returnDataSize)
            }
            switch returnDataSize
            case 32 {
                // Copy the return data into memory.
                returndatacopy(0, 0, returnDataSize)
                // Set success to whether it returned true.
                success := iszero(iszero(mload(0)))
            }
            case 0 {
                // There was no return data.
                success := 1
            }
            default {
                // It returned some malformed input.
                success := 0
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {ERC20} from "./imports/ERC20.sol";
import {IERC721} from "./imports/IERC721.sol";
import {OwnableWithTransferCallback} from "./lib/OwnableWithTransferCallback.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuard} from "./lib/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import {ICurve} from "./bonding-curves/ICurve.sol";
import {LSSVMRouter} from "./LSSVMRouter.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
import {CurveErrorCodes} from "./bonding-curves/CurveErrorCodes.sol";
import {IERC1155} from "./imports/IERC1155.sol";
import {ERC1155Holder} from "./imports/ERC1155Holder.sol";
/// @title The base contract for an NFT/TOKEN AMM pair
/// @author boredGenius and 0xmons
/// @notice This implements the core swap logic from NFT to TOKEN
abstract contract LSSVMPair is
    OwnableWithTransferCallback,
    ReentrancyGuard,
    ERC1155Holder
{
    enum PoolType {
        TOKEN,
        NFT,
        TRADE
    }
    // 90%, must <= 1 - MAX_PROTOCOL_FEE (set in LSSVMPairFactory)
    uint256 internal constant MAX_FEE = 0.90e18;
    // The current price of the NFT
    // @dev This is generally used to mean the immediate sell price for the next marginal NFT.
    // However, this should NOT be assumed, as future bonding curves may use spotPrice in different ways.
    // Use getBuyNFTQuote and getSellNFTQuote for accurate pricing info.
    uint128 public spotPrice;
    // The parameter for the pair's bonding curve.
    // Units and meaning are bonding curve dependent.
    uint128 public delta;
    // The spread between buy and sell prices, set to be a multiplier we apply to the buy price
    // Fee is only relevant for TRADE pools
    // Units are in base 1e18
    uint96 public fee;
    // If set to 0, NFTs/tokens sent by traders during trades will be sent to the pair.
    // Otherwise, assets will be sent to the set address. Not available for TRADE pools.
    address payable public assetRecipient;
    // Events
    event SwapNFTInPair();
    event SwapNFTOutPair();
    event SpotPriceUpdate(uint128 newSpotPrice);
    event TokenDeposit(uint256 amount);
    event TokenWithdrawal(uint256 amount);
    event NFTWithdrawal();
    event DeltaUpdate(uint128 newDelta);
    event FeeUpdate(uint96 newFee);
    event AssetRecipientChange(address a);
    // Parameterized Errors
    error BondingCurveError(CurveErrorCodes.Error error);
    /**
      @notice Called during pair creation to set initial parameters
      @dev Only called once by factory to initialize.
      We verify this by making sure that the current owner is address(0). 
      The Ownable library we use disallows setting the owner to be address(0), so this condition
      should only be valid before the first initialize call. 
      @param _owner The owner of the pair
      @param _assetRecipient The address that will receive the TOKEN or NFT sent to this pair during swaps. NOTE: If set to address(0), they will go to the pair itself.
      @param _delta The initial delta of the bonding curve
      @param _fee The initial % fee taken, if this is a trade pair 
      @param _spotPrice The initial price to sell an asset into the pair
     */
    function initialize(
        address _owner,
        address payable _assetRecipient,
        uint128 _delta,
        uint96 _fee,
        uint128 _spotPrice
    ) external payable {
        require(owner() == address(0), "Initialized");
        __Ownable_init(_owner);
        __ReentrancyGuard_init();
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        PoolType _poolType = poolType();
        if ((_poolType == PoolType.TOKEN) || (_poolType == PoolType.NFT)) {
            require(_fee == 0, "Only Trade Pools can have nonzero fee");
            assetRecipient = _assetRecipient;
        } else if (_poolType == PoolType.TRADE) {
            require(_fee < MAX_FEE, "Trade fee must be less than 90%");
            require(
                _assetRecipient == address(0),
                "Trade pools can't set asset recipient"
            );
            fee = _fee;
        }
        require(_bondingCurve.validateDelta(_delta), "Invalid delta for curve");
        require(
            _bondingCurve.validateSpotPrice(_spotPrice),
            "Invalid new spot price for curve"
        );
        delta = _delta;
        spotPrice = _spotPrice;
    }
    /**
     * External state-changing functions
     */
    /**
        @notice Sends token to the pair in exchange for any `numNFTs` NFTs
        @dev To compute the amount of token to send, call bondingCurve.getBuyInfo.
        This swap function is meant for users who are ID agnostic
        @param numNFTs The number of NFTs to purchase
        @param maxExpectedTokenInput The maximum acceptable cost from the sender. If the actual
        amount is greater than this value, the transaction will be reverted.
        @param nftRecipient The recipient of the NFTs
        @param isRouter True if calling from LSSVMRouter, false otherwise. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @param routerCaller If isRouter is true, ERC20 tokens will be transferred from this address. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @return inputAmount The amount of token used for purchase
     */
    function swapTokenForAnyNFTs(
        uint256 numNFTs,
        uint256 maxExpectedTokenInput,
        address nftRecipient,
        bool isRouter,
        address routerCaller
    ) external payable virtual nonReentrant returns (uint256 inputAmount) {
        // Store locally to remove extra calls
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory = factory();
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        IERC721 _nft = nft();
        // Input validation
        {
            PoolType _poolType = poolType();
            require(
                _poolType == PoolType.NFT || _poolType == PoolType.TRADE,
                "Wrong Pool type"
            );
            require(
                (numNFTs > 0) && (numNFTs <= _nft.balanceOf(address(this))),
                "Ask for > 0 and <= balanceOf NFTs"
            );
        }
        // Call bonding curve for pricing information
        uint256 protocolFee;
        (protocolFee, inputAmount) = _calculateBuyInfoAndUpdatePoolParams(
            numNFTs,
            maxExpectedTokenInput,
            _bondingCurve,
            _factory
        );
        _pullTokenInputAndPayProtocolFee(
            inputAmount,
            isRouter,
            routerCaller,
            _factory,
            protocolFee
        );
        _sendAnyNFTsToRecipient(_nft, nftRecipient, numNFTs);
        _refundTokenToSender(inputAmount);
        emit SwapNFTOutPair();
    }
    /**
        @notice Sends token to the pair in exchange for a specific set of NFTs
        @dev To compute the amount of token to send, call bondingCurve.getBuyInfo
        This swap is meant for users who want specific IDs. Also higher chance of
        reverting if some of the specified IDs leave the pool before the swap goes through.
        @param nftIds The list of IDs of the NFTs to purchase
        @param maxExpectedTokenInput The maximum acceptable cost from the sender. If the actual
        amount is greater than this value, the transaction will be reverted.
        @param nftRecipient The recipient of the NFTs
        @param isRouter True if calling from LSSVMRouter, false otherwise. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @param routerCaller If isRouter is true, ERC20 tokens will be transferred from this address. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @return inputAmount The amount of token used for purchase
     */
    function swapTokenForSpecificNFTs(
        uint256[] calldata nftIds,
        uint256 maxExpectedTokenInput,
        address nftRecipient,
        bool isRouter,
        address routerCaller
    ) external payable virtual nonReentrant returns (uint256 inputAmount) {
        // Store locally to remove extra calls
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory = factory();
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        // Input validation
        {
            PoolType _poolType = poolType();
            require(
                _poolType == PoolType.NFT || _poolType == PoolType.TRADE,
                "Wrong Pool type"
            );
            require((nftIds.length > 0), "Must ask for > 0 NFTs");
        }
        // Call bonding curve for pricing information
        uint256 protocolFee;
        (protocolFee, inputAmount) = _calculateBuyInfoAndUpdatePoolParams(
            nftIds.length,
            maxExpectedTokenInput,
            _bondingCurve,
            _factory
        );
        _pullTokenInputAndPayProtocolFee(
            inputAmount,
            isRouter,
            routerCaller,
            _factory,
            protocolFee
        );
        _sendSpecificNFTsToRecipient(nft(), nftRecipient, nftIds);
        _refundTokenToSender(inputAmount);
        emit SwapNFTOutPair();
    }
    /**
        @notice Sends a set of NFTs to the pair in exchange for token
        @dev To compute the amount of token to that will be received, call bondingCurve.getSellInfo.
        @param nftIds The list of IDs of the NFTs to sell to the pair
        @param minExpectedTokenOutput The minimum acceptable token received by the sender. If the actual
        amount is less than this value, the transaction will be reverted.
        @param tokenRecipient The recipient of the token output
        @param isRouter True if calling from LSSVMRouter, false otherwise. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @param routerCaller If isRouter is true, ERC20 tokens will be transferred from this address. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @return outputAmount The amount of token received
     */
    function swapNFTsForToken(
        uint256[] calldata nftIds,
        uint256 minExpectedTokenOutput,
        address payable tokenRecipient,
        bool isRouter,
        address routerCaller
    ) external virtual nonReentrant returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Store locally to remove extra calls
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory = factory();
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        // Input validation
        {
            PoolType _poolType = poolType();
            require(
                _poolType == PoolType.TOKEN || _poolType == PoolType.TRADE,
                "Wrong Pool type"
            );
            require(nftIds.length > 0, "Must ask for > 0 NFTs");
        }
        // Call bonding curve for pricing information
        uint256 protocolFee;
        (protocolFee, outputAmount) = _calculateSellInfoAndUpdatePoolParams(
            nftIds.length,
            minExpectedTokenOutput,
            _bondingCurve,
            _factory
        );
        _sendTokenOutput(tokenRecipient, outputAmount);
        _payProtocolFeeFromPair(_factory, protocolFee);
        _takeNFTsFromSender(nft(), nftIds, _factory, isRouter, routerCaller);
        emit SwapNFTInPair();
    }
    /**
     * View functions
     */
    /**
        @dev Used as read function to query the bonding curve for buy pricing info
        @param numNFTs The number of NFTs to buy from the pair
     */
    function getBuyNFTQuote(uint256 numNFTs)
        external
        view
        returns (
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error,
            uint256 newSpotPrice,
            uint256 newDelta,
            uint256 inputAmount,
            uint256 protocolFee
        )
    {
        (
            error,
            newSpotPrice,
            newDelta,
            inputAmount,
            protocolFee
        ) = bondingCurve().getBuyInfo(
            spotPrice,
            delta,
            numNFTs,
            fee,
            factory().protocolFeeMultiplier()
        );
    }
    /**
        @dev Used as read function to query the bonding curve for sell pricing info
        @param numNFTs The number of NFTs to sell to the pair
     */
    function getSellNFTQuote(uint256 numNFTs)
        external
        view
        returns (
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error,
            uint256 newSpotPrice,
            uint256 newDelta,
            uint256 outputAmount,
            uint256 protocolFee
        )
    {
        (
            error,
            newSpotPrice,
            newDelta,
            outputAmount,
            protocolFee
        ) = bondingCurve().getSellInfo(
            spotPrice,
            delta,
            numNFTs,
            fee,
            factory().protocolFeeMultiplier()
        );
    }
    /**
        @notice Returns all NFT IDs held by the pool
     */
    function getAllHeldIds() external view virtual returns (uint256[] memory);
    /**
        @notice Returns the pair's variant (NFT is enumerable or not, pair uses ETH or ERC20)
     */
    function pairVariant()
        public
        pure
        virtual
        returns (ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant);
    function factory() public pure returns (ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory) {
        uint256 paramsLength = _immutableParamsLength();
        assembly {
            _factory := shr(
                0x60,
                calldataload(sub(calldatasize(), paramsLength))
            )
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Returns the type of bonding curve that parameterizes the pair
     */
    function bondingCurve() public pure returns (ICurve _bondingCurve) {
        uint256 paramsLength = _immutableParamsLength();
        assembly {
            _bondingCurve := shr(
                0x60,
                calldataload(add(sub(calldatasize(), paramsLength), 20))
            )
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Returns the NFT collection that parameterizes the pair
     */
    function nft() public pure returns (IERC721 _nft) {
        uint256 paramsLength = _immutableParamsLength();
        assembly {
            _nft := shr(
                0x60,
                calldataload(add(sub(calldatasize(), paramsLength), 40))
            )
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Returns the pair's type (TOKEN/NFT/TRADE)
     */
    function poolType() public pure returns (PoolType _poolType) {
        uint256 paramsLength = _immutableParamsLength();
        assembly {
            _poolType := shr(
                0xf8,
                calldataload(add(sub(calldatasize(), paramsLength), 60))
            )
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Returns the address that assets that receives assets when a swap is done with this pair
        Can be set to another address by the owner, if set to address(0), defaults to the pair's own address
     */
    function getAssetRecipient()
        public
        view
        returns (address payable _assetRecipient)
    {
        // If it's a TRADE pool, we know the recipient is 0 (TRADE pools can't set asset recipients)
        // so just return address(this)
        if (poolType() == PoolType.TRADE) {
            return payable(address(this));
        }
        // Otherwise, we return the recipient if it's been set
        // or replace it with address(this) if it's 0
        _assetRecipient = assetRecipient;
        if (_assetRecipient == address(0)) {
            // Tokens will be transferred to address(this)
            _assetRecipient = payable(address(this));
        }
    }
    /**
     * Internal functions
     */
    /**
        @notice Calculates the amount needed to be sent into the pair for a buy and adjusts spot price or delta if necessary
        @param numNFTs The amount of NFTs to purchase from the pair
        @param maxExpectedTokenInput The maximum acceptable cost from the sender. If the actual
        amount is greater than this value, the transaction will be reverted.
        @param protocolFee The percentage of protocol fee to be taken, as a percentage
        @return protocolFee The amount of tokens to send as protocol fee
        @return inputAmount The amount of tokens total tokens receive
     */
    function _calculateBuyInfoAndUpdatePoolParams(
        uint256 numNFTs,
        uint256 maxExpectedTokenInput,
        ICurve _bondingCurve,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory
    ) internal returns (uint256 protocolFee, uint256 inputAmount) {
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Save on 2 SLOADs by caching
        uint128 currentSpotPrice = spotPrice;
        uint128 newSpotPrice;
        uint128 currentDelta = delta;
        uint128 newDelta;
        (
            error,
            newSpotPrice,
            newDelta,
            inputAmount,
            protocolFee
        ) = _bondingCurve.getBuyInfo(
            currentSpotPrice,
            currentDelta,
            numNFTs,
            fee,
            _factory.protocolFeeMultiplier()
        );
        // Revert if bonding curve had an error
        if (error != CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK) {
            revert BondingCurveError(error);
        }
        // Revert if input is more than expected
        require(inputAmount <= maxExpectedTokenInput, "In too many tokens");
        // Consolidate writes to save gas
        if (currentSpotPrice != newSpotPrice || currentDelta != newDelta) {
            spotPrice = newSpotPrice;
            delta = newDelta;
        }
        // Emit spot price update if it has been updated
        if (currentSpotPrice != newSpotPrice) {
            emit SpotPriceUpdate(newSpotPrice);
        }
        // Emit delta update if it has been updated
        if (currentDelta != newDelta) {
            emit DeltaUpdate(newDelta);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Calculates the amount needed to be sent by the pair for a sell and adjusts spot price or delta if necessary
        @param numNFTs The amount of NFTs to send to the the pair
        @param minExpectedTokenOutput The minimum acceptable token received by the sender. If the actual
        amount is less than this value, the transaction will be reverted.
        @param protocolFee The percentage of protocol fee to be taken, as a percentage
        @return protocolFee The amount of tokens to send as protocol fee
        @return outputAmount The amount of tokens total tokens receive
     */
    function _calculateSellInfoAndUpdatePoolParams(
        uint256 numNFTs,
        uint256 minExpectedTokenOutput,
        ICurve _bondingCurve,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory
    ) internal returns (uint256 protocolFee, uint256 outputAmount) {
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Save on 2 SLOADs by caching
        uint128 currentSpotPrice = spotPrice;
        uint128 newSpotPrice;
        uint128 currentDelta = delta;
        uint128 newDelta;
        (
            error,
            newSpotPrice,
            newDelta,
            outputAmount,
            protocolFee
        ) = _bondingCurve.getSellInfo(
            currentSpotPrice,
            currentDelta,
            numNFTs,
            fee,
            _factory.protocolFeeMultiplier()
        );
        // Revert if bonding curve had an error
        if (error != CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK) {
            revert BondingCurveError(error);
        }
        // Revert if output is too little
        require(
            outputAmount >= minExpectedTokenOutput,
            "Out too little tokens"
        );
        // Consolidate writes to save gas
        if (currentSpotPrice != newSpotPrice || currentDelta != newDelta) {
            spotPrice = newSpotPrice;
            delta = newDelta;
        }
        // Emit spot price update if it has been updated
        if (currentSpotPrice != newSpotPrice) {
            emit SpotPriceUpdate(newSpotPrice);
        }
        // Emit delta update if it has been updated
        if (currentDelta != newDelta) {
            emit DeltaUpdate(newDelta);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Pulls the token input of a trade from the trader and pays the protocol fee.
        @param inputAmount The amount of tokens to be sent
        @param isRouter Whether or not the caller is LSSVMRouter
        @param routerCaller If called from LSSVMRouter, store the original caller
        @param _factory The LSSVMPairFactory which stores LSSVMRouter allowlist info
        @param protocolFee The protocol fee to be paid
     */
    function _pullTokenInputAndPayProtocolFee(
        uint256 inputAmount,
        bool isRouter,
        address routerCaller,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory,
        uint256 protocolFee
    ) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Sends excess tokens back to the caller (if applicable)
        @dev We send ETH back to the caller even when called from LSSVMRouter because we do an aggregate slippage check for certain bulk swaps. (Instead of sending directly back to the router caller) 
        Excess ETH sent for one swap can then be used to help pay for the next swap.
     */
    function _refundTokenToSender(uint256 inputAmount) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Sends protocol fee (if it exists) back to the LSSVMPairFactory from the pair
     */
    function _payProtocolFeeFromPair(
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory,
        uint256 protocolFee
    ) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Sends tokens to a recipient
        @param tokenRecipient The address receiving the tokens
        @param outputAmount The amount of tokens to send
     */
    function _sendTokenOutput(
        address payable tokenRecipient,
        uint256 outputAmount
    ) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Sends some number of NFTs to a recipient address, ID agnostic
        @dev Even though we specify the NFT address here, this internal function is only 
        used to send NFTs associated with this specific pool.
        @param _nft The address of the NFT to send
        @param nftRecipient The receiving address for the NFTs
        @param numNFTs The number of NFTs to send  
     */
    function _sendAnyNFTsToRecipient(
        IERC721 _nft,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 numNFTs
    ) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Sends specific NFTs to a recipient address
        @dev Even though we specify the NFT address here, this internal function is only 
        used to send NFTs associated with this specific pool.
        @param _nft The address of the NFT to send
        @param nftRecipient The receiving address for the NFTs
        @param nftIds The specific IDs of NFTs to send  
     */
    function _sendSpecificNFTsToRecipient(
        IERC721 _nft,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256[] calldata nftIds
    ) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Takes NFTs from the caller and sends them into the pair's asset recipient
        @dev This is used by the LSSVMPair's swapNFTForToken function. 
        @param _nft The NFT collection to take from
        @param nftIds The specific NFT IDs to take
        @param isRouter True if calling from LSSVMRouter, false otherwise. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @param routerCaller If isRouter is true, ERC20 tokens will be transferred from this address. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
     */
    function _takeNFTsFromSender(
        IERC721 _nft,
        uint256[] calldata nftIds,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory,
        bool isRouter,
        address routerCaller
    ) internal virtual {
        {
            address _assetRecipient = getAssetRecipient();
            uint256 numNFTs = nftIds.length;
            if (isRouter) {
                // Verify if router is allowed
                LSSVMRouter router = LSSVMRouter(payable(msg.sender));
                (bool routerAllowed, ) = _factory.routerStatus(router);
                require(routerAllowed, "Not router");
                // Call router to pull NFTs
                // If more than 1 NFT is being transfered, we can do a balance check instead of an ownership check, as pools are indifferent between NFTs from the same collection
                if (numNFTs > 1) {
                    uint256 beforeBalance = _nft.balanceOf(_assetRecipient);
                    for (uint256 i = 0; i < numNFTs; ) {
                        router.pairTransferNFTFrom(
                            _nft,
                            routerCaller,
                            _assetRecipient,
                            nftIds[i],
                            pairVariant()
                        );
                        unchecked {
                            ++i;
                        }
                    }
                    require(
                        (_nft.balanceOf(_assetRecipient) - beforeBalance) ==
                            numNFTs,
                        "NFTs not transferred"
                    );
                } else {
                    router.pairTransferNFTFrom(
                        _nft,
                        routerCaller,
                        _assetRecipient,
                        nftIds[0],
                        pairVariant()
                    );
                    require(
                        _nft.ownerOf(nftIds[0]) == _assetRecipient,
                        "NFT not transferred"
                    );
                }
            } else {
                // Pull NFTs directly from sender
                for (uint256 i; i < numNFTs; ) {
                    _nft.safeTransferFrom(
                        msg.sender,
                        _assetRecipient,
                        nftIds[i]
                    );
                    unchecked {
                        ++i;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @dev Used internally to grab pair parameters from calldata, see LSSVMPairCloner for technical details
     */
    function _immutableParamsLength() internal pure virtual returns (uint256);
    /**
     * Owner functions
     */
    /**
        @notice Rescues a specified set of NFTs owned by the pair to the owner address.
        @dev If the NFT is the pair's collection, we also remove it from the id tracking.
        @param a The address of the NFT to transfer
        @param nftIds The list of IDs of the NFTs to send to the owner
     */
    function withdrawERC721(IERC721 a, uint256[] calldata nftIds)
        external
        virtual;
    /**
        @notice Rescues ERC20 tokens from the pair to the owner. Only callable by the owner.
        @param a The address of the token to transfer
        @param amount The amount of tokens to send to the owner
     */
    function withdrawERC20(ERC20 a, uint256 amount) external virtual;
    /**
        @notice Rescues ERC1155 tokens from the pair to the owner. Only callable by the owner.
        @param a The NFT to transfer
        @param ids The NFT ids to transfer
        @param amounts The amounts of each id to transfer
     */
    function withdrawERC1155(
        IERC1155 a,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata amounts
    ) external onlyOwner {
        a.safeBatchTransferFrom(address(this), msg.sender, ids, amounts, "");
    }
    /**
        @notice Updates the selling spot price. Only callable by the owner.
        @param newSpotPrice The new selling spot price value, in Token
     */
    function changeSpotPrice(uint128 newSpotPrice) external onlyOwner {
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        require(
            _bondingCurve.validateSpotPrice(newSpotPrice),
            "Invalid new spot price for curve"
        );
        if (spotPrice != newSpotPrice) {
            spotPrice = newSpotPrice;
            emit SpotPriceUpdate(newSpotPrice);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Updates the delta parameter. Only callable by the owner.
        @param newDelta The new delta parameter
     */
    function changeDelta(uint128 newDelta) external onlyOwner {
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        require(
            _bondingCurve.validateDelta(newDelta),
            "Invalid delta for curve"
        );
        if (delta != newDelta) {
            delta = newDelta;
            emit DeltaUpdate(newDelta);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Updates the fee taken by the LP. Only callable by the owner.
        Only callable if the pool is a Trade pool. Reverts if the fee is >=
        MAX_FEE.
        @param newFee The new LP fee percentage, 18 decimals
     */
    function changeFee(uint96 newFee) external onlyOwner {
        PoolType _poolType = poolType();
        require(_poolType == PoolType.TRADE, "Only for Trade pools");
        require(newFee < MAX_FEE, "Trade fee must be less than 90%");
        if (fee != newFee) {
            fee = newFee;
            emit FeeUpdate(newFee);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Changes the address that will receive assets received from
        trades. Only callable by the owner.
        @param newRecipient The new asset recipient
     */
    function changeAssetRecipient(address payable newRecipient)
        external
        onlyOwner
    {
        PoolType _poolType = poolType();
        require(_poolType != PoolType.TRADE, "Not for Trade pools");
        if (assetRecipient != newRecipient) {
            assetRecipient = newRecipient;
            emit AssetRecipientChange(newRecipient);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Allows the pair to make arbitrary external calls to contracts
        whitelisted by the protocol. Only callable by the owner.
        @param target The contract to call
        @param data The calldata to pass to the contract
     */
    function call(address payable target, bytes calldata data)
        external
        onlyOwner
    {
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory = factory();
        require(_factory.callAllowed(target), "Target must be whitelisted");
        (bool result, ) = target.call{value: 0}(data);
        require(result, "Call failed");
    }
    /**
        @notice Allows owner to batch multiple calls, forked from: https://github.com/boringcrypto/BoringSolidity/blob/master/contracts/BoringBatchable.sol 
        @dev Intended for withdrawing/altering pool pricing in one tx, only callable by owner, cannot change owner
        @param calls The calldata for each call to make
        @param revertOnFail Whether or not to revert the entire tx if any of the calls fail
     */
    function multicall(bytes[] calldata calls, bool revertOnFail)
        external
        onlyOwner
    {
        for (uint256 i; i < calls.length; ) {
            (bool success, bytes memory result) = address(this).delegatecall(
                calls[i]
            );
            if (!success && revertOnFail) {
                revert(_getRevertMsg(result));
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Prevent multicall from malicious frontend sneaking in ownership change
        require(
            owner() == msg.sender,
            "Ownership cannot be changed in multicall"
        );
    }
    /**
      @param _returnData The data returned from a multicall result
      @dev Used to grab the revert string from the underlying call
     */
    function _getRevertMsg(bytes memory _returnData)
        internal
        pure
        returns (string memory)
    {
        // If the _res length is less than 68, then the transaction failed silently (without a revert message)
        if (_returnData.length < 68) return "Transaction reverted silently";
        assembly {
            // Slice the sighash.
            _returnData := add(_returnData, 0x04)
        }
        return abi.decode(_returnData, (string)); // All that remains is the revert string
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import {IOwnershipTransferCallback} from "./IOwnershipTransferCallback.sol";
import {Address} from "../imports/Address.sol";
abstract contract OwnableWithTransferCallback {
    using Address for address;
    bytes4 constant TRANSFER_CALLBACK =
        type(IOwnershipTransferCallback).interfaceId;
    error Ownable_NotOwner();
    error Ownable_NewOwnerZeroAddress();
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed newOwner);
    /// @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
    function __Ownable_init(address initialOwner) internal {
        _owner = initialOwner;
    }
    /// @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /// @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        if (owner() != msg.sender) revert Ownable_NotOwner();
        _;
    }
    /// @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
    /// Disallows setting to the zero address as a way to more gas-efficiently avoid reinitialization
    /// When ownership is transferred, if the new owner implements IOwnershipTransferCallback, we make a callback
    /// Can only be called by the current owner.
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        if (newOwner == address(0)) revert Ownable_NewOwnerZeroAddress();
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
        // Call the on ownership transfer callback if it exists
        // @dev try/catch is around 5k gas cheaper than doing ERC165 checking
        if (newOwner.isContract()) {
            try
                IOwnershipTransferCallback(newOwner).onOwnershipTransfer(
                    msg.sender
                )
            {} catch (bytes memory) {}
        }
    }
    /// @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
    /// Internal function without access restriction.
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
interface IOwnershipTransferCallback {
    function onOwnershipTransfer(address oldOwner) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
        // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
        // constructor execution.
        uint256 size;
        assembly {
            size := extcodesize(account)
        }
        return size > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(
            address(this).balance >= amount,
            "Address: insufficient balance"
        );
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(
            success,
            "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted"
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data)
        internal
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return
            functionCallWithValue(
                target,
                data,
                value,
                "Address: low-level call with value failed"
            );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(
            address(this).balance >= value,
            "Address: insufficient balance for call"
        );
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(
            data
        );
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data)
        internal
        view
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return
            functionStaticCall(
                target,
                data,
                "Address: low-level static call failed"
            );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data)
        internal
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return
            functionDelegateCall(
                target,
                data,
                "Address: low-level delegate call failed"
            );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Forked from OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol),
// removed initializer check as we already do that in our modified Ownable
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
    uint256 private _status;
    function __ReentrancyGuard_init() internal {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _notEntered will be true
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
        _;
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {CurveErrorCodes} from "./CurveErrorCodes.sol";
interface ICurve {
    /**
        @notice Validates if a delta value is valid for the curve. The criteria for
        validity can be different for each type of curve, for instance ExponentialCurve
        requires delta to be greater than 1.
        @param delta The delta value to be validated
        @return valid True if delta is valid, false otherwise
     */
    function validateDelta(uint128 delta) external pure returns (bool valid);
    /**
        @notice Validates if a new spot price is valid for the curve. Spot price is generally assumed to be the immediate sell price of 1 NFT to the pool, in units of the pool's paired token.
        @param newSpotPrice The new spot price to be set
        @return valid True if the new spot price is valid, false otherwise
     */
    function validateSpotPrice(uint128 newSpotPrice)
        external
        view
        returns (bool valid);
    /**
        @notice Given the current state of the pair and the trade, computes how much the user
        should pay to purchase an NFT from the pair, the new spot price, and other values.
        @param spotPrice The current selling spot price of the pair, in tokens
        @param delta The delta parameter of the pair, what it means depends on the curve
        @param numItems The number of NFTs the user is buying from the pair
        @param feeMultiplier Determines how much fee the LP takes from this trade, 18 decimals
        @param protocolFeeMultiplier Determines how much fee the protocol takes from this trade, 18 decimals
        @return error Any math calculation errors, only Error.OK means the returned values are valid
        @return newSpotPrice The updated selling spot price, in tokens
        @return newDelta The updated delta, used to parameterize the bonding curve
        @return inputValue The amount that the user should pay, in tokens
        @return protocolFee The amount of fee to send to the protocol, in tokens
     */
    function getBuyInfo(
        uint128 spotPrice,
        uint128 delta,
        uint256 numItems,
        uint256 feeMultiplier,
        uint256 protocolFeeMultiplier
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error,
            uint128 newSpotPrice,
            uint128 newDelta,
            uint256 inputValue,
            uint256 protocolFee
        );
    /**
        @notice Given the current state of the pair and the trade, computes how much the user
        should receive when selling NFTs to the pair, the new spot price, and other values.
        @param spotPrice The current selling spot price of the pair, in tokens
        @param delta The delta parameter of the pair, what it means depends on the curve
        @param numItems The number of NFTs the user is selling to the pair
        @param feeMultiplier Determines how much fee the LP takes from this trade, 18 decimals
        @param protocolFeeMultiplier Determines how much fee the protocol takes from this trade, 18 decimals
        @return error Any math calculation errors, only Error.OK means the returned values are valid
        @return newSpotPrice The updated selling spot price, in tokens
        @return newDelta The updated delta, used to parameterize the bonding curve
        @return outputValue The amount that the user should receive, in tokens
        @return protocolFee The amount of fee to send to the protocol, in tokens
     */
    function getSellInfo(
        uint128 spotPrice,
        uint128 delta,
        uint256 numItems,
        uint256 feeMultiplier,
        uint256 protocolFeeMultiplier
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error,
            uint128 newSpotPrice,
            uint128 newDelta,
            uint256 outputValue,
            uint256 protocolFee
        );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
contract CurveErrorCodes {
    enum Error {
        OK, // No error
        INVALID_NUMITEMS, // The numItem value is 0
        SPOT_PRICE_OVERFLOW // The updated spot price doesn't fit into 128 bits
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {IERC721} from "./imports/IERC721.sol";
import {ERC20} from "./imports/ERC20.sol";
import {SafeTransferLib} from "./imports/SafeTransferLib.sol";
import {LSSVMPair} from "./LSSVMPair.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
import {CurveErrorCodes} from "./bonding-curves/CurveErrorCodes.sol";
contract LSSVMRouter {
    using SafeTransferLib for address payable;
    using SafeTransferLib for ERC20;
    struct PairSwapAny {
        LSSVMPair pair;
        uint256 numItems;
    }
    struct PairSwapSpecific {
        LSSVMPair pair;
        uint256[] nftIds;
    }
    struct RobustPairSwapAny {
        PairSwapAny swapInfo;
        uint256 maxCost;
    }
    struct RobustPairSwapSpecific {
        PairSwapSpecific swapInfo;
        uint256 maxCost;
    }
    struct RobustPairSwapSpecificForToken {
        PairSwapSpecific swapInfo;
        uint256 minOutput;
    }
    struct NFTsForAnyNFTsTrade {
        PairSwapSpecific[] nftToTokenTrades;
        PairSwapAny[] tokenToNFTTrades;
    }
    struct NFTsForSpecificNFTsTrade {
        PairSwapSpecific[] nftToTokenTrades;
        PairSwapSpecific[] tokenToNFTTrades;
    }
    struct RobustPairNFTsFoTokenAndTokenforNFTsTrade {
        RobustPairSwapSpecific[] tokenToNFTTrades;
        RobustPairSwapSpecificForToken[] nftToTokenTrades;
        uint256 inputAmount;
        address payable tokenRecipient;
        address nftRecipient;
    }
    modifier checkDeadline(uint256 deadline) {
        _checkDeadline(deadline);
        _;
    }
    ILSSVMPairFactoryLike public immutable factory;
    constructor(ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory) {
        factory = _factory;
    }
    /**
        ETH swaps
     */
    /**
        @notice Swaps ETH into NFTs using multiple pairs.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the number of NFTs to buy from each.
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the unspent ETH input
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent ETH amount
     */
    function swapETHForAnyNFTs(
        PairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    )
        external
        payable
        checkDeadline(deadline)
        returns (uint256 remainingValue)
    {
        return
            _swapETHForAnyNFTs(swapList, msg.value, ethRecipient, nftRecipient);
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps ETH into specific NFTs using multiple pairs.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to buy from each.
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the unspent ETH input
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent ETH amount
     */
    function swapETHForSpecificNFTs(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    )
        external
        payable
        checkDeadline(deadline)
        returns (uint256 remainingValue)
    {
        return
            _swapETHForSpecificNFTs(
                swapList,
                msg.value,
                ethRecipient,
                nftRecipient
            );
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps one set of NFTs into another set of specific NFTs using multiple pairs, using
        ETH as the intermediary.
        @param trade The struct containing all NFT-to-ETH swaps and ETH-to-NFT swaps.
        @param minOutput The minimum acceptable total excess ETH received
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the ETH output
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total ETH received
     */
    function swapNFTsForAnyNFTsThroughETH(
        NFTsForAnyNFTsTrade calldata trade,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external payable checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Swap NFTs for ETH
        // minOutput of swap set to 0 since we're doing an aggregate slippage check
        outputAmount = _swapNFTsForToken(
            trade.nftToTokenTrades,
            0,
            payable(address(this))
        );
        // Add extra value to buy NFTs
        outputAmount += msg.value;
        // Swap ETH for any NFTs
        // cost <= inputValue = outputAmount - minOutput, so outputAmount' = (outputAmount - minOutput - cost) + minOutput >= minOutput
        outputAmount =
            _swapETHForAnyNFTs(
                trade.tokenToNFTTrades,
                outputAmount - minOutput,
                ethRecipient,
                nftRecipient
            ) +
            minOutput;
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps one set of NFTs into another set of specific NFTs using multiple pairs, using
        ETH as the intermediary.
        @param trade The struct containing all NFT-to-ETH swaps and ETH-to-NFT swaps.
        @param minOutput The minimum acceptable total excess ETH received
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the ETH output
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total ETH received
     */
    function swapNFTsForSpecificNFTsThroughETH(
        NFTsForSpecificNFTsTrade calldata trade,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external payable checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Swap NFTs for ETH
        // minOutput of swap set to 0 since we're doing an aggregate slippage check
        outputAmount = _swapNFTsForToken(
            trade.nftToTokenTrades,
            0,
            payable(address(this))
        );
        // Add extra value to buy NFTs
        outputAmount += msg.value;
        // Swap ETH for specific NFTs
        // cost <= inputValue = outputAmount - minOutput, so outputAmount' = (outputAmount - minOutput - cost) + minOutput >= minOutput
        outputAmount =
            _swapETHForSpecificNFTs(
                trade.tokenToNFTTrades,
                outputAmount - minOutput,
                ethRecipient,
                nftRecipient
            ) +
            minOutput;
    }
    /**
        ERC20 swaps
        Note: All ERC20 swaps assume that a single ERC20 token is used for all the pairs involved.
        Swapping using multiple tokens in the same transaction is possible, but the slippage checks
        & the return values will be meaningless, and may lead to undefined behavior.
        Note: The sender should ideally grant infinite token approval to the router in order for NFT-to-NFT
        swaps to work smoothly.
     */
    /**
        @notice Swaps ERC20 tokens into NFTs using multiple pairs.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the number of NFTs to buy from each.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function swapERC20ForAnyNFTs(
        PairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        return _swapERC20ForAnyNFTs(swapList, inputAmount, nftRecipient);
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps ERC20 tokens into specific NFTs using multiple pairs.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to buy from each.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function swapERC20ForSpecificNFTs(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        return _swapERC20ForSpecificNFTs(swapList, inputAmount, nftRecipient);
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps NFTs into ETH/ERC20 using multiple pairs.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to sell to each.
        @param minOutput The minimum acceptable total tokens received
        @param tokenRecipient The address that will receive the token output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total tokens received
     */
    function swapNFTsForToken(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address tokenRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        return _swapNFTsForToken(swapList, minOutput, payable(tokenRecipient));
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps one set of NFTs into another set of specific NFTs using multiple pairs, using
        an ERC20 token as the intermediary.
        @param trade The struct containing all NFT-to-ERC20 swaps and ERC20-to-NFT swaps.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param minOutput The minimum acceptable total excess tokens received
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total ERC20 tokens received
     */
    function swapNFTsForAnyNFTsThroughERC20(
        NFTsForAnyNFTsTrade calldata trade,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Swap NFTs for ERC20
        // minOutput of swap set to 0 since we're doing an aggregate slippage check
        // output tokens are sent to msg.sender
        outputAmount = _swapNFTsForToken(
            trade.nftToTokenTrades,
            0,
            payable(msg.sender)
        );
        // Add extra value to buy NFTs
        outputAmount += inputAmount;
        // Swap ERC20 for any NFTs
        // cost <= maxCost = outputAmount - minOutput, so outputAmount' = outputAmount - cost >= minOutput
        // input tokens are taken directly from msg.sender
        outputAmount =
            _swapERC20ForAnyNFTs(
                trade.tokenToNFTTrades,
                outputAmount - minOutput,
                nftRecipient
            ) +
            minOutput;
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps one set of NFTs into another set of specific NFTs using multiple pairs, using
        an ERC20 token as the intermediary.
        @param trade The struct containing all NFT-to-ERC20 swaps and ERC20-to-NFT swaps.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param minOutput The minimum acceptable total excess tokens received
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total ERC20 tokens received
     */
    function swapNFTsForSpecificNFTsThroughERC20(
        NFTsForSpecificNFTsTrade calldata trade,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Swap NFTs for ERC20
        // minOutput of swap set to 0 since we're doing an aggregate slippage check
        // output tokens are sent to msg.sender
        outputAmount = _swapNFTsForToken(
            trade.nftToTokenTrades,
            0,
            payable(msg.sender)
        );
        // Add extra value to buy NFTs
        outputAmount += inputAmount;
        // Swap ERC20 for specific NFTs
        // cost <= maxCost = outputAmount - minOutput, so outputAmount' = outputAmount - cost >= minOutput
        // input tokens are taken directly from msg.sender
        outputAmount =
            _swapERC20ForSpecificNFTs(
                trade.tokenToNFTTrades,
                outputAmount - minOutput,
                nftRecipient
            ) +
            minOutput;
    }
    /**
        Robust Swaps
        These are "robust" versions of the NFT<>Token swap functions which will never revert due to slippage
        Instead, users specify a per-swap max cost. If the price changes more than the user specifies, no swap is attempted. This allows users to specify a batch of swaps, and execute as many of them as possible.
     */
    /**
        @dev We assume msg.value >= sum of values in maxCostPerPair
        @notice Swaps as much ETH for any NFTs as possible, respecting the per-swap max cost.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the number of NFTs to buy from each.
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the unspent ETH input
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function robustSwapETHForAnyNFTs(
        RobustPairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    )
        external
        payable
        checkDeadline(deadline)
        returns (uint256 remainingValue)
    {
        remainingValue = msg.value;
        // Try doing each swap
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate actual cost per swap
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].swapInfo.numItems
            );
            // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
            if (
                pairCost <= swapList[i].maxCost &&
                error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
            ) {
                // We know how much ETH to send because we already did the math above
                // So we just send that much
                remainingValue -= swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.swapTokenForAnyNFTs{
                    value: pairCost
                }(
                    swapList[i].swapInfo.numItems,
                    pairCost,
                    nftRecipient,
                    true,
                    msg.sender
                );
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return remaining value to sender
        if (remainingValue > 0) {
            ethRecipient.safeTransferETH(remainingValue);
        }
    }
    /**
        @dev We assume msg.value >= sum of values in maxCostPerPair
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to buy from each.
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the unspent ETH input
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function robustSwapETHForSpecificNFTs(
        RobustPairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    )
        external
        payable
        checkDeadline(deadline)
        returns (uint256 remainingValue)
    {
        remainingValue = msg.value;
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Try doing each swap
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate actual cost per swap
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
            );
            // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
            if (
                pairCost <= swapList[i].maxCost &&
                error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
            ) {
                // We know how much ETH to send because we already did the math above
                // So we just send that much
                remainingValue -= swapList[i]
                    .swapInfo
                    .pair
                    .swapTokenForSpecificNFTs{value: pairCost}(
                    swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                    pairCost,
                    nftRecipient,
                    true,
                    msg.sender
                );
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return remaining value to sender
        if (remainingValue > 0) {
            ethRecipient.safeTransferETH(remainingValue);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps as many ERC20 tokens for any NFTs as possible, respecting the per-swap max cost.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the number of NFTs to buy from each.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
        
     */
    function robustSwapERC20ForAnyNFTs(
        RobustPairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Try doing each swap
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate actual cost per swap
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].swapInfo.numItems
            );
            // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
            if (
                pairCost <= swapList[i].maxCost &&
                error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
            ) {
                remainingValue -= swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.swapTokenForAnyNFTs(
                        swapList[i].swapInfo.numItems,
                        pairCost,
                        nftRecipient,
                        true,
                        msg.sender
                    );
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps as many ERC20 tokens for specific NFTs as possible, respecting the per-swap max cost.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to buy from each.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function robustSwapERC20ForSpecificNFTs(
        RobustPairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    )
        external
        payable
        checkDeadline(deadline)
        returns (uint256 remainingValue)
    {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Try doing each swap
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate actual cost per swap
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
            );
            // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
            if (
                pairCost <= swapList[i].maxCost &&
                error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
            ) {
                remainingValue -= swapList[i]
                    .swapInfo
                    .pair
                    .swapTokenForSpecificNFTs(
                        swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                        pairCost,
                        nftRecipient,
                        true,
                        msg.sender
                    );
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps as many NFTs for tokens as possible, respecting the per-swap min output
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to sell to each.
        @param tokenRecipient The address that will receive the token output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total ETH/ERC20 received
     */
    function robustSwapNFTsForToken(
        RobustPairSwapSpecificForToken[] calldata swapList,
        address payable tokenRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Try doing each swap
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            uint256 pairOutput;
            // Locally scoped to avoid stack too deep error
            {
                CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
                (error, , , pairOutput, ) = swapList[i]
                    .swapInfo
                    .pair
                    .getSellNFTQuote(swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length);
                if (error != CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK) {
                    unchecked {
                        ++i;
                    }
                    continue;
                }
            }
            // If at least equal to our minOutput, proceed
            if (pairOutput >= swapList[i].minOutput) {
                // Do the swap and update outputAmount with how many tokens we got
                outputAmount += swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.swapNFTsForToken(
                    swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                    0,
                    tokenRecipient,
                    true,
                    msg.sender
                );
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Buys NFTs with ETH and sells them for tokens in one transaction
        @param params All the parameters for the swap (packed in struct to avoid stack too deep), containing:
        - ethToNFTSwapList The list of NFTs to buy
        - nftToTokenSwapList The list of NFTs to sell
        - inputAmount The max amount of tokens to send (if ERC20)
        - tokenRecipient The address that receives tokens from the NFTs sold
        - nftRecipient The address that receives NFTs
        - deadline UNIX timestamp deadline for the swap
     */
    function robustSwapETHForSpecificNFTsAndNFTsToToken(
        RobustPairNFTsFoTokenAndTokenforNFTsTrade calldata params
    ) external payable returns (uint256 remainingValue, uint256 outputAmount) {
        {
            remainingValue = msg.value;
            uint256 pairCost;
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
            // Try doing each swap
            uint256 numSwaps = params.tokenToNFTTrades.length;
            for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
                // Calculate actual cost per swap
                (error, , , pairCost, ) = params
                    .tokenToNFTTrades[i]
                    .swapInfo
                    .pair
                    .getBuyNFTQuote(
                        params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
                    );
                // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
                if (
                    pairCost <= params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].maxCost &&
                    error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
                ) {
                    // We know how much ETH to send because we already did the math above
                    // So we just send that much
                    remainingValue -= params
                        .tokenToNFTTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .swapTokenForSpecificNFTs{value: pairCost}(
                        params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                        pairCost,
                        params.nftRecipient,
                        true,
                        msg.sender
                    );
                }
                unchecked {
                    ++i;
                }
            }
            // Return remaining value to sender
            if (remainingValue > 0) {
                params.tokenRecipient.safeTransferETH(remainingValue);
            }
        }
        {
            // Try doing each swap
            uint256 numSwaps = params.nftToTokenTrades.length;
            for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
                uint256 pairOutput;
                // Locally scoped to avoid stack too deep error
                {
                    CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
                    (error, , , pairOutput, ) = params
                        .nftToTokenTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .getSellNFTQuote(
                            params.nftToTokenTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
                        );
                    if (error != CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK) {
                        unchecked {
                            ++i;
                        }
                        continue;
                    }
                }
                // If at least equal to our minOutput, proceed
                if (pairOutput >= params.nftToTokenTrades[i].minOutput) {
                    // Do the swap and update outputAmount with how many tokens we got
                    outputAmount += params
                        .nftToTokenTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .swapNFTsForToken(
                            params.nftToTokenTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                            0,
                            params.tokenRecipient,
                            true,
                            msg.sender
                        );
                }
                unchecked {
                    ++i;
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Buys NFTs with ERC20, and sells them for tokens in one transaction
        @param params All the parameters for the swap (packed in struct to avoid stack too deep), containing:
        - ethToNFTSwapList The list of NFTs to buy
        - nftToTokenSwapList The list of NFTs to sell
        - inputAmount The max amount of tokens to send (if ERC20)
        - tokenRecipient The address that receives tokens from the NFTs sold
        - nftRecipient The address that receives NFTs
        - deadline UNIX timestamp deadline for the swap
     */
    function robustSwapERC20ForSpecificNFTsAndNFTsToToken(
        RobustPairNFTsFoTokenAndTokenforNFTsTrade calldata params
    ) external payable returns (uint256 remainingValue, uint256 outputAmount) {
        {
            remainingValue = params.inputAmount;
            uint256 pairCost;
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
            // Try doing each swap
            uint256 numSwaps = params.tokenToNFTTrades.length;
            for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
                // Calculate actual cost per swap
                (error, , , pairCost, ) = params
                    .tokenToNFTTrades[i]
                    .swapInfo
                    .pair
                    .getBuyNFTQuote(
                        params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
                    );
                // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
                if (
                    pairCost <= params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].maxCost &&
                    error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
                ) {
                    remainingValue -= params
                        .tokenToNFTTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .swapTokenForSpecificNFTs(
                            params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                            pairCost,
                            params.nftRecipient,
                            true,
                            msg.sender
                        );
                }
                unchecked {
                    ++i;
                }
            }
        }
        {
            // Try doing each swap
            uint256 numSwaps = params.nftToTokenTrades.length;
            for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
                uint256 pairOutput;
                // Locally scoped to avoid stack too deep error
                {
                    CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
                    (error, , , pairOutput, ) = params
                        .nftToTokenTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .getSellNFTQuote(
                            params.nftToTokenTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
                        );
                    if (error != CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK) {
                        unchecked {
                            ++i;
                        }
                        continue;
                    }
                }
                // If at least equal to our minOutput, proceed
                if (pairOutput >= params.nftToTokenTrades[i].minOutput) {
                    // Do the swap and update outputAmount with how many tokens we got
                    outputAmount += params
                        .nftToTokenTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .swapNFTsForToken(
                            params.nftToTokenTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                            0,
                            params.tokenRecipient,
                            true,
                            msg.sender
                        );
                }
                unchecked {
                    ++i;
                }
            }
        }
    }
    receive() external payable {}
    /**
        Restricted functions
     */
    /**
        @dev Allows an ERC20 pair contract to transfer ERC20 tokens directly from
        the sender, in order to minimize the number of token transfers. Only callable by an ERC20 pair.
        @param token The ERC20 token to transfer
        @param from The address to transfer tokens from
        @param to The address to transfer tokens to
        @param amount The amount of tokens to transfer
        @param variant The pair variant of the pair contract
     */
    function pairTransferERC20From(
        ERC20 token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant variant
    ) external {
        // verify caller is a trusted pair contract
        require(factory.isPair(msg.sender, variant), "Not pair");
        // verify caller is an ERC20 pair
        require(
            variant == ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant.ENUMERABLE_ERC20 ||
                variant ==
                ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant.MISSING_ENUMERABLE_ERC20,
            "Not ERC20 pair"
        );
        // transfer tokens to pair
        token.safeTransferFrom(from, to, amount);
    }
    /**
        @dev Allows a pair contract to transfer ERC721 NFTs directly from
        the sender, in order to minimize the number of token transfers. Only callable by a pair.
        @param nft The ERC721 NFT to transfer
        @param from The address to transfer tokens from
        @param to The address to transfer tokens to
        @param id The ID of the NFT to transfer
        @param variant The pair variant of the pair contract
     */
    function pairTransferNFTFrom(
        IERC721 nft,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant variant
    ) external {
        // verify caller is a trusted pair contract
        require(factory.isPair(msg.sender, variant), "Not pair");
        // transfer NFTs to pair
        nft.safeTransferFrom(from, to, id);
    }
    /**
        Internal functions
     */
    /**
        @param deadline The last valid time for a swap
     */
    function _checkDeadline(uint256 deadline) internal view {
        require(block.timestamp <= deadline, "Deadline passed");
    }
    /**
        @notice Internal function used to swap ETH for any NFTs
        @param swapList The list of pairs and swap calldata
        @param inputAmount The total amount of ETH to send
        @param ethRecipient The address receiving excess ETH
        @param nftRecipient The address receiving the NFTs from the pairs
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function _swapETHForAnyNFTs(
        PairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient
    ) internal returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Do swaps
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate the cost per swap first to send exact amount of ETH over, saves gas by avoiding the need to send back excess ETH
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].numItems
            );
            // Require no error
            require(error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK, "Bonding curve error");
            // Total ETH taken from sender cannot exceed inputAmount
            // because otherwise the deduction from remainingValue will fail
            remainingValue -= swapList[i].pair.swapTokenForAnyNFTs{
                value: pairCost
            }(
                swapList[i].numItems,
                remainingValue,
                nftRecipient,
                true,
                msg.sender
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return remaining value to sender
        if (remainingValue > 0) {
            ethRecipient.safeTransferETH(remainingValue);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Internal function used to swap ETH for a specific set of NFTs
        @param swapList The list of pairs and swap calldata
        @param inputAmount The total amount of ETH to send
        @param ethRecipient The address receiving excess ETH
        @param nftRecipient The address receiving the NFTs from the pairs
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function _swapETHForSpecificNFTs(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient
    ) internal returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Do swaps
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate the cost per swap first to send exact amount of ETH over, saves gas by avoiding the need to send back excess ETH
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].nftIds.length
            );
            // Require no errors
            require(error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK, "Bonding curve error");
            // Total ETH taken from sender cannot exceed inputAmount
            // because otherwise the deduction from remainingValue will fail
            remainingValue -= swapList[i].pair.swapTokenForSpecificNFTs{
                value: pairCost
            }(
                swapList[i].nftIds,
                remainingValue,
                nftRecipient,
                true,
                msg.sender
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return remaining value to sender
        if (remainingValue > 0) {
            ethRecipient.safeTransferETH(remainingValue);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Internal function used to swap an ERC20 token for any NFTs
        @dev Note that we don't need to query the pair's bonding curve first for pricing data because
        we just calculate and take the required amount from the caller during swap time. 
        However, we can't "pull" ETH, which is why for the ETH->NFT swaps, we need to calculate the pricing info
        to figure out how much the router should send to the pool.
        @param swapList The list of pairs and swap calldata
        @param inputAmount The total amount of ERC20 tokens to send
        @param nftRecipient The address receiving the NFTs from the pairs
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function _swapERC20ForAnyNFTs(
        PairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient
    ) internal returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        // Do swaps
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Tokens are transferred in by the pair calling router.pairTransferERC20From
            // Total tokens taken from sender cannot exceed inputAmount
            // because otherwise the deduction from remainingValue will fail
            remainingValue -= swapList[i].pair.swapTokenForAnyNFTs(
                swapList[i].numItems,
                remainingValue,
                nftRecipient,
                true,
                msg.sender
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Internal function used to swap an ERC20 token for specific NFTs
        @dev Note that we don't need to query the pair's bonding curve first for pricing data because
        we just calculate and take the required amount from the caller during swap time. 
        However, we can't "pull" ETH, which is why for the ETH->NFT swaps, we need to calculate the pricing info
        to figure out how much the router should send to the pool.
        @param swapList The list of pairs and swap calldata
        @param inputAmount The total amount of ERC20 tokens to send
        @param nftRecipient The address receiving the NFTs from the pairs
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function _swapERC20ForSpecificNFTs(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient
    ) internal returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        // Do swaps
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Tokens are transferred in by the pair calling router.pairTransferERC20From
            // Total tokens taken from sender cannot exceed inputAmount
            // because otherwise the deduction from remainingValue will fail
            remainingValue -= swapList[i].pair.swapTokenForSpecificNFTs(
                swapList[i].nftIds,
                remainingValue,
                nftRecipient,
                true,
                msg.sender
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps NFTs for tokens, designed to be used for 1 token at a time
        @dev Calling with multiple tokens is permitted, BUT minOutput will be 
        far from enough of a safety check because different tokens almost certainly have different unit prices.
        @param swapList The list of pairs and swap calldata 
        @param minOutput The minimum number of tokens to be receieved frm the swaps 
        @param tokenRecipient The address that receives the tokens
        @return outputAmount The number of tokens to be received
     */
    function _swapNFTsForToken(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address payable tokenRecipient
    ) internal returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Do swaps
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Do the swap for token and then update outputAmount
            // Note: minExpectedTokenOutput is set to 0 since we're doing an aggregate slippage check below
            outputAmount += swapList[i].pair.swapNFTsForToken(
                swapList[i].nftIds,
                0,
                tokenRecipient,
                true,
                msg.sender
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Aggregate slippage check
        require(outputAmount >= minOutput, "outputAmount too low");
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {LSSVMRouter} from "./LSSVMRouter.sol";
interface ILSSVMPairFactoryLike {
    enum PairVariant {
        ENUMERABLE_ETH,
        MISSING_ENUMERABLE_ETH,
        ENUMERABLE_ERC20,
        MISSING_ENUMERABLE_ERC20
    }
    function protocolFeeMultiplier() external view returns (uint256);
    function protocolFeeRecipient() external view returns (address payable);
    function callAllowed(address target) external view returns (bool);
    function routerStatus(LSSVMRouter router)
        external
        view
        returns (bool allowed, bool wasEverAllowed);
    function isPair(address potentialPair, PairVariant variant)
        external
        view
        returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC1155 compliant contract, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155[EIP].
 *
 * _Available since v3.1._
 */
interface IERC1155 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens of token type `id` are transferred from `from` to `to` by `operator`.
     */
    event TransferSingle(
        address indexed operator,
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 value
    );
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to multiple {TransferSingle} events, where `operator`, `from` and `to` are the same for all
     * transfers.
     */
    event TransferBatch(
        address indexed operator,
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256[] ids,
        uint256[] values
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer their tokens, according to
     * `approved`.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(
        address indexed account,
        address indexed operator,
        bool approved
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the URI for token type `id` changes to `value`, if it is a non-programmatic URI.
     *
     * If an {URI} event was emitted for `id`, the standard
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata-extensions[guarantees] that `value` will equal the value
     * returned by {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}.
     */
    event URI(string value, uint256 indexed id);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens of token type `id` owned by `account`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account, uint256 id)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {balanceOf}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `accounts` and `ids` must have the same length.
     */
    function balanceOfBatch(address[] calldata accounts, uint256[] calldata ids)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev Grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer the caller's tokens, according to `approved`,
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `operator` cannot be the caller.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `operator` is approved to transfer ``account``'s tokens.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address account, address operator)
        external
        view
        returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been approved to spend ``from``'s tokens via {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - `from` must have a balance of tokens of type `id` of at least `amount`.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {safeTransferFrom}.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function safeBatchTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata amounts,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./ERC1155Receiver.sol";
/**
 * @dev _Available since v3.1._
 */
contract ERC1155Holder is ERC1155Receiver {
    function onERC1155Received(
        address,
        address,
        uint256,
        uint256,
        bytes memory
    ) public virtual override returns (bytes4) {
        return this.onERC1155Received.selector;
    }
    function onERC1155BatchReceived(
        address,
        address,
        uint256[] memory,
        uint256[] memory,
        bytes memory
    ) public virtual override returns (bytes4) {
        return this.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC1155Receiver.sol";
import "./ERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev _Available since v3.1._
 */
abstract contract ERC1155Receiver is ERC165, IERC1155Receiver {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC165, IERC165)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC1155Receiver).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev _Available since v3.1._
 */
interface IERC1155Receiver is IERC165 {
    /**
        @dev Handles the receipt of a single ERC1155 token type. This function is
        called at the end of a `safeTransferFrom` after the balance has been updated.
        To accept the transfer, this must return
        `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))`
        (i.e. 0xf23a6e61, or its own function selector).
        @param operator The address which initiated the transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
        @param from The address which previously owned the token
        @param id The ID of the token being transferred
        @param value The amount of tokens being transferred
        @param data Additional data with no specified format
        @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
    */
    function onERC1155Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 value,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
    /**
        @dev Handles the receipt of a multiple ERC1155 token types. This function
        is called at the end of a `safeBatchTransferFrom` after the balances have
        been updated. To accept the transfer(s), this must return
        `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))`
        (i.e. 0xbc197c81, or its own function selector).
        @param operator The address which initiated the batch transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
        @param from The address which previously owned the token
        @param ids An array containing ids of each token being transferred (order and length must match values array)
        @param values An array containing amounts of each token being transferred (order and length must match ids array)
        @param data Additional data with no specified format
        @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
    */
    function onERC1155BatchReceived(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata values,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override
        returns (bool)
    {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {IERC721Enumerable} from "./imports/IERC721Enumerable.sol";
import {IERC721} from "./imports/IERC721.sol";
import {LSSVMRouter} from "./LSSVMRouter.sol";
import {LSSVMPair} from "./LSSVMPair.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
/**
    @title An NFT/Token pair for an NFT that implements ERC721Enumerable
    @author boredGenius and 0xmons
 */
abstract contract LSSVMPairEnumerable is LSSVMPair {
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _sendAnyNFTsToRecipient(
        IERC721 _nft,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 numNFTs
    ) internal override {
        // Send NFTs to recipient
        // (we know NFT implements IERC721Enumerable so we just iterate)
        uint256 lastIndex = _nft.balanceOf(address(this)) - 1;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numNFTs; ) {
            uint256 nftId = IERC721Enumerable(address(_nft))
                .tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address(this), lastIndex);
            _nft.safeTransferFrom(address(this), nftRecipient, nftId);
            unchecked {
                --lastIndex;
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _sendSpecificNFTsToRecipient(
        IERC721 _nft,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256[] calldata nftIds
    ) internal override {
        // Send NFTs to recipient
        uint256 numNFTs = nftIds.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numNFTs; ) {
            _nft.safeTransferFrom(address(this), nftRecipient, nftIds[i]);
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function getAllHeldIds() external view override returns (uint256[] memory) {
        IERC721 _nft = nft();
        uint256 numNFTs = _nft.balanceOf(address(this));
        uint256[] memory ids = new uint256[](numNFTs);
        for (uint256 i; i < numNFTs; ) {
            ids[i] = IERC721Enumerable(address(_nft)).tokenOfOwnerByIndex(
                address(this),
                i
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        return ids;
    }
    function onERC721Received(
        address,
        address,
        uint256,
        bytes memory
    ) public virtual returns (bytes4) {
        return this.onERC721Received.selector;
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function withdrawERC721(IERC721 a, uint256[] calldata nftIds)
        external
        override
        onlyOwner
    {
        uint256 numNFTs = nftIds.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numNFTs; ) {
            a.safeTransferFrom(address(this), msg.sender, nftIds[i]);
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        emit NFTWithdrawal();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC721.sol";
/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional enumeration extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721Enumerable is IERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns a token ID owned by `owner` at a given `index` of its token list.
     * Use along with {balanceOf} to enumerate all of ``owner``'s tokens.
     */
    function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256 tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Returns a token ID at a given `index` of all the tokens stored by the contract.
     * Use along with {totalSupply} to enumerate all tokens.
     */
    function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) external view returns (uint256);
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {Ownable} from "./imports/Ownable.sol";
import {IERC721} from "./imports/IERC721.sol";
import {IERC165} from "./imports/IERC165.sol";
import {IERC721Enumerable} from "./imports/IERC721Enumerable.sol";
// @dev Solmate's ERC20 is used instead of OZ's ERC20 so we can use safeTransferLib for cheaper safeTransfers for
// ETH and ERC20 tokens
import {ERC20} from "./imports/ERC20.sol";
import {SafeTransferLib} from "./imports/SafeTransferLib.sol";
import {LSSVMPair} from "./LSSVMPair.sol";
import {LSSVMRouter} from "./LSSVMRouter.sol";
import {LSSVMPairETH} from "./LSSVMPairETH.sol";
import {ICurve} from "./bonding-curves/ICurve.sol";
import {LSSVMPairERC20} from "./LSSVMPairERC20.sol";
import {LSSVMPairCloner} from "./lib/LSSVMPairCloner.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
import {LSSVMPairEnumerableETH} from "./LSSVMPairEnumerableETH.sol";
import {LSSVMPairEnumerableERC20} from "./LSSVMPairEnumerableERC20.sol";
import {LSSVMPairMissingEnumerableETH} from "./LSSVMPairMissingEnumerableETH.sol";
import {LSSVMPairMissingEnumerableERC20} from "./LSSVMPairMissingEnumerableERC20.sol";
contract LSSVMPairFactory is Ownable, ILSSVMPairFactoryLike {
    using LSSVMPairCloner for address;
    using SafeTransferLib for address payable;
    using SafeTransferLib for ERC20;
    bytes4 private constant INTERFACE_ID_ERC721_ENUMERABLE =
        type(IERC721Enumerable).interfaceId;
    uint256 internal constant MAX_PROTOCOL_FEE = 0.10e18; // 10%, must <= 1 - MAX_FEE
    LSSVMPairEnumerableETH public immutable enumerableETHTemplate;
    LSSVMPairMissingEnumerableETH public immutable missingEnumerableETHTemplate;
    LSSVMPairEnumerableERC20 public immutable enumerableERC20Template;
    LSSVMPairMissingEnumerableERC20
        public immutable missingEnumerableERC20Template;
    address payable public override protocolFeeRecipient;
    // Units are in base 1e18
    uint256 public override protocolFeeMultiplier;
    mapping(ICurve => bool) public bondingCurveAllowed;
    mapping(address => bool) public override callAllowed;
    struct RouterStatus {
        bool allowed;
        bool wasEverAllowed;
    }
    mapping(LSSVMRouter => RouterStatus) public override routerStatus;
    event NewPair(address poolAddress);
    event TokenDeposit(address poolAddress);
    event NFTDeposit(address poolAddress);
    event ProtocolFeeRecipientUpdate(address recipientAddress);
    event ProtocolFeeMultiplierUpdate(uint256 newMultiplier);
    event BondingCurveStatusUpdate(ICurve bondingCurve, bool isAllowed);
    event CallTargetStatusUpdate(address target, bool isAllowed);
    event RouterStatusUpdate(LSSVMRouter router, bool isAllowed);
    constructor(
        LSSVMPairEnumerableETH _enumerableETHTemplate,
        LSSVMPairMissingEnumerableETH _missingEnumerableETHTemplate,
        LSSVMPairEnumerableERC20 _enumerableERC20Template,
        LSSVMPairMissingEnumerableERC20 _missingEnumerableERC20Template,
        address payable _protocolFeeRecipient,
        uint256 _protocolFeeMultiplier
    ) {
        enumerableETHTemplate = _enumerableETHTemplate;
        missingEnumerableETHTemplate = _missingEnumerableETHTemplate;
        enumerableERC20Template = _enumerableERC20Template;
        missingEnumerableERC20Template = _missingEnumerableERC20Template;
        protocolFeeRecipient = _protocolFeeRecipient;
        require(_protocolFeeMultiplier <= MAX_PROTOCOL_FEE, "Fee too large");
        protocolFeeMultiplier = _protocolFeeMultiplier;
    }
    /**
     * External functions
     */
    /**
        @notice Creates a pair contract using EIP-1167.
        @param _nft The NFT contract of the collection the pair trades
        @param _bondingCurve The bonding curve for the pair to price NFTs, must be whitelisted
        @param _assetRecipient The address that will receive the assets traders give during trades.
                              If set to address(0), assets will be sent to the pool address.
                              Not available to TRADE pools. 
        @param _poolType TOKEN, NFT, or TRADE
        @param _delta The delta value used by the bonding curve. The meaning of delta depends
        on the specific curve.
        @param _fee The fee taken by the LP in each trade. Can only be non-zero if _poolType is Trade.
        @param _spotPrice The initial selling spot price
        @param _initialNFTIDs The list of IDs of NFTs to transfer from the sender to the pair
        @return pair The new pair
     */
    function createPairETH(
        IERC721 _nft,
        ICurve _bondingCurve,
        address payable _assetRecipient,
        LSSVMPair.PoolType _poolType,
        uint128 _delta,
        uint96 _fee,
        uint128 _spotPrice,
        uint256[] calldata _initialNFTIDs
    ) external payable returns (LSSVMPairETH pair) {
        require(
            bondingCurveAllowed[_bondingCurve],
            "Bonding curve not whitelisted"
        );
        // Check to see if the NFT supports Enumerable to determine which template to use
        address template;
        try
            IERC165(address(_nft)).supportsInterface(
                INTERFACE_ID_ERC721_ENUMERABLE
            )
        returns (bool isEnumerable) {
            template = isEnumerable
                ? address(enumerableETHTemplate)
                : address(missingEnumerableETHTemplate);
        } catch {
            template = address(missingEnumerableETHTemplate);
        }
        pair = LSSVMPairETH(
            payable(
                template.cloneETHPair(
                    this,
                    _bondingCurve,
                    _nft,
                    uint8(_poolType)
                )
            )
        );
        _initializePairETH(
            pair,
            _nft,
            _assetRecipient,
            _delta,
            _fee,
            _spotPrice,
            _initialNFTIDs
        );
        emit NewPair(address(pair));
    }
    /**
        @notice Creates a pair contract using EIP-1167.
        @param _nft The NFT contract of the collection the pair trades
        @param _bondingCurve The bonding curve for the pair to price NFTs, must be whitelisted
        @param _assetRecipient The address that will receive the assets traders give during trades.
                                If set to address(0), assets will be sent to the pool address.
                                Not available to TRADE pools.
        @param _poolType TOKEN, NFT, or TRADE
        @param _delta The delta value used by the bonding curve. The meaning of delta depends
        on the specific curve.
        @param _fee The fee taken by the LP in each trade. Can only be non-zero if _poolType is Trade.
        @param _spotPrice The initial selling spot price, in ETH
        @param _initialNFTIDs The list of IDs of NFTs to transfer from the sender to the pair
        @param _initialTokenBalance The initial token balance sent from the sender to the new pair
        @return pair The new pair
     */
    struct CreateERC20PairParams {
        ERC20 token;
        IERC721 nft;
        ICurve bondingCurve;
        address payable assetRecipient;
        LSSVMPair.PoolType poolType;
        uint128 delta;
        uint96 fee;
        uint128 spotPrice;
        uint256[] initialNFTIDs;
        uint256 initialTokenBalance;
    }
    function createPairERC20(CreateERC20PairParams calldata params)
        external
        returns (LSSVMPairERC20 pair)
    {
        require(
            bondingCurveAllowed[params.bondingCurve],
            "Bonding curve not whitelisted"
        );
        // Check to see if the NFT supports Enumerable to determine which template to use
        address template;
        try
            IERC165(address(params.nft)).supportsInterface(
                INTERFACE_ID_ERC721_ENUMERABLE
            )
        returns (bool isEnumerable) {
            template = isEnumerable
                ? address(enumerableERC20Template)
                : address(missingEnumerableERC20Template);
        } catch {
            template = address(missingEnumerableERC20Template);
        }
        pair = LSSVMPairERC20(
            payable(
                template.cloneERC20Pair(
                    this,
                    params.bondingCurve,
                    params.nft,
                    uint8(params.poolType),
                    params.token
                )
            )
        );
        _initializePairERC20(
            pair,
            params.token,
            params.nft,
            params.assetRecipient,
            params.delta,
            params.fee,
            params.spotPrice,
            params.initialNFTIDs,
            params.initialTokenBalance
        );
        emit NewPair(address(pair));
    }
    /**
        @notice Checks if an address is a LSSVMPair. Uses the fact that the pairs are EIP-1167 minimal proxies.
        @param potentialPair The address to check
        @param variant The pair variant (NFT is enumerable or not, pair uses ETH or ERC20)
        @return True if the address is the specified pair variant, false otherwise
     */
    function isPair(address potentialPair, PairVariant variant)
        public
        view
        override
        returns (bool)
    {
        if (variant == PairVariant.ENUMERABLE_ERC20) {
            return
                LSSVMPairCloner.isERC20PairClone(
                    address(this),
                    address(enumerableERC20Template),
                    potentialPair
                );
        } else if (variant == PairVariant.MISSING_ENUMERABLE_ERC20) {
            return
                LSSVMPairCloner.isERC20PairClone(
                    address(this),
                    address(missingEnumerableERC20Template),
                    potentialPair
                );
        } else if (variant == PairVariant.ENUMERABLE_ETH) {
            return
                LSSVMPairCloner.isETHPairClone(
                    address(this),
                    address(enumerableETHTemplate),
                    potentialPair
                );
        } else if (variant == PairVariant.MISSING_ENUMERABLE_ETH) {
            return
                LSSVMPairCloner.isETHPairClone(
                    address(this),
                    address(missingEnumerableETHTemplate),
                    potentialPair
                );
        } else {
            // invalid input
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Allows receiving ETH in order to receive protocol fees
     */
    receive() external payable {}
    /**
     * Admin functions
     */
    /**
        @notice Withdraws the ETH balance to the protocol fee recipient.
        Only callable by the owner.
     */
    function withdrawETHProtocolFees() external onlyOwner {
        protocolFeeRecipient.safeTransferETH(address(this).balance);
    }
    /**
        @notice Withdraws ERC20 tokens to the protocol fee recipient. Only callable by the owner.
        @param token The token to transfer
        @param amount The amount of tokens to transfer
     */
    function withdrawERC20ProtocolFees(ERC20 token, uint256 amount)
        external
        onlyOwner
    {
        token.safeTransfer(protocolFeeRecipient, amount);
    }
    /**
        @notice Changes the protocol fee recipient address. Only callable by the owner.
        @param _protocolFeeRecipient The new fee recipient
     */
    function changeProtocolFeeRecipient(address payable _protocolFeeRecipient)
        external
        onlyOwner
    {
        require(_protocolFeeRecipient != address(0), "0 address");
        protocolFeeRecipient = _protocolFeeRecipient;
        emit ProtocolFeeRecipientUpdate(_protocolFeeRecipient);
    }
    /**
        @notice Changes the protocol fee multiplier. Only callable by the owner.
        @param _protocolFeeMultiplier The new fee multiplier, 18 decimals
     */
    function changeProtocolFeeMultiplier(uint256 _protocolFeeMultiplier)
        external
        onlyOwner
    {
        require(_protocolFeeMultiplier <= MAX_PROTOCOL_FEE, "Fee too large");
        protocolFeeMultiplier = _protocolFeeMultiplier;
        emit ProtocolFeeMultiplierUpdate(_protocolFeeMultiplier);
    }
    /**
        @notice Sets the whitelist status of a bonding curve contract. Only callable by the owner.
        @param bondingCurve The bonding curve contract
        @param isAllowed True to whitelist, false to remove from whitelist
     */
    function setBondingCurveAllowed(ICurve bondingCurve, bool isAllowed)
        external
        onlyOwner
    {
        bondingCurveAllowed[bondingCurve] = isAllowed;
        emit BondingCurveStatusUpdate(bondingCurve, isAllowed);
    }
    /**
        @notice Sets the whitelist status of a contract to be called arbitrarily by a pair.
        Only callable by the owner.
        @param target The target contract
        @param isAllowed True to whitelist, false to remove from whitelist
     */
    function setCallAllowed(address payable target, bool isAllowed)
        external
        onlyOwner
    {
        // ensure target is not / was not ever a router
        if (isAllowed) {
            require(
                !routerStatus[LSSVMRouter(target)].wasEverAllowed,
                "Can't call router"
            );
        }
        callAllowed[target] = isAllowed;
        emit CallTargetStatusUpdate(target, isAllowed);
    }
    /**
        @notice Updates the router whitelist. Only callable by the owner.
        @param _router The router
        @param isAllowed True to whitelist, false to remove from whitelist
     */
    function setRouterAllowed(LSSVMRouter _router, bool isAllowed)
        external
        onlyOwner
    {
        // ensure target is not arbitrarily callable by pairs
        if (isAllowed) {
            require(!callAllowed[address(_router)], "Can't call router");
        }
        routerStatus[_router] = RouterStatus({
            allowed: isAllowed,
            wasEverAllowed: true
        });
        emit RouterStatusUpdate(_router, isAllowed);
    }
    /**
     * Internal functions
     */
    function _initializePairETH(
        LSSVMPairETH _pair,
        IERC721 _nft,
        address payable _assetRecipient,
        uint128 _delta,
        uint96 _fee,
        uint128 _spotPrice,
        uint256[] calldata _initialNFTIDs
    ) internal {
        // initialize pair
        _pair.initialize(msg.sender, _assetRecipient, _delta, _fee, _spotPrice);
        // transfer initial ETH to pair
        payable(address(_pair)).safeTransferETH(msg.value);
        // transfer initial NFTs from sender to pair
        uint256 numNFTs = _initialNFTIDs.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numNFTs; ) {
            _nft.safeTransferFrom(
                msg.sender,
                address(_pair),
                _initialNFTIDs[i]
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    function _initializePairERC20(
        LSSVMPairERC20 _pair,
        ERC20 _token,
        IERC721 _nft,
        address payable _assetRecipient,
        uint128 _delta,
        uint96 _fee,
        uint128 _spotPrice,
        uint256[] calldata _initialNFTIDs,
        uint256 _initialTokenBalance
    ) internal {
        // initialize pair
        _pair.initialize(msg.sender, _assetRecipient, _delta, _fee, _spotPrice);
        // transfer initial tokens to pair
        _token.safeTransferFrom(
            msg.sender,
            address(_pair),
            _initialTokenBalance
        );
        // transfer initial NFTs from sender to pair
        uint256 numNFTs = _initialNFTIDs.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numNFTs; ) {
            _nft.safeTransferFrom(
                msg.sender,
                address(_pair),
                _initialNFTIDs[i]
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /** 
      @dev Used to deposit NFTs into a pair after creation and emit an event for indexing (if recipient is indeed a pair)
    */
    function depositNFTs(
        IERC721 _nft,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        address recipient
    ) external {
        // transfer NFTs from caller to recipient
        uint256 numNFTs = ids.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numNFTs; ) {
            _nft.safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, recipient, ids[i]);
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        if (
            isPair(recipient, PairVariant.ENUMERABLE_ERC20) ||
            isPair(recipient, PairVariant.ENUMERABLE_ETH) ||
            isPair(recipient, PairVariant.MISSING_ENUMERABLE_ERC20) ||
            isPair(recipient, PairVariant.MISSING_ENUMERABLE_ETH)
        ) {
            emit NFTDeposit(recipient);
        }
    }
    /**
      @dev Used to deposit ERC20s into a pair after creation and emit an event for indexing (if recipient is indeed an ERC20 pair and the token matches)
     */
    function depositERC20(
        ERC20 token,
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount
    ) external {
        token.safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, recipient, amount);
        if (
            isPair(recipient, PairVariant.ENUMERABLE_ERC20) ||
            isPair(recipient, PairVariant.MISSING_ENUMERABLE_ERC20)
        ) {
            if (token == LSSVMPairERC20(recipient).token()) {
                emit TokenDeposit(recipient);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(
        address indexed previousOwner,
        address indexed newOwner
    );
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _setOwner(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _setOwner(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(
            newOwner != address(0),
            "Ownable: new owner is the zero address"
        );
        _setOwner(newOwner);
    }
    function _setOwner(address newOwner) private {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256 indexed tokenId
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(
        address indexed owner,
        address indexed approved,
        uint256 indexed tokenId
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(
        address indexed owner,
        address indexed operator,
        bool approved
    );
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId)
        external
        view
        returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator)
        external
        view
        returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC721.sol";
/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional enumeration extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721Enumerable is IERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns a token ID owned by `owner` at a given `index` of its token list.
     * Use along with {balanceOf} to enumerate all of ``owner``'s tokens.
     */
    function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256 tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Returns a token ID at a given `index` of all the tokens stored by the contract.
     * Use along with {totalSupply} to enumerate all tokens.
     */
    function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.8.0;
/// @notice Modern and gas efficient ERC20 + EIP-2612 implementation.
/// @author Modified from Uniswap (https://github.com/Uniswap/uniswap-v2-core/blob/master/contracts/UniswapV2ERC20.sol)
abstract contract ERC20 {
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                  EVENTS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 amount);
    event Approval(
        address indexed owner,
        address indexed spender,
        uint256 amount
    );
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                             METADATA STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    string public name;
    string public symbol;
    uint8 public immutable decimals;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              ERC20 STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    uint256 public totalSupply;
    mapping(address => uint256) public balanceOf;
    mapping(address => mapping(address => uint256)) public allowance;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                           EIP-2612 STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    bytes32 public constant PERMIT_TYPEHASH =
        keccak256(
            "Permit(address owner,address spender,uint256 value,uint256 nonce,uint256 deadline)"
        );
    uint256 internal immutable INITIAL_CHAIN_ID;
    bytes32 internal immutable INITIAL_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
    mapping(address => uint256) public nonces;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                               CONSTRUCTOR
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    constructor(
        string memory _name,
        string memory _symbol,
        uint8 _decimals
    ) {
        name = _name;
        symbol = _symbol;
        decimals = _decimals;
        INITIAL_CHAIN_ID = block.chainid;
        INITIAL_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR = computeDomainSeparator();
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              ERC20 LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount)
        public
        virtual
        returns (bool)
    {
        allowance[msg.sender][spender] = amount;
        emit Approval(msg.sender, spender, amount);
        return true;
    }
    function transfer(address to, uint256 amount)
        public
        virtual
        returns (bool)
    {
        balanceOf[msg.sender] -= amount;
        // Cannot overflow because the sum of all user
        // balances can't exceed the max uint256 value.
        unchecked {
            balanceOf[to] += amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(msg.sender, to, amount);
        return true;
    }
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) public virtual returns (bool) {
        if (allowance[from][msg.sender] != type(uint256).max) {
            allowance[from][msg.sender] -= amount;
        }
        balanceOf[from] -= amount;
        // Cannot overflow because the sum of all user
        // balances can't exceed the max uint256 value.
        unchecked {
            balanceOf[to] += amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, amount);
        return true;
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              EIP-2612 LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function permit(
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) public virtual {
        require(deadline >= block.timestamp, "PERMIT_DEADLINE_EXPIRED");
        // Unchecked because the only math done is incrementing
        // the owner's nonce which cannot realistically overflow.
        unchecked {
            bytes32 digest = keccak256(
                abi.encodePacked(
                    "\\x19\\x01",
                    DOMAIN_SEPARATOR(),
                    keccak256(
                        abi.encode(
                            PERMIT_TYPEHASH,
                            owner,
                            spender,
                            value,
                            nonces[owner]++,
                            deadline
                        )
                    )
                )
            );
            address recoveredAddress = ecrecover(digest, v, r, s);
            require(
                recoveredAddress != address(0) && recoveredAddress == owner,
                "INVALID_PERMIT_SIGNATURE"
            );
            allowance[recoveredAddress][spender] = value;
        }
        emit Approval(owner, spender, value);
    }
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() public view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return
            block.chainid == INITIAL_CHAIN_ID
                ? INITIAL_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR
                : computeDomainSeparator();
    }
    function computeDomainSeparator() internal view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return
            keccak256(
                abi.encode(
                    keccak256(
                        "EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)"
                    ),
                    keccak256(bytes(name)),
                    keccak256(bytes("1")),
                    block.chainid,
                    address(this)
                )
            );
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                       INTERNAL MINT/BURN LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function _mint(address to, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
        totalSupply += amount;
        // Cannot overflow because the sum of all user
        // balances can't exceed the max uint256 value.
        unchecked {
            balanceOf[to] += amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(address(0), to, amount);
    }
    function _burn(address from, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
        balanceOf[from] -= amount;
        // Cannot underflow because a user's balance
        // will never be larger than the total supply.
        unchecked {
            totalSupply -= amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), amount);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.8.0;
import {ERC20} from "./ERC20.sol";
/// @notice Safe ETH and ERC20 transfer library that gracefully handles missing return values.
/// @author Modified from Gnosis (https://github.com/gnosis/gp-v2-contracts/blob/main/src/contracts/libraries/GPv2SafeERC20.sol)
/// @dev Use with caution! Some functions in this library knowingly create dirty bits at the destination of the free memory pointer.
library SafeTransferLib {
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            ETH OPERATIONS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function safeTransferETH(address to, uint256 amount) internal {
        bool callStatus;
        assembly {
            // Transfer the ETH and store if it succeeded or not.
            callStatus := call(gas(), to, amount, 0, 0, 0, 0)
        }
        require(callStatus, "ETH_TRANSFER_FAILED");
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                           ERC20 OPERATIONS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function safeTransferFrom(
        ERC20 token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        bool callStatus;
        assembly {
            // Get a pointer to some free memory.
            let freeMemoryPointer := mload(0x40)
            // Write the abi-encoded calldata to memory piece by piece:
            mstore(
                freeMemoryPointer,
                0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
            ) // Begin with the function selector.
            mstore(
                add(freeMemoryPointer, 4),
                and(from, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            ) // Mask and append the "from" argument.
            mstore(
                add(freeMemoryPointer, 36),
                and(to, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            ) // Mask and append the "to" argument.
            mstore(add(freeMemoryPointer, 68), amount) // Finally append the "amount" argument. No mask as it's a full 32 byte value.
            // Call the token and store if it succeeded or not.
            // We use 100 because the calldata length is 4 + 32 * 3.
            callStatus := call(gas(), token, 0, freeMemoryPointer, 100, 0, 0)
        }
        require(
            didLastOptionalReturnCallSucceed(callStatus),
            "TRANSFER_FROM_FAILED"
        );
    }
    function safeTransfer(
        ERC20 token,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        bool callStatus;
        assembly {
            // Get a pointer to some free memory.
            let freeMemoryPointer := mload(0x40)
            // Write the abi-encoded calldata to memory piece by piece:
            mstore(
                freeMemoryPointer,
                0xa9059cbb00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
            ) // Begin with the function selector.
            mstore(
                add(freeMemoryPointer, 4),
                and(to, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            ) // Mask and append the "to" argument.
            mstore(add(freeMemoryPointer, 36), amount) // Finally append the "amount" argument. No mask as it's a full 32 byte value.
            // Call the token and store if it succeeded or not.
            // We use 68 because the calldata length is 4 + 32 * 2.
            callStatus := call(gas(), token, 0, freeMemoryPointer, 68, 0, 0)
        }
        require(
            didLastOptionalReturnCallSucceed(callStatus),
            "TRANSFER_FAILED"
        );
    }
    function safeApprove(
        ERC20 token,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        bool callStatus;
        assembly {
            // Get a pointer to some free memory.
            let freeMemoryPointer := mload(0x40)
            // Write the abi-encoded calldata to memory piece by piece:
            mstore(
                freeMemoryPointer,
                0x095ea7b300000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
            ) // Begin with the function selector.
            mstore(
                add(freeMemoryPointer, 4),
                and(to, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            ) // Mask and append the "to" argument.
            mstore(add(freeMemoryPointer, 36), amount) // Finally append the "amount" argument. No mask as it's a full 32 byte value.
            // Call the token and store if it succeeded or not.
            // We use 68 because the calldata length is 4 + 32 * 2.
            callStatus := call(gas(), token, 0, freeMemoryPointer, 68, 0, 0)
        }
        require(didLastOptionalReturnCallSucceed(callStatus), "APPROVE_FAILED");
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                         INTERNAL HELPER LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function didLastOptionalReturnCallSucceed(bool callStatus)
        private
        pure
        returns (bool success)
    {
        assembly {
            // Get how many bytes the call returned.
            let returnDataSize := returndatasize()
            // If the call reverted:
            if iszero(callStatus) {
                // Copy the revert message into memory.
                returndatacopy(0, 0, returnDataSize)
                // Revert with the same message.
                revert(0, returnDataSize)
            }
            switch returnDataSize
            case 32 {
                // Copy the return data into memory.
                returndatacopy(0, 0, returnDataSize)
                // Set success to whether it returned true.
                success := iszero(iszero(mload(0)))
            }
            case 0 {
                // There was no return data.
                success := 1
            }
            default {
                // It returned some malformed input.
                success := 0
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {ERC20} from "./imports/ERC20.sol";
import {IERC721} from "./imports/IERC721.sol";
import {OwnableWithTransferCallback} from "./lib/OwnableWithTransferCallback.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuard} from "./lib/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import {ICurve} from "./bonding-curves/ICurve.sol";
import {LSSVMRouter} from "./LSSVMRouter.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
import {CurveErrorCodes} from "./bonding-curves/CurveErrorCodes.sol";
import {IERC1155} from "./imports/IERC1155.sol";
import {ERC1155Holder} from "./imports/ERC1155Holder.sol";
/// @title The base contract for an NFT/TOKEN AMM pair
/// @author boredGenius and 0xmons
/// @notice This implements the core swap logic from NFT to TOKEN
abstract contract LSSVMPair is
    OwnableWithTransferCallback,
    ReentrancyGuard,
    ERC1155Holder
{
    enum PoolType {
        TOKEN,
        NFT,
        TRADE
    }
    // 90%, must <= 1 - MAX_PROTOCOL_FEE (set in LSSVMPairFactory)
    uint256 internal constant MAX_FEE = 0.90e18;
    // The current price of the NFT
    // @dev This is generally used to mean the immediate sell price for the next marginal NFT.
    // However, this should NOT be assumed, as future bonding curves may use spotPrice in different ways.
    // Use getBuyNFTQuote and getSellNFTQuote for accurate pricing info.
    uint128 public spotPrice;
    // The parameter for the pair's bonding curve.
    // Units and meaning are bonding curve dependent.
    uint128 public delta;
    // The spread between buy and sell prices, set to be a multiplier we apply to the buy price
    // Fee is only relevant for TRADE pools
    // Units are in base 1e18
    uint96 public fee;
    // If set to 0, NFTs/tokens sent by traders during trades will be sent to the pair.
    // Otherwise, assets will be sent to the set address. Not available for TRADE pools.
    address payable public assetRecipient;
    // Events
    event SwapNFTInPair();
    event SwapNFTOutPair();
    event SpotPriceUpdate(uint128 newSpotPrice);
    event TokenDeposit(uint256 amount);
    event TokenWithdrawal(uint256 amount);
    event NFTWithdrawal();
    event DeltaUpdate(uint128 newDelta);
    event FeeUpdate(uint96 newFee);
    event AssetRecipientChange(address a);
    // Parameterized Errors
    error BondingCurveError(CurveErrorCodes.Error error);
    /**
      @notice Called during pair creation to set initial parameters
      @dev Only called once by factory to initialize.
      We verify this by making sure that the current owner is address(0). 
      The Ownable library we use disallows setting the owner to be address(0), so this condition
      should only be valid before the first initialize call. 
      @param _owner The owner of the pair
      @param _assetRecipient The address that will receive the TOKEN or NFT sent to this pair during swaps. NOTE: If set to address(0), they will go to the pair itself.
      @param _delta The initial delta of the bonding curve
      @param _fee The initial % fee taken, if this is a trade pair 
      @param _spotPrice The initial price to sell an asset into the pair
     */
    function initialize(
        address _owner,
        address payable _assetRecipient,
        uint128 _delta,
        uint96 _fee,
        uint128 _spotPrice
    ) external payable {
        require(owner() == address(0), "Initialized");
        __Ownable_init(_owner);
        __ReentrancyGuard_init();
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        PoolType _poolType = poolType();
        if ((_poolType == PoolType.TOKEN) || (_poolType == PoolType.NFT)) {
            require(_fee == 0, "Only Trade Pools can have nonzero fee");
            assetRecipient = _assetRecipient;
        } else if (_poolType == PoolType.TRADE) {
            require(_fee < MAX_FEE, "Trade fee must be less than 90%");
            require(
                _assetRecipient == address(0),
                "Trade pools can't set asset recipient"
            );
            fee = _fee;
        }
        require(_bondingCurve.validateDelta(_delta), "Invalid delta for curve");
        require(
            _bondingCurve.validateSpotPrice(_spotPrice),
            "Invalid new spot price for curve"
        );
        delta = _delta;
        spotPrice = _spotPrice;
    }
    /**
     * External state-changing functions
     */
    /**
        @notice Sends token to the pair in exchange for any `numNFTs` NFTs
        @dev To compute the amount of token to send, call bondingCurve.getBuyInfo.
        This swap function is meant for users who are ID agnostic
        @param numNFTs The number of NFTs to purchase
        @param maxExpectedTokenInput The maximum acceptable cost from the sender. If the actual
        amount is greater than this value, the transaction will be reverted.
        @param nftRecipient The recipient of the NFTs
        @param isRouter True if calling from LSSVMRouter, false otherwise. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @param routerCaller If isRouter is true, ERC20 tokens will be transferred from this address. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @return inputAmount The amount of token used for purchase
     */
    function swapTokenForAnyNFTs(
        uint256 numNFTs,
        uint256 maxExpectedTokenInput,
        address nftRecipient,
        bool isRouter,
        address routerCaller
    ) external payable virtual nonReentrant returns (uint256 inputAmount) {
        // Store locally to remove extra calls
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory = factory();
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        IERC721 _nft = nft();
        // Input validation
        {
            PoolType _poolType = poolType();
            require(
                _poolType == PoolType.NFT || _poolType == PoolType.TRADE,
                "Wrong Pool type"
            );
            require(
                (numNFTs > 0) && (numNFTs <= _nft.balanceOf(address(this))),
                "Ask for > 0 and <= balanceOf NFTs"
            );
        }
        // Call bonding curve for pricing information
        uint256 protocolFee;
        (protocolFee, inputAmount) = _calculateBuyInfoAndUpdatePoolParams(
            numNFTs,
            maxExpectedTokenInput,
            _bondingCurve,
            _factory
        );
        _pullTokenInputAndPayProtocolFee(
            inputAmount,
            isRouter,
            routerCaller,
            _factory,
            protocolFee
        );
        _sendAnyNFTsToRecipient(_nft, nftRecipient, numNFTs);
        _refundTokenToSender(inputAmount);
        emit SwapNFTOutPair();
    }
    /**
        @notice Sends token to the pair in exchange for a specific set of NFTs
        @dev To compute the amount of token to send, call bondingCurve.getBuyInfo
        This swap is meant for users who want specific IDs. Also higher chance of
        reverting if some of the specified IDs leave the pool before the swap goes through.
        @param nftIds The list of IDs of the NFTs to purchase
        @param maxExpectedTokenInput The maximum acceptable cost from the sender. If the actual
        amount is greater than this value, the transaction will be reverted.
        @param nftRecipient The recipient of the NFTs
        @param isRouter True if calling from LSSVMRouter, false otherwise. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @param routerCaller If isRouter is true, ERC20 tokens will be transferred from this address. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @return inputAmount The amount of token used for purchase
     */
    function swapTokenForSpecificNFTs(
        uint256[] calldata nftIds,
        uint256 maxExpectedTokenInput,
        address nftRecipient,
        bool isRouter,
        address routerCaller
    ) external payable virtual nonReentrant returns (uint256 inputAmount) {
        // Store locally to remove extra calls
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory = factory();
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        // Input validation
        {
            PoolType _poolType = poolType();
            require(
                _poolType == PoolType.NFT || _poolType == PoolType.TRADE,
                "Wrong Pool type"
            );
            require((nftIds.length > 0), "Must ask for > 0 NFTs");
        }
        // Call bonding curve for pricing information
        uint256 protocolFee;
        (protocolFee, inputAmount) = _calculateBuyInfoAndUpdatePoolParams(
            nftIds.length,
            maxExpectedTokenInput,
            _bondingCurve,
            _factory
        );
        _pullTokenInputAndPayProtocolFee(
            inputAmount,
            isRouter,
            routerCaller,
            _factory,
            protocolFee
        );
        _sendSpecificNFTsToRecipient(nft(), nftRecipient, nftIds);
        _refundTokenToSender(inputAmount);
        emit SwapNFTOutPair();
    }
    /**
        @notice Sends a set of NFTs to the pair in exchange for token
        @dev To compute the amount of token to that will be received, call bondingCurve.getSellInfo.
        @param nftIds The list of IDs of the NFTs to sell to the pair
        @param minExpectedTokenOutput The minimum acceptable token received by the sender. If the actual
        amount is less than this value, the transaction will be reverted.
        @param tokenRecipient The recipient of the token output
        @param isRouter True if calling from LSSVMRouter, false otherwise. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @param routerCaller If isRouter is true, ERC20 tokens will be transferred from this address. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @return outputAmount The amount of token received
     */
    function swapNFTsForToken(
        uint256[] calldata nftIds,
        uint256 minExpectedTokenOutput,
        address payable tokenRecipient,
        bool isRouter,
        address routerCaller
    ) external virtual nonReentrant returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Store locally to remove extra calls
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory = factory();
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        // Input validation
        {
            PoolType _poolType = poolType();
            require(
                _poolType == PoolType.TOKEN || _poolType == PoolType.TRADE,
                "Wrong Pool type"
            );
            require(nftIds.length > 0, "Must ask for > 0 NFTs");
        }
        // Call bonding curve for pricing information
        uint256 protocolFee;
        (protocolFee, outputAmount) = _calculateSellInfoAndUpdatePoolParams(
            nftIds.length,
            minExpectedTokenOutput,
            _bondingCurve,
            _factory
        );
        _sendTokenOutput(tokenRecipient, outputAmount);
        _payProtocolFeeFromPair(_factory, protocolFee);
        _takeNFTsFromSender(nft(), nftIds, _factory, isRouter, routerCaller);
        emit SwapNFTInPair();
    }
    /**
     * View functions
     */
    /**
        @dev Used as read function to query the bonding curve for buy pricing info
        @param numNFTs The number of NFTs to buy from the pair
     */
    function getBuyNFTQuote(uint256 numNFTs)
        external
        view
        returns (
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error,
            uint256 newSpotPrice,
            uint256 newDelta,
            uint256 inputAmount,
            uint256 protocolFee
        )
    {
        (
            error,
            newSpotPrice,
            newDelta,
            inputAmount,
            protocolFee
        ) = bondingCurve().getBuyInfo(
            spotPrice,
            delta,
            numNFTs,
            fee,
            factory().protocolFeeMultiplier()
        );
    }
    /**
        @dev Used as read function to query the bonding curve for sell pricing info
        @param numNFTs The number of NFTs to sell to the pair
     */
    function getSellNFTQuote(uint256 numNFTs)
        external
        view
        returns (
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error,
            uint256 newSpotPrice,
            uint256 newDelta,
            uint256 outputAmount,
            uint256 protocolFee
        )
    {
        (
            error,
            newSpotPrice,
            newDelta,
            outputAmount,
            protocolFee
        ) = bondingCurve().getSellInfo(
            spotPrice,
            delta,
            numNFTs,
            fee,
            factory().protocolFeeMultiplier()
        );
    }
    /**
        @notice Returns all NFT IDs held by the pool
     */
    function getAllHeldIds() external view virtual returns (uint256[] memory);
    /**
        @notice Returns the pair's variant (NFT is enumerable or not, pair uses ETH or ERC20)
     */
    function pairVariant()
        public
        pure
        virtual
        returns (ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant);
    function factory() public pure returns (ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory) {
        uint256 paramsLength = _immutableParamsLength();
        assembly {
            _factory := shr(
                0x60,
                calldataload(sub(calldatasize(), paramsLength))
            )
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Returns the type of bonding curve that parameterizes the pair
     */
    function bondingCurve() public pure returns (ICurve _bondingCurve) {
        uint256 paramsLength = _immutableParamsLength();
        assembly {
            _bondingCurve := shr(
                0x60,
                calldataload(add(sub(calldatasize(), paramsLength), 20))
            )
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Returns the NFT collection that parameterizes the pair
     */
    function nft() public pure returns (IERC721 _nft) {
        uint256 paramsLength = _immutableParamsLength();
        assembly {
            _nft := shr(
                0x60,
                calldataload(add(sub(calldatasize(), paramsLength), 40))
            )
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Returns the pair's type (TOKEN/NFT/TRADE)
     */
    function poolType() public pure returns (PoolType _poolType) {
        uint256 paramsLength = _immutableParamsLength();
        assembly {
            _poolType := shr(
                0xf8,
                calldataload(add(sub(calldatasize(), paramsLength), 60))
            )
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Returns the address that assets that receives assets when a swap is done with this pair
        Can be set to another address by the owner, if set to address(0), defaults to the pair's own address
     */
    function getAssetRecipient()
        public
        view
        returns (address payable _assetRecipient)
    {
        // If it's a TRADE pool, we know the recipient is 0 (TRADE pools can't set asset recipients)
        // so just return address(this)
        if (poolType() == PoolType.TRADE) {
            return payable(address(this));
        }
        // Otherwise, we return the recipient if it's been set
        // or replace it with address(this) if it's 0
        _assetRecipient = assetRecipient;
        if (_assetRecipient == address(0)) {
            // Tokens will be transferred to address(this)
            _assetRecipient = payable(address(this));
        }
    }
    /**
     * Internal functions
     */
    /**
        @notice Calculates the amount needed to be sent into the pair for a buy and adjusts spot price or delta if necessary
        @param numNFTs The amount of NFTs to purchase from the pair
        @param maxExpectedTokenInput The maximum acceptable cost from the sender. If the actual
        amount is greater than this value, the transaction will be reverted.
        @param protocolFee The percentage of protocol fee to be taken, as a percentage
        @return protocolFee The amount of tokens to send as protocol fee
        @return inputAmount The amount of tokens total tokens receive
     */
    function _calculateBuyInfoAndUpdatePoolParams(
        uint256 numNFTs,
        uint256 maxExpectedTokenInput,
        ICurve _bondingCurve,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory
    ) internal returns (uint256 protocolFee, uint256 inputAmount) {
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Save on 2 SLOADs by caching
        uint128 currentSpotPrice = spotPrice;
        uint128 newSpotPrice;
        uint128 currentDelta = delta;
        uint128 newDelta;
        (
            error,
            newSpotPrice,
            newDelta,
            inputAmount,
            protocolFee
        ) = _bondingCurve.getBuyInfo(
            currentSpotPrice,
            currentDelta,
            numNFTs,
            fee,
            _factory.protocolFeeMultiplier()
        );
        // Revert if bonding curve had an error
        if (error != CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK) {
            revert BondingCurveError(error);
        }
        // Revert if input is more than expected
        require(inputAmount <= maxExpectedTokenInput, "In too many tokens");
        // Consolidate writes to save gas
        if (currentSpotPrice != newSpotPrice || currentDelta != newDelta) {
            spotPrice = newSpotPrice;
            delta = newDelta;
        }
        // Emit spot price update if it has been updated
        if (currentSpotPrice != newSpotPrice) {
            emit SpotPriceUpdate(newSpotPrice);
        }
        // Emit delta update if it has been updated
        if (currentDelta != newDelta) {
            emit DeltaUpdate(newDelta);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Calculates the amount needed to be sent by the pair for a sell and adjusts spot price or delta if necessary
        @param numNFTs The amount of NFTs to send to the the pair
        @param minExpectedTokenOutput The minimum acceptable token received by the sender. If the actual
        amount is less than this value, the transaction will be reverted.
        @param protocolFee The percentage of protocol fee to be taken, as a percentage
        @return protocolFee The amount of tokens to send as protocol fee
        @return outputAmount The amount of tokens total tokens receive
     */
    function _calculateSellInfoAndUpdatePoolParams(
        uint256 numNFTs,
        uint256 minExpectedTokenOutput,
        ICurve _bondingCurve,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory
    ) internal returns (uint256 protocolFee, uint256 outputAmount) {
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Save on 2 SLOADs by caching
        uint128 currentSpotPrice = spotPrice;
        uint128 newSpotPrice;
        uint128 currentDelta = delta;
        uint128 newDelta;
        (
            error,
            newSpotPrice,
            newDelta,
            outputAmount,
            protocolFee
        ) = _bondingCurve.getSellInfo(
            currentSpotPrice,
            currentDelta,
            numNFTs,
            fee,
            _factory.protocolFeeMultiplier()
        );
        // Revert if bonding curve had an error
        if (error != CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK) {
            revert BondingCurveError(error);
        }
        // Revert if output is too little
        require(
            outputAmount >= minExpectedTokenOutput,
            "Out too little tokens"
        );
        // Consolidate writes to save gas
        if (currentSpotPrice != newSpotPrice || currentDelta != newDelta) {
            spotPrice = newSpotPrice;
            delta = newDelta;
        }
        // Emit spot price update if it has been updated
        if (currentSpotPrice != newSpotPrice) {
            emit SpotPriceUpdate(newSpotPrice);
        }
        // Emit delta update if it has been updated
        if (currentDelta != newDelta) {
            emit DeltaUpdate(newDelta);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Pulls the token input of a trade from the trader and pays the protocol fee.
        @param inputAmount The amount of tokens to be sent
        @param isRouter Whether or not the caller is LSSVMRouter
        @param routerCaller If called from LSSVMRouter, store the original caller
        @param _factory The LSSVMPairFactory which stores LSSVMRouter allowlist info
        @param protocolFee The protocol fee to be paid
     */
    function _pullTokenInputAndPayProtocolFee(
        uint256 inputAmount,
        bool isRouter,
        address routerCaller,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory,
        uint256 protocolFee
    ) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Sends excess tokens back to the caller (if applicable)
        @dev We send ETH back to the caller even when called from LSSVMRouter because we do an aggregate slippage check for certain bulk swaps. (Instead of sending directly back to the router caller) 
        Excess ETH sent for one swap can then be used to help pay for the next swap.
     */
    function _refundTokenToSender(uint256 inputAmount) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Sends protocol fee (if it exists) back to the LSSVMPairFactory from the pair
     */
    function _payProtocolFeeFromPair(
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory,
        uint256 protocolFee
    ) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Sends tokens to a recipient
        @param tokenRecipient The address receiving the tokens
        @param outputAmount The amount of tokens to send
     */
    function _sendTokenOutput(
        address payable tokenRecipient,
        uint256 outputAmount
    ) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Sends some number of NFTs to a recipient address, ID agnostic
        @dev Even though we specify the NFT address here, this internal function is only 
        used to send NFTs associated with this specific pool.
        @param _nft The address of the NFT to send
        @param nftRecipient The receiving address for the NFTs
        @param numNFTs The number of NFTs to send  
     */
    function _sendAnyNFTsToRecipient(
        IERC721 _nft,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 numNFTs
    ) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Sends specific NFTs to a recipient address
        @dev Even though we specify the NFT address here, this internal function is only 
        used to send NFTs associated with this specific pool.
        @param _nft The address of the NFT to send
        @param nftRecipient The receiving address for the NFTs
        @param nftIds The specific IDs of NFTs to send  
     */
    function _sendSpecificNFTsToRecipient(
        IERC721 _nft,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256[] calldata nftIds
    ) internal virtual;
    /**
        @notice Takes NFTs from the caller and sends them into the pair's asset recipient
        @dev This is used by the LSSVMPair's swapNFTForToken function. 
        @param _nft The NFT collection to take from
        @param nftIds The specific NFT IDs to take
        @param isRouter True if calling from LSSVMRouter, false otherwise. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
        @param routerCaller If isRouter is true, ERC20 tokens will be transferred from this address. Not used for
        ETH pairs.
     */
    function _takeNFTsFromSender(
        IERC721 _nft,
        uint256[] calldata nftIds,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory,
        bool isRouter,
        address routerCaller
    ) internal virtual {
        {
            address _assetRecipient = getAssetRecipient();
            uint256 numNFTs = nftIds.length;
            if (isRouter) {
                // Verify if router is allowed
                LSSVMRouter router = LSSVMRouter(payable(msg.sender));
                (bool routerAllowed, ) = _factory.routerStatus(router);
                require(routerAllowed, "Not router");
                // Call router to pull NFTs
                // If more than 1 NFT is being transfered, we can do a balance check instead of an ownership check, as pools are indifferent between NFTs from the same collection
                if (numNFTs > 1) {
                    uint256 beforeBalance = _nft.balanceOf(_assetRecipient);
                    for (uint256 i = 0; i < numNFTs; ) {
                        router.pairTransferNFTFrom(
                            _nft,
                            routerCaller,
                            _assetRecipient,
                            nftIds[i],
                            pairVariant()
                        );
                        unchecked {
                            ++i;
                        }
                    }
                    require(
                        (_nft.balanceOf(_assetRecipient) - beforeBalance) ==
                            numNFTs,
                        "NFTs not transferred"
                    );
                } else {
                    router.pairTransferNFTFrom(
                        _nft,
                        routerCaller,
                        _assetRecipient,
                        nftIds[0],
                        pairVariant()
                    );
                    require(
                        _nft.ownerOf(nftIds[0]) == _assetRecipient,
                        "NFT not transferred"
                    );
                }
            } else {
                // Pull NFTs directly from sender
                for (uint256 i; i < numNFTs; ) {
                    _nft.safeTransferFrom(
                        msg.sender,
                        _assetRecipient,
                        nftIds[i]
                    );
                    unchecked {
                        ++i;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @dev Used internally to grab pair parameters from calldata, see LSSVMPairCloner for technical details
     */
    function _immutableParamsLength() internal pure virtual returns (uint256);
    /**
     * Owner functions
     */
    /**
        @notice Rescues a specified set of NFTs owned by the pair to the owner address.
        @dev If the NFT is the pair's collection, we also remove it from the id tracking.
        @param a The address of the NFT to transfer
        @param nftIds The list of IDs of the NFTs to send to the owner
     */
    function withdrawERC721(IERC721 a, uint256[] calldata nftIds)
        external
        virtual;
    /**
        @notice Rescues ERC20 tokens from the pair to the owner. Only callable by the owner.
        @param a The address of the token to transfer
        @param amount The amount of tokens to send to the owner
     */
    function withdrawERC20(ERC20 a, uint256 amount) external virtual;
    /**
        @notice Rescues ERC1155 tokens from the pair to the owner. Only callable by the owner.
        @param a The NFT to transfer
        @param ids The NFT ids to transfer
        @param amounts The amounts of each id to transfer
     */
    function withdrawERC1155(
        IERC1155 a,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata amounts
    ) external onlyOwner {
        a.safeBatchTransferFrom(address(this), msg.sender, ids, amounts, "");
    }
    /**
        @notice Updates the selling spot price. Only callable by the owner.
        @param newSpotPrice The new selling spot price value, in Token
     */
    function changeSpotPrice(uint128 newSpotPrice) external onlyOwner {
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        require(
            _bondingCurve.validateSpotPrice(newSpotPrice),
            "Invalid new spot price for curve"
        );
        if (spotPrice != newSpotPrice) {
            spotPrice = newSpotPrice;
            emit SpotPriceUpdate(newSpotPrice);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Updates the delta parameter. Only callable by the owner.
        @param newDelta The new delta parameter
     */
    function changeDelta(uint128 newDelta) external onlyOwner {
        ICurve _bondingCurve = bondingCurve();
        require(
            _bondingCurve.validateDelta(newDelta),
            "Invalid delta for curve"
        );
        if (delta != newDelta) {
            delta = newDelta;
            emit DeltaUpdate(newDelta);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Updates the fee taken by the LP. Only callable by the owner.
        Only callable if the pool is a Trade pool. Reverts if the fee is >=
        MAX_FEE.
        @param newFee The new LP fee percentage, 18 decimals
     */
    function changeFee(uint96 newFee) external onlyOwner {
        PoolType _poolType = poolType();
        require(_poolType == PoolType.TRADE, "Only for Trade pools");
        require(newFee < MAX_FEE, "Trade fee must be less than 90%");
        if (fee != newFee) {
            fee = newFee;
            emit FeeUpdate(newFee);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Changes the address that will receive assets received from
        trades. Only callable by the owner.
        @param newRecipient The new asset recipient
     */
    function changeAssetRecipient(address payable newRecipient)
        external
        onlyOwner
    {
        PoolType _poolType = poolType();
        require(_poolType != PoolType.TRADE, "Not for Trade pools");
        if (assetRecipient != newRecipient) {
            assetRecipient = newRecipient;
            emit AssetRecipientChange(newRecipient);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Allows the pair to make arbitrary external calls to contracts
        whitelisted by the protocol. Only callable by the owner.
        @param target The contract to call
        @param data The calldata to pass to the contract
     */
    function call(address payable target, bytes calldata data)
        external
        onlyOwner
    {
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory = factory();
        require(_factory.callAllowed(target), "Target must be whitelisted");
        (bool result, ) = target.call{value: 0}(data);
        require(result, "Call failed");
    }
    /**
        @notice Allows owner to batch multiple calls, forked from: https://github.com/boringcrypto/BoringSolidity/blob/master/contracts/BoringBatchable.sol 
        @dev Intended for withdrawing/altering pool pricing in one tx, only callable by owner, cannot change owner
        @param calls The calldata for each call to make
        @param revertOnFail Whether or not to revert the entire tx if any of the calls fail
     */
    function multicall(bytes[] calldata calls, bool revertOnFail)
        external
        onlyOwner
    {
        for (uint256 i; i < calls.length; ) {
            (bool success, bytes memory result) = address(this).delegatecall(
                calls[i]
            );
            if (!success && revertOnFail) {
                revert(_getRevertMsg(result));
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Prevent multicall from malicious frontend sneaking in ownership change
        require(
            owner() == msg.sender,
            "Ownership cannot be changed in multicall"
        );
    }
    /**
      @param _returnData The data returned from a multicall result
      @dev Used to grab the revert string from the underlying call
     */
    function _getRevertMsg(bytes memory _returnData)
        internal
        pure
        returns (string memory)
    {
        // If the _res length is less than 68, then the transaction failed silently (without a revert message)
        if (_returnData.length < 68) return "Transaction reverted silently";
        assembly {
            // Slice the sighash.
            _returnData := add(_returnData, 0x04)
        }
        return abi.decode(_returnData, (string)); // All that remains is the revert string
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import {IOwnershipTransferCallback} from "./IOwnershipTransferCallback.sol";
import {Address} from "../imports/Address.sol";
abstract contract OwnableWithTransferCallback {
    using Address for address;
    bytes4 constant TRANSFER_CALLBACK =
        type(IOwnershipTransferCallback).interfaceId;
    error Ownable_NotOwner();
    error Ownable_NewOwnerZeroAddress();
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed newOwner);
    /// @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
    function __Ownable_init(address initialOwner) internal {
        _owner = initialOwner;
    }
    /// @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /// @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        if (owner() != msg.sender) revert Ownable_NotOwner();
        _;
    }
    /// @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
    /// Disallows setting to the zero address as a way to more gas-efficiently avoid reinitialization
    /// When ownership is transferred, if the new owner implements IOwnershipTransferCallback, we make a callback
    /// Can only be called by the current owner.
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        if (newOwner == address(0)) revert Ownable_NewOwnerZeroAddress();
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
        // Call the on ownership transfer callback if it exists
        // @dev try/catch is around 5k gas cheaper than doing ERC165 checking
        if (newOwner.isContract()) {
            try
                IOwnershipTransferCallback(newOwner).onOwnershipTransfer(
                    msg.sender
                )
            {} catch (bytes memory) {}
        }
    }
    /// @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
    /// Internal function without access restriction.
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
interface IOwnershipTransferCallback {
    function onOwnershipTransfer(address oldOwner) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
        // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
        // constructor execution.
        uint256 size;
        assembly {
            size := extcodesize(account)
        }
        return size > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(
            address(this).balance >= amount,
            "Address: insufficient balance"
        );
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(
            success,
            "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted"
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data)
        internal
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return
            functionCallWithValue(
                target,
                data,
                value,
                "Address: low-level call with value failed"
            );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(
            address(this).balance >= value,
            "Address: insufficient balance for call"
        );
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(
            data
        );
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data)
        internal
        view
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return
            functionStaticCall(
                target,
                data,
                "Address: low-level static call failed"
            );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data)
        internal
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return
            functionDelegateCall(
                target,
                data,
                "Address: low-level delegate call failed"
            );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Forked from OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol),
// removed initializer check as we already do that in our modified Ownable
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
    uint256 private _status;
    function __ReentrancyGuard_init() internal {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _notEntered will be true
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
        _;
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {CurveErrorCodes} from "./CurveErrorCodes.sol";
interface ICurve {
    /**
        @notice Validates if a delta value is valid for the curve. The criteria for
        validity can be different for each type of curve, for instance ExponentialCurve
        requires delta to be greater than 1.
        @param delta The delta value to be validated
        @return valid True if delta is valid, false otherwise
     */
    function validateDelta(uint128 delta) external pure returns (bool valid);
    /**
        @notice Validates if a new spot price is valid for the curve. Spot price is generally assumed to be the immediate sell price of 1 NFT to the pool, in units of the pool's paired token.
        @param newSpotPrice The new spot price to be set
        @return valid True if the new spot price is valid, false otherwise
     */
    function validateSpotPrice(uint128 newSpotPrice)
        external
        view
        returns (bool valid);
    /**
        @notice Given the current state of the pair and the trade, computes how much the user
        should pay to purchase an NFT from the pair, the new spot price, and other values.
        @param spotPrice The current selling spot price of the pair, in tokens
        @param delta The delta parameter of the pair, what it means depends on the curve
        @param numItems The number of NFTs the user is buying from the pair
        @param feeMultiplier Determines how much fee the LP takes from this trade, 18 decimals
        @param protocolFeeMultiplier Determines how much fee the protocol takes from this trade, 18 decimals
        @return error Any math calculation errors, only Error.OK means the returned values are valid
        @return newSpotPrice The updated selling spot price, in tokens
        @return newDelta The updated delta, used to parameterize the bonding curve
        @return inputValue The amount that the user should pay, in tokens
        @return protocolFee The amount of fee to send to the protocol, in tokens
     */
    function getBuyInfo(
        uint128 spotPrice,
        uint128 delta,
        uint256 numItems,
        uint256 feeMultiplier,
        uint256 protocolFeeMultiplier
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error,
            uint128 newSpotPrice,
            uint128 newDelta,
            uint256 inputValue,
            uint256 protocolFee
        );
    /**
        @notice Given the current state of the pair and the trade, computes how much the user
        should receive when selling NFTs to the pair, the new spot price, and other values.
        @param spotPrice The current selling spot price of the pair, in tokens
        @param delta The delta parameter of the pair, what it means depends on the curve
        @param numItems The number of NFTs the user is selling to the pair
        @param feeMultiplier Determines how much fee the LP takes from this trade, 18 decimals
        @param protocolFeeMultiplier Determines how much fee the protocol takes from this trade, 18 decimals
        @return error Any math calculation errors, only Error.OK means the returned values are valid
        @return newSpotPrice The updated selling spot price, in tokens
        @return newDelta The updated delta, used to parameterize the bonding curve
        @return outputValue The amount that the user should receive, in tokens
        @return protocolFee The amount of fee to send to the protocol, in tokens
     */
    function getSellInfo(
        uint128 spotPrice,
        uint128 delta,
        uint256 numItems,
        uint256 feeMultiplier,
        uint256 protocolFeeMultiplier
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error,
            uint128 newSpotPrice,
            uint128 newDelta,
            uint256 outputValue,
            uint256 protocolFee
        );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
contract CurveErrorCodes {
    enum Error {
        OK, // No error
        INVALID_NUMITEMS, // The numItem value is 0
        SPOT_PRICE_OVERFLOW // The updated spot price doesn't fit into 128 bits
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {IERC721} from "./imports/IERC721.sol";
import {ERC20} from "./imports/ERC20.sol";
import {SafeTransferLib} from "./imports/SafeTransferLib.sol";
import {LSSVMPair} from "./LSSVMPair.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
import {CurveErrorCodes} from "./bonding-curves/CurveErrorCodes.sol";
contract LSSVMRouter {
    using SafeTransferLib for address payable;
    using SafeTransferLib for ERC20;
    struct PairSwapAny {
        LSSVMPair pair;
        uint256 numItems;
    }
    struct PairSwapSpecific {
        LSSVMPair pair;
        uint256[] nftIds;
    }
    struct RobustPairSwapAny {
        PairSwapAny swapInfo;
        uint256 maxCost;
    }
    struct RobustPairSwapSpecific {
        PairSwapSpecific swapInfo;
        uint256 maxCost;
    }
    struct RobustPairSwapSpecificForToken {
        PairSwapSpecific swapInfo;
        uint256 minOutput;
    }
    struct NFTsForAnyNFTsTrade {
        PairSwapSpecific[] nftToTokenTrades;
        PairSwapAny[] tokenToNFTTrades;
    }
    struct NFTsForSpecificNFTsTrade {
        PairSwapSpecific[] nftToTokenTrades;
        PairSwapSpecific[] tokenToNFTTrades;
    }
    struct RobustPairNFTsFoTokenAndTokenforNFTsTrade {
        RobustPairSwapSpecific[] tokenToNFTTrades;
        RobustPairSwapSpecificForToken[] nftToTokenTrades;
        uint256 inputAmount;
        address payable tokenRecipient;
        address nftRecipient;
    }
    modifier checkDeadline(uint256 deadline) {
        _checkDeadline(deadline);
        _;
    }
    ILSSVMPairFactoryLike public immutable factory;
    constructor(ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory) {
        factory = _factory;
    }
    /**
        ETH swaps
     */
    /**
        @notice Swaps ETH into NFTs using multiple pairs.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the number of NFTs to buy from each.
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the unspent ETH input
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent ETH amount
     */
    function swapETHForAnyNFTs(
        PairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    )
        external
        payable
        checkDeadline(deadline)
        returns (uint256 remainingValue)
    {
        return
            _swapETHForAnyNFTs(swapList, msg.value, ethRecipient, nftRecipient);
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps ETH into specific NFTs using multiple pairs.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to buy from each.
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the unspent ETH input
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent ETH amount
     */
    function swapETHForSpecificNFTs(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    )
        external
        payable
        checkDeadline(deadline)
        returns (uint256 remainingValue)
    {
        return
            _swapETHForSpecificNFTs(
                swapList,
                msg.value,
                ethRecipient,
                nftRecipient
            );
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps one set of NFTs into another set of specific NFTs using multiple pairs, using
        ETH as the intermediary.
        @param trade The struct containing all NFT-to-ETH swaps and ETH-to-NFT swaps.
        @param minOutput The minimum acceptable total excess ETH received
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the ETH output
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total ETH received
     */
    function swapNFTsForAnyNFTsThroughETH(
        NFTsForAnyNFTsTrade calldata trade,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external payable checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Swap NFTs for ETH
        // minOutput of swap set to 0 since we're doing an aggregate slippage check
        outputAmount = _swapNFTsForToken(
            trade.nftToTokenTrades,
            0,
            payable(address(this))
        );
        // Add extra value to buy NFTs
        outputAmount += msg.value;
        // Swap ETH for any NFTs
        // cost <= inputValue = outputAmount - minOutput, so outputAmount' = (outputAmount - minOutput - cost) + minOutput >= minOutput
        outputAmount =
            _swapETHForAnyNFTs(
                trade.tokenToNFTTrades,
                outputAmount - minOutput,
                ethRecipient,
                nftRecipient
            ) +
            minOutput;
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps one set of NFTs into another set of specific NFTs using multiple pairs, using
        ETH as the intermediary.
        @param trade The struct containing all NFT-to-ETH swaps and ETH-to-NFT swaps.
        @param minOutput The minimum acceptable total excess ETH received
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the ETH output
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total ETH received
     */
    function swapNFTsForSpecificNFTsThroughETH(
        NFTsForSpecificNFTsTrade calldata trade,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external payable checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Swap NFTs for ETH
        // minOutput of swap set to 0 since we're doing an aggregate slippage check
        outputAmount = _swapNFTsForToken(
            trade.nftToTokenTrades,
            0,
            payable(address(this))
        );
        // Add extra value to buy NFTs
        outputAmount += msg.value;
        // Swap ETH for specific NFTs
        // cost <= inputValue = outputAmount - minOutput, so outputAmount' = (outputAmount - minOutput - cost) + minOutput >= minOutput
        outputAmount =
            _swapETHForSpecificNFTs(
                trade.tokenToNFTTrades,
                outputAmount - minOutput,
                ethRecipient,
                nftRecipient
            ) +
            minOutput;
    }
    /**
        ERC20 swaps
        Note: All ERC20 swaps assume that a single ERC20 token is used for all the pairs involved.
        Swapping using multiple tokens in the same transaction is possible, but the slippage checks
        & the return values will be meaningless, and may lead to undefined behavior.
        Note: The sender should ideally grant infinite token approval to the router in order for NFT-to-NFT
        swaps to work smoothly.
     */
    /**
        @notice Swaps ERC20 tokens into NFTs using multiple pairs.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the number of NFTs to buy from each.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function swapERC20ForAnyNFTs(
        PairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        return _swapERC20ForAnyNFTs(swapList, inputAmount, nftRecipient);
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps ERC20 tokens into specific NFTs using multiple pairs.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to buy from each.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function swapERC20ForSpecificNFTs(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        return _swapERC20ForSpecificNFTs(swapList, inputAmount, nftRecipient);
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps NFTs into ETH/ERC20 using multiple pairs.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to sell to each.
        @param minOutput The minimum acceptable total tokens received
        @param tokenRecipient The address that will receive the token output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total tokens received
     */
    function swapNFTsForToken(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address tokenRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        return _swapNFTsForToken(swapList, minOutput, payable(tokenRecipient));
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps one set of NFTs into another set of specific NFTs using multiple pairs, using
        an ERC20 token as the intermediary.
        @param trade The struct containing all NFT-to-ERC20 swaps and ERC20-to-NFT swaps.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param minOutput The minimum acceptable total excess tokens received
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total ERC20 tokens received
     */
    function swapNFTsForAnyNFTsThroughERC20(
        NFTsForAnyNFTsTrade calldata trade,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Swap NFTs for ERC20
        // minOutput of swap set to 0 since we're doing an aggregate slippage check
        // output tokens are sent to msg.sender
        outputAmount = _swapNFTsForToken(
            trade.nftToTokenTrades,
            0,
            payable(msg.sender)
        );
        // Add extra value to buy NFTs
        outputAmount += inputAmount;
        // Swap ERC20 for any NFTs
        // cost <= maxCost = outputAmount - minOutput, so outputAmount' = outputAmount - cost >= minOutput
        // input tokens are taken directly from msg.sender
        outputAmount =
            _swapERC20ForAnyNFTs(
                trade.tokenToNFTTrades,
                outputAmount - minOutput,
                nftRecipient
            ) +
            minOutput;
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps one set of NFTs into another set of specific NFTs using multiple pairs, using
        an ERC20 token as the intermediary.
        @param trade The struct containing all NFT-to-ERC20 swaps and ERC20-to-NFT swaps.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param minOutput The minimum acceptable total excess tokens received
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total ERC20 tokens received
     */
    function swapNFTsForSpecificNFTsThroughERC20(
        NFTsForSpecificNFTsTrade calldata trade,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Swap NFTs for ERC20
        // minOutput of swap set to 0 since we're doing an aggregate slippage check
        // output tokens are sent to msg.sender
        outputAmount = _swapNFTsForToken(
            trade.nftToTokenTrades,
            0,
            payable(msg.sender)
        );
        // Add extra value to buy NFTs
        outputAmount += inputAmount;
        // Swap ERC20 for specific NFTs
        // cost <= maxCost = outputAmount - minOutput, so outputAmount' = outputAmount - cost >= minOutput
        // input tokens are taken directly from msg.sender
        outputAmount =
            _swapERC20ForSpecificNFTs(
                trade.tokenToNFTTrades,
                outputAmount - minOutput,
                nftRecipient
            ) +
            minOutput;
    }
    /**
        Robust Swaps
        These are "robust" versions of the NFT<>Token swap functions which will never revert due to slippage
        Instead, users specify a per-swap max cost. If the price changes more than the user specifies, no swap is attempted. This allows users to specify a batch of swaps, and execute as many of them as possible.
     */
    /**
        @dev We assume msg.value >= sum of values in maxCostPerPair
        @notice Swaps as much ETH for any NFTs as possible, respecting the per-swap max cost.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the number of NFTs to buy from each.
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the unspent ETH input
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function robustSwapETHForAnyNFTs(
        RobustPairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    )
        external
        payable
        checkDeadline(deadline)
        returns (uint256 remainingValue)
    {
        remainingValue = msg.value;
        // Try doing each swap
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate actual cost per swap
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].swapInfo.numItems
            );
            // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
            if (
                pairCost <= swapList[i].maxCost &&
                error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
            ) {
                // We know how much ETH to send because we already did the math above
                // So we just send that much
                remainingValue -= swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.swapTokenForAnyNFTs{
                    value: pairCost
                }(
                    swapList[i].swapInfo.numItems,
                    pairCost,
                    nftRecipient,
                    true,
                    msg.sender
                );
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return remaining value to sender
        if (remainingValue > 0) {
            ethRecipient.safeTransferETH(remainingValue);
        }
    }
    /**
        @dev We assume msg.value >= sum of values in maxCostPerPair
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to buy from each.
        @param ethRecipient The address that will receive the unspent ETH input
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function robustSwapETHForSpecificNFTs(
        RobustPairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    )
        external
        payable
        checkDeadline(deadline)
        returns (uint256 remainingValue)
    {
        remainingValue = msg.value;
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Try doing each swap
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate actual cost per swap
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
            );
            // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
            if (
                pairCost <= swapList[i].maxCost &&
                error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
            ) {
                // We know how much ETH to send because we already did the math above
                // So we just send that much
                remainingValue -= swapList[i]
                    .swapInfo
                    .pair
                    .swapTokenForSpecificNFTs{value: pairCost}(
                    swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                    pairCost,
                    nftRecipient,
                    true,
                    msg.sender
                );
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return remaining value to sender
        if (remainingValue > 0) {
            ethRecipient.safeTransferETH(remainingValue);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps as many ERC20 tokens for any NFTs as possible, respecting the per-swap max cost.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the number of NFTs to buy from each.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
        
     */
    function robustSwapERC20ForAnyNFTs(
        RobustPairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Try doing each swap
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate actual cost per swap
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].swapInfo.numItems
            );
            // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
            if (
                pairCost <= swapList[i].maxCost &&
                error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
            ) {
                remainingValue -= swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.swapTokenForAnyNFTs(
                        swapList[i].swapInfo.numItems,
                        pairCost,
                        nftRecipient,
                        true,
                        msg.sender
                    );
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps as many ERC20 tokens for specific NFTs as possible, respecting the per-swap max cost.
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to buy from each.
        @param inputAmount The amount of ERC20 tokens to add to the ERC20-to-NFT swaps
        @param nftRecipient The address that will receive the NFT output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function robustSwapERC20ForSpecificNFTs(
        RobustPairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    )
        external
        payable
        checkDeadline(deadline)
        returns (uint256 remainingValue)
    {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Try doing each swap
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate actual cost per swap
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
            );
            // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
            if (
                pairCost <= swapList[i].maxCost &&
                error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
            ) {
                remainingValue -= swapList[i]
                    .swapInfo
                    .pair
                    .swapTokenForSpecificNFTs(
                        swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                        pairCost,
                        nftRecipient,
                        true,
                        msg.sender
                    );
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps as many NFTs for tokens as possible, respecting the per-swap min output
        @param swapList The list of pairs to trade with and the IDs of the NFTs to sell to each.
        @param tokenRecipient The address that will receive the token output
        @param deadline The Unix timestamp (in seconds) at/after which the swap will revert
        @return outputAmount The total ETH/ERC20 received
     */
    function robustSwapNFTsForToken(
        RobustPairSwapSpecificForToken[] calldata swapList,
        address payable tokenRecipient,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external checkDeadline(deadline) returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Try doing each swap
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            uint256 pairOutput;
            // Locally scoped to avoid stack too deep error
            {
                CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
                (error, , , pairOutput, ) = swapList[i]
                    .swapInfo
                    .pair
                    .getSellNFTQuote(swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length);
                if (error != CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK) {
                    unchecked {
                        ++i;
                    }
                    continue;
                }
            }
            // If at least equal to our minOutput, proceed
            if (pairOutput >= swapList[i].minOutput) {
                // Do the swap and update outputAmount with how many tokens we got
                outputAmount += swapList[i].swapInfo.pair.swapNFTsForToken(
                    swapList[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                    0,
                    tokenRecipient,
                    true,
                    msg.sender
                );
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Buys NFTs with ETH and sells them for tokens in one transaction
        @param params All the parameters for the swap (packed in struct to avoid stack too deep), containing:
        - ethToNFTSwapList The list of NFTs to buy
        - nftToTokenSwapList The list of NFTs to sell
        - inputAmount The max amount of tokens to send (if ERC20)
        - tokenRecipient The address that receives tokens from the NFTs sold
        - nftRecipient The address that receives NFTs
        - deadline UNIX timestamp deadline for the swap
     */
    function robustSwapETHForSpecificNFTsAndNFTsToToken(
        RobustPairNFTsFoTokenAndTokenforNFTsTrade calldata params
    ) external payable returns (uint256 remainingValue, uint256 outputAmount) {
        {
            remainingValue = msg.value;
            uint256 pairCost;
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
            // Try doing each swap
            uint256 numSwaps = params.tokenToNFTTrades.length;
            for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
                // Calculate actual cost per swap
                (error, , , pairCost, ) = params
                    .tokenToNFTTrades[i]
                    .swapInfo
                    .pair
                    .getBuyNFTQuote(
                        params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
                    );
                // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
                if (
                    pairCost <= params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].maxCost &&
                    error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
                ) {
                    // We know how much ETH to send because we already did the math above
                    // So we just send that much
                    remainingValue -= params
                        .tokenToNFTTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .swapTokenForSpecificNFTs{value: pairCost}(
                        params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                        pairCost,
                        params.nftRecipient,
                        true,
                        msg.sender
                    );
                }
                unchecked {
                    ++i;
                }
            }
            // Return remaining value to sender
            if (remainingValue > 0) {
                params.tokenRecipient.safeTransferETH(remainingValue);
            }
        }
        {
            // Try doing each swap
            uint256 numSwaps = params.nftToTokenTrades.length;
            for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
                uint256 pairOutput;
                // Locally scoped to avoid stack too deep error
                {
                    CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
                    (error, , , pairOutput, ) = params
                        .nftToTokenTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .getSellNFTQuote(
                            params.nftToTokenTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
                        );
                    if (error != CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK) {
                        unchecked {
                            ++i;
                        }
                        continue;
                    }
                }
                // If at least equal to our minOutput, proceed
                if (pairOutput >= params.nftToTokenTrades[i].minOutput) {
                    // Do the swap and update outputAmount with how many tokens we got
                    outputAmount += params
                        .nftToTokenTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .swapNFTsForToken(
                            params.nftToTokenTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                            0,
                            params.tokenRecipient,
                            true,
                            msg.sender
                        );
                }
                unchecked {
                    ++i;
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Buys NFTs with ERC20, and sells them for tokens in one transaction
        @param params All the parameters for the swap (packed in struct to avoid stack too deep), containing:
        - ethToNFTSwapList The list of NFTs to buy
        - nftToTokenSwapList The list of NFTs to sell
        - inputAmount The max amount of tokens to send (if ERC20)
        - tokenRecipient The address that receives tokens from the NFTs sold
        - nftRecipient The address that receives NFTs
        - deadline UNIX timestamp deadline for the swap
     */
    function robustSwapERC20ForSpecificNFTsAndNFTsToToken(
        RobustPairNFTsFoTokenAndTokenforNFTsTrade calldata params
    ) external payable returns (uint256 remainingValue, uint256 outputAmount) {
        {
            remainingValue = params.inputAmount;
            uint256 pairCost;
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
            // Try doing each swap
            uint256 numSwaps = params.tokenToNFTTrades.length;
            for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
                // Calculate actual cost per swap
                (error, , , pairCost, ) = params
                    .tokenToNFTTrades[i]
                    .swapInfo
                    .pair
                    .getBuyNFTQuote(
                        params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
                    );
                // If within our maxCost and no error, proceed
                if (
                    pairCost <= params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].maxCost &&
                    error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK
                ) {
                    remainingValue -= params
                        .tokenToNFTTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .swapTokenForSpecificNFTs(
                            params.tokenToNFTTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                            pairCost,
                            params.nftRecipient,
                            true,
                            msg.sender
                        );
                }
                unchecked {
                    ++i;
                }
            }
        }
        {
            // Try doing each swap
            uint256 numSwaps = params.nftToTokenTrades.length;
            for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
                uint256 pairOutput;
                // Locally scoped to avoid stack too deep error
                {
                    CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
                    (error, , , pairOutput, ) = params
                        .nftToTokenTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .getSellNFTQuote(
                            params.nftToTokenTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds.length
                        );
                    if (error != CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK) {
                        unchecked {
                            ++i;
                        }
                        continue;
                    }
                }
                // If at least equal to our minOutput, proceed
                if (pairOutput >= params.nftToTokenTrades[i].minOutput) {
                    // Do the swap and update outputAmount with how many tokens we got
                    outputAmount += params
                        .nftToTokenTrades[i]
                        .swapInfo
                        .pair
                        .swapNFTsForToken(
                            params.nftToTokenTrades[i].swapInfo.nftIds,
                            0,
                            params.tokenRecipient,
                            true,
                            msg.sender
                        );
                }
                unchecked {
                    ++i;
                }
            }
        }
    }
    receive() external payable {}
    /**
        Restricted functions
     */
    /**
        @dev Allows an ERC20 pair contract to transfer ERC20 tokens directly from
        the sender, in order to minimize the number of token transfers. Only callable by an ERC20 pair.
        @param token The ERC20 token to transfer
        @param from The address to transfer tokens from
        @param to The address to transfer tokens to
        @param amount The amount of tokens to transfer
        @param variant The pair variant of the pair contract
     */
    function pairTransferERC20From(
        ERC20 token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant variant
    ) external {
        // verify caller is a trusted pair contract
        require(factory.isPair(msg.sender, variant), "Not pair");
        // verify caller is an ERC20 pair
        require(
            variant == ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant.ENUMERABLE_ERC20 ||
                variant ==
                ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant.MISSING_ENUMERABLE_ERC20,
            "Not ERC20 pair"
        );
        // transfer tokens to pair
        token.safeTransferFrom(from, to, amount);
    }
    /**
        @dev Allows a pair contract to transfer ERC721 NFTs directly from
        the sender, in order to minimize the number of token transfers. Only callable by a pair.
        @param nft The ERC721 NFT to transfer
        @param from The address to transfer tokens from
        @param to The address to transfer tokens to
        @param id The ID of the NFT to transfer
        @param variant The pair variant of the pair contract
     */
    function pairTransferNFTFrom(
        IERC721 nft,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant variant
    ) external {
        // verify caller is a trusted pair contract
        require(factory.isPair(msg.sender, variant), "Not pair");
        // transfer NFTs to pair
        nft.safeTransferFrom(from, to, id);
    }
    /**
        Internal functions
     */
    /**
        @param deadline The last valid time for a swap
     */
    function _checkDeadline(uint256 deadline) internal view {
        require(block.timestamp <= deadline, "Deadline passed");
    }
    /**
        @notice Internal function used to swap ETH for any NFTs
        @param swapList The list of pairs and swap calldata
        @param inputAmount The total amount of ETH to send
        @param ethRecipient The address receiving excess ETH
        @param nftRecipient The address receiving the NFTs from the pairs
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function _swapETHForAnyNFTs(
        PairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient
    ) internal returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Do swaps
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate the cost per swap first to send exact amount of ETH over, saves gas by avoiding the need to send back excess ETH
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].numItems
            );
            // Require no error
            require(error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK, "Bonding curve error");
            // Total ETH taken from sender cannot exceed inputAmount
            // because otherwise the deduction from remainingValue will fail
            remainingValue -= swapList[i].pair.swapTokenForAnyNFTs{
                value: pairCost
            }(
                swapList[i].numItems,
                remainingValue,
                nftRecipient,
                true,
                msg.sender
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return remaining value to sender
        if (remainingValue > 0) {
            ethRecipient.safeTransferETH(remainingValue);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Internal function used to swap ETH for a specific set of NFTs
        @param swapList The list of pairs and swap calldata
        @param inputAmount The total amount of ETH to send
        @param ethRecipient The address receiving excess ETH
        @param nftRecipient The address receiving the NFTs from the pairs
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function _swapETHForSpecificNFTs(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address payable ethRecipient,
        address nftRecipient
    ) internal returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        uint256 pairCost;
        CurveErrorCodes.Error error;
        // Do swaps
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Calculate the cost per swap first to send exact amount of ETH over, saves gas by avoiding the need to send back excess ETH
            (error, , , pairCost, ) = swapList[i].pair.getBuyNFTQuote(
                swapList[i].nftIds.length
            );
            // Require no errors
            require(error == CurveErrorCodes.Error.OK, "Bonding curve error");
            // Total ETH taken from sender cannot exceed inputAmount
            // because otherwise the deduction from remainingValue will fail
            remainingValue -= swapList[i].pair.swapTokenForSpecificNFTs{
                value: pairCost
            }(
                swapList[i].nftIds,
                remainingValue,
                nftRecipient,
                true,
                msg.sender
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return remaining value to sender
        if (remainingValue > 0) {
            ethRecipient.safeTransferETH(remainingValue);
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Internal function used to swap an ERC20 token for any NFTs
        @dev Note that we don't need to query the pair's bonding curve first for pricing data because
        we just calculate and take the required amount from the caller during swap time. 
        However, we can't "pull" ETH, which is why for the ETH->NFT swaps, we need to calculate the pricing info
        to figure out how much the router should send to the pool.
        @param swapList The list of pairs and swap calldata
        @param inputAmount The total amount of ERC20 tokens to send
        @param nftRecipient The address receiving the NFTs from the pairs
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function _swapERC20ForAnyNFTs(
        PairSwapAny[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient
    ) internal returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        // Do swaps
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Tokens are transferred in by the pair calling router.pairTransferERC20From
            // Total tokens taken from sender cannot exceed inputAmount
            // because otherwise the deduction from remainingValue will fail
            remainingValue -= swapList[i].pair.swapTokenForAnyNFTs(
                swapList[i].numItems,
                remainingValue,
                nftRecipient,
                true,
                msg.sender
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Internal function used to swap an ERC20 token for specific NFTs
        @dev Note that we don't need to query the pair's bonding curve first for pricing data because
        we just calculate and take the required amount from the caller during swap time. 
        However, we can't "pull" ETH, which is why for the ETH->NFT swaps, we need to calculate the pricing info
        to figure out how much the router should send to the pool.
        @param swapList The list of pairs and swap calldata
        @param inputAmount The total amount of ERC20 tokens to send
        @param nftRecipient The address receiving the NFTs from the pairs
        @return remainingValue The unspent token amount
     */
    function _swapERC20ForSpecificNFTs(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 inputAmount,
        address nftRecipient
    ) internal returns (uint256 remainingValue) {
        remainingValue = inputAmount;
        // Do swaps
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Tokens are transferred in by the pair calling router.pairTransferERC20From
            // Total tokens taken from sender cannot exceed inputAmount
            // because otherwise the deduction from remainingValue will fail
            remainingValue -= swapList[i].pair.swapTokenForSpecificNFTs(
                swapList[i].nftIds,
                remainingValue,
                nftRecipient,
                true,
                msg.sender
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
        @notice Swaps NFTs for tokens, designed to be used for 1 token at a time
        @dev Calling with multiple tokens is permitted, BUT minOutput will be 
        far from enough of a safety check because different tokens almost certainly have different unit prices.
        @param swapList The list of pairs and swap calldata 
        @param minOutput The minimum number of tokens to be receieved frm the swaps 
        @param tokenRecipient The address that receives the tokens
        @return outputAmount The number of tokens to be received
     */
    function _swapNFTsForToken(
        PairSwapSpecific[] calldata swapList,
        uint256 minOutput,
        address payable tokenRecipient
    ) internal returns (uint256 outputAmount) {
        // Do swaps
        uint256 numSwaps = swapList.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numSwaps; ) {
            // Do the swap for token and then update outputAmount
            // Note: minExpectedTokenOutput is set to 0 since we're doing an aggregate slippage check below
            outputAmount += swapList[i].pair.swapNFTsForToken(
                swapList[i].nftIds,
                0,
                tokenRecipient,
                true,
                msg.sender
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Aggregate slippage check
        require(outputAmount >= minOutput, "outputAmount too low");
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {LSSVMRouter} from "./LSSVMRouter.sol";
interface ILSSVMPairFactoryLike {
    enum PairVariant {
        ENUMERABLE_ETH,
        MISSING_ENUMERABLE_ETH,
        ENUMERABLE_ERC20,
        MISSING_ENUMERABLE_ERC20
    }
    function protocolFeeMultiplier() external view returns (uint256);
    function protocolFeeRecipient() external view returns (address payable);
    function callAllowed(address target) external view returns (bool);
    function routerStatus(LSSVMRouter router)
        external
        view
        returns (bool allowed, bool wasEverAllowed);
    function isPair(address potentialPair, PairVariant variant)
        external
        view
        returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC1155 compliant contract, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155[EIP].
 *
 * _Available since v3.1._
 */
interface IERC1155 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens of token type `id` are transferred from `from` to `to` by `operator`.
     */
    event TransferSingle(
        address indexed operator,
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 value
    );
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to multiple {TransferSingle} events, where `operator`, `from` and `to` are the same for all
     * transfers.
     */
    event TransferBatch(
        address indexed operator,
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256[] ids,
        uint256[] values
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer their tokens, according to
     * `approved`.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(
        address indexed account,
        address indexed operator,
        bool approved
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the URI for token type `id` changes to `value`, if it is a non-programmatic URI.
     *
     * If an {URI} event was emitted for `id`, the standard
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata-extensions[guarantees] that `value` will equal the value
     * returned by {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}.
     */
    event URI(string value, uint256 indexed id);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens of token type `id` owned by `account`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account, uint256 id)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {balanceOf}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `accounts` and `ids` must have the same length.
     */
    function balanceOfBatch(address[] calldata accounts, uint256[] calldata ids)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev Grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer the caller's tokens, according to `approved`,
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `operator` cannot be the caller.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `operator` is approved to transfer ``account``'s tokens.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address account, address operator)
        external
        view
        returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been approved to spend ``from``'s tokens via {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - `from` must have a balance of tokens of type `id` of at least `amount`.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {safeTransferFrom}.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function safeBatchTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata amounts,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./ERC1155Receiver.sol";
/**
 * @dev _Available since v3.1._
 */
contract ERC1155Holder is ERC1155Receiver {
    function onERC1155Received(
        address,
        address,
        uint256,
        uint256,
        bytes memory
    ) public virtual override returns (bytes4) {
        return this.onERC1155Received.selector;
    }
    function onERC1155BatchReceived(
        address,
        address,
        uint256[] memory,
        uint256[] memory,
        bytes memory
    ) public virtual override returns (bytes4) {
        return this.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC1155Receiver.sol";
import "./ERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev _Available since v3.1._
 */
abstract contract ERC1155Receiver is ERC165, IERC1155Receiver {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC165, IERC165)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC1155Receiver).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev _Available since v3.1._
 */
interface IERC1155Receiver is IERC165 {
    /**
        @dev Handles the receipt of a single ERC1155 token type. This function is
        called at the end of a `safeTransferFrom` after the balance has been updated.
        To accept the transfer, this must return
        `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))`
        (i.e. 0xf23a6e61, or its own function selector).
        @param operator The address which initiated the transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
        @param from The address which previously owned the token
        @param id The ID of the token being transferred
        @param value The amount of tokens being transferred
        @param data Additional data with no specified format
        @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
    */
    function onERC1155Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 value,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
    /**
        @dev Handles the receipt of a multiple ERC1155 token types. This function
        is called at the end of a `safeBatchTransferFrom` after the balances have
        been updated. To accept the transfer(s), this must return
        `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))`
        (i.e. 0xbc197c81, or its own function selector).
        @param operator The address which initiated the batch transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
        @param from The address which previously owned the token
        @param ids An array containing ids of each token being transferred (order and length must match values array)
        @param values An array containing amounts of each token being transferred (order and length must match ids array)
        @param data Additional data with no specified format
        @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
    */
    function onERC1155BatchReceived(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata values,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override
        returns (bool)
    {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {ERC20} from "./imports/ERC20.sol";
import {IERC721} from "./imports//IERC721.sol";
import {SafeTransferLib} from "./imports/SafeTransferLib.sol";
import {LSSVMPair} from "./LSSVMPair.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
import {ICurve} from "./bonding-curves/ICurve.sol";
/**
    @title An NFT/Token pair where the token is ETH
    @author boredGenius and 0xmons
 */
abstract contract LSSVMPairETH is LSSVMPair {
    using SafeTransferLib for address payable;
    using SafeTransferLib for ERC20;
    uint256 internal constant IMMUTABLE_PARAMS_LENGTH = 61;
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _pullTokenInputAndPayProtocolFee(
        uint256 inputAmount,
        bool, /*isRouter*/
        address, /*routerCaller*/
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory,
        uint256 protocolFee
    ) internal override {
        require(msg.value >= inputAmount, "Sent too little ETH");
        // Transfer inputAmount ETH to assetRecipient if it's been set
        address payable _assetRecipient = getAssetRecipient();
        if (_assetRecipient != address(this)) {
            _assetRecipient.safeTransferETH(inputAmount - protocolFee);
        }
        // Take protocol fee
        if (protocolFee > 0) {
            // Round down to the actual ETH balance if there are numerical stability issues with the bonding curve calculations
            if (protocolFee > address(this).balance) {
                protocolFee = address(this).balance;
            }
            if (protocolFee > 0) {
                payable(address(_factory)).safeTransferETH(protocolFee);
            }
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _refundTokenToSender(uint256 inputAmount) internal override {
        // Give excess ETH back to caller
        if (msg.value > inputAmount) {
            payable(msg.sender).safeTransferETH(msg.value - inputAmount);
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _payProtocolFeeFromPair(
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory,
        uint256 protocolFee
    ) internal override {
        // Take protocol fee
        if (protocolFee > 0) {
            // Round down to the actual ETH balance if there are numerical stability issues with the bonding curve calculations
            if (protocolFee > address(this).balance) {
                protocolFee = address(this).balance;
            }
            if (protocolFee > 0) {
                payable(address(_factory)).safeTransferETH(protocolFee);
            }
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _sendTokenOutput(
        address payable tokenRecipient,
        uint256 outputAmount
    ) internal override {
        // Send ETH to caller
        if (outputAmount > 0) {
            tokenRecipient.safeTransferETH(outputAmount);
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    // @dev see LSSVMPairCloner for params length calculation
    function _immutableParamsLength() internal pure override returns (uint256) {
        return IMMUTABLE_PARAMS_LENGTH;
    }
    /**
        @notice Withdraws all token owned by the pair to the owner address.
        @dev Only callable by the owner.
     */
    function withdrawAllETH() external onlyOwner {
        withdrawETH(address(this).balance);
    }
    /**
        @notice Withdraws a specified amount of token owned by the pair to the owner address.
        @dev Only callable by the owner.
        @param amount The amount of token to send to the owner. If the pair's balance is less than
        this value, the transaction will be reverted.
     */
    function withdrawETH(uint256 amount) public onlyOwner {
        payable(owner()).safeTransferETH(amount);
        // emit event since ETH is the pair token
        emit TokenWithdrawal(amount);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function withdrawERC20(ERC20 a, uint256 amount)
        external
        override
        onlyOwner
    {
        a.safeTransfer(msg.sender, amount);
    }
    /**
        @dev All ETH transfers into the pair are accepted. This is the main method
        for the owner to top up the pair's token reserves.
     */
    receive() external payable {
        emit TokenDeposit(msg.value);
    }
    /**
        @dev All ETH transfers into the pair are accepted. This is the main method
        for the owner to top up the pair's token reserves.
     */
    fallback() external payable {
        // Only allow calls without function selector
        require(msg.data.length == _immutableParamsLength());
        emit TokenDeposit(msg.value);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {SafeTransferLib} from "./imports/SafeTransferLib.sol";
import {ERC20} from "./imports/ERC20.sol";
import {IERC721} from "./imports/IERC721.sol";
import {LSSVMPair} from "./LSSVMPair.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
import {LSSVMRouter} from "./LSSVMRouter.sol";
import {ICurve} from "./bonding-curves/ICurve.sol";
import {CurveErrorCodes} from "./bonding-curves/CurveErrorCodes.sol";
/**
    @title An NFT/Token pair where the token is an ERC20
    @author boredGenius and 0xmons
 */
abstract contract LSSVMPairERC20 is LSSVMPair {
    using SafeTransferLib for ERC20;
    uint256 internal constant IMMUTABLE_PARAMS_LENGTH = 81;
    /**
        @notice Returns the ERC20 token associated with the pair
        @dev See LSSVMPairCloner for an explanation on how this works
     */
    function token() public pure returns (ERC20 _token) {
        uint256 paramsLength = _immutableParamsLength();
        assembly {
            _token := shr(
                0x60,
                calldataload(add(sub(calldatasize(), paramsLength), 61))
            )
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _pullTokenInputAndPayProtocolFee(
        uint256 inputAmount,
        bool isRouter,
        address routerCaller,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory,
        uint256 protocolFee
    ) internal override {
        require(msg.value == 0, "ERC20 pair");
        ERC20 _token = token();
        address _assetRecipient = getAssetRecipient();
        if (isRouter) {
            // Verify if router is allowed
            LSSVMRouter router = LSSVMRouter(payable(msg.sender));
            // Locally scoped to avoid stack too deep
            {
                (bool routerAllowed, ) = _factory.routerStatus(router);
                require(routerAllowed, "Not router");
            }
            // Cache state and then call router to transfer tokens from user
            uint256 beforeBalance = _token.balanceOf(_assetRecipient);
            router.pairTransferERC20From(
                _token,
                routerCaller,
                _assetRecipient,
                inputAmount - protocolFee,
                pairVariant()
            );
            // Verify token transfer (protect pair against malicious router)
            require(
                _token.balanceOf(_assetRecipient) - beforeBalance ==
                    inputAmount - protocolFee,
                "ERC20 not transferred in"
            );
            router.pairTransferERC20From(
                _token,
                routerCaller,
                address(_factory),
                protocolFee,
                pairVariant()
            );
            // Note: no check for factory balance's because router is assumed to be set by factory owner
            // so there is no incentive to *not* pay protocol fee
        } else {
            // Transfer tokens directly
            _token.safeTransferFrom(
                msg.sender,
                _assetRecipient,
                inputAmount - protocolFee
            );
            // Take protocol fee (if it exists)
            if (protocolFee > 0) {
                _token.safeTransferFrom(
                    msg.sender,
                    address(_factory),
                    protocolFee
                );
            }
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _refundTokenToSender(uint256 inputAmount) internal override {
        // Do nothing since we transferred the exact input amount
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _payProtocolFeeFromPair(
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike _factory,
        uint256 protocolFee
    ) internal override {
        // Take protocol fee (if it exists)
        if (protocolFee > 0) {
            ERC20 _token = token();
            // Round down to the actual token balance if there are numerical stability issues with the bonding curve calculations
            uint256 pairTokenBalance = _token.balanceOf(address(this));
            if (protocolFee > pairTokenBalance) {
                protocolFee = pairTokenBalance;
            }
            if (protocolFee > 0) {
                _token.safeTransfer(address(_factory), protocolFee);
            }
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _sendTokenOutput(
        address payable tokenRecipient,
        uint256 outputAmount
    ) internal override {
        // Send tokens to caller
        if (outputAmount > 0) {
            token().safeTransfer(tokenRecipient, outputAmount);
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    // @dev see LSSVMPairCloner for params length calculation
    function _immutableParamsLength() internal pure override returns (uint256) {
        return IMMUTABLE_PARAMS_LENGTH;
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function withdrawERC20(ERC20 a, uint256 amount)
        external
        override
        onlyOwner
    {
        a.safeTransfer(msg.sender, amount);
        if (a == token()) {
            // emit event since it is the pair token
            emit TokenWithdrawal(amount);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {IERC721} from "../imports/IERC721.sol";
import {ERC20} from "../imports/ERC20.sol";
import {ICurve} from "../bonding-curves/ICurve.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "../ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
library LSSVMPairCloner {
    /**
     * @dev Deploys and returns the address of a clone that mimics the behaviour of `implementation`.
     *
     * This function uses the create opcode, which should never revert.
     *
     * During the delegate call, extra data is copied into the calldata which can then be
     * accessed by the implementation contract.
     */
    function cloneETHPair(
        address implementation,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike factory,
        ICurve bondingCurve,
        IERC721 nft,
        uint8 poolType
    ) internal returns (address instance) {
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40)
            // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            // CREATION (9 bytes)
            // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            // creation size = 09
            // runtime size = 72
            // 60 runtime  | PUSH1 runtime (r)     | r                       | –
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | 0 r                     | –
            // 81          | DUP2                  | r 0 r                   | –
            // 60 creation | PUSH1 creation (c)    | c r 0 r                 | –
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | 0 c r 0 r               | –
            // 39          | CODECOPY              | 0 r                     | [0-runSize): runtime code
            // f3          | RETURN                |                         | [0-runSize): runtime code
            // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            // RUNTIME (53 bytes of code + 61 bytes of extra data = 114 bytes)
            // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            // extra data size = 3d
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | 0                       | –
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | 0 0                     | –
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | 0 0 0                   | –
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | 0 0 0 0                 | –
            // 36          | CALLDATASIZE          | cds 0 0 0 0             | –
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | 0 cds 0 0 0 0           | –
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | 0 0 cds 0 0 0 0         | –
            // 37          | CALLDATACOPY          | 0 0 0 0                 | [0, cds) = calldata
            // 60 extra    | PUSH1 extra           | extra 0 0 0 0           | [0, cds) = calldata
            // 60 0x35     | PUSH1 0x35            | 0x35 extra 0 0 0 0      | [0, cds) = calldata // 0x35 (53) is runtime size - data
            // 36          | CALLDATASIZE          | cds 0x35 extra 0 0 0 0  | [0, cds) = calldata
            // 39          | CODECOPY              | 0 0 0 0                 | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // 36          | CALLDATASIZE          | cds 0 0 0 0             | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // 60 extra    | PUSH1 extra           | extra cds 0 0 0 0       | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // 01          | ADD                   | cds+extra 0 0 0 0       | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | 0 cds 0 0 0 0           | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // 73 addr     | PUSH20 0x123…         | addr 0 cds 0 0 0 0      | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            mstore(
                ptr,
                hex"60_72_3d_81_60_09_3d_39_f3_3d_3d_3d_3d_36_3d_3d_37_60_3d_60_35_36_39_36_60_3d_01_3d_73_00_00_00"
            )
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x1d), shl(0x60, implementation))
            // 5a          | GAS                   | gas addr 0 cds 0 0 0 0  | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // f4          | DELEGATECALL          | success 0 0             | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | rds success 0 0         | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | rds rds success 0 0     | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // 93          | SWAP4                 | 0 rds success 0 rds     | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // 80          | DUP1                  | 0 0 rds success 0 rds   | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // 3e          | RETURNDATACOPY        | success 0 rds           | [0, rds) = return data (there might be some irrelevant leftovers in memory [rds, cds+0x37) when rds < cds+0x37)
            // 60 0x33     | PUSH1 0x33            | 0x33 sucess 0 rds       | [0, rds) = return data
            // 57          | JUMPI                 | 0 rds                   | [0, rds) = return data
            // fd          | REVERT                | –                       | [0, rds) = return data
            // 5b          | JUMPDEST              | 0 rds                   | [0, rds) = return data
            // f3          | RETURN                | –                       | [0, rds) = return data
            mstore(
                add(ptr, 0x31),
                hex"5a_f4_3d_3d_93_80_3e_60_33_57_fd_5b_f3_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00"
            )
            // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            // EXTRA DATA (61 bytes)
            // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x3e), shl(0x60, factory))
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x52), shl(0x60, bondingCurve))
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x66), shl(0x60, nft))
            mstore8(add(ptr, 0x7a), poolType)
            instance := create(0, ptr, 0x7b)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Deploys and returns the address of a clone that mimics the behaviour of `implementation`.
     *
     * This function uses the create opcode, which should never revert.
     *
     * During the delegate call, extra data is copied into the calldata which can then be
     * accessed by the implementation contract.
     */
    function cloneERC20Pair(
        address implementation,
        ILSSVMPairFactoryLike factory,
        ICurve bondingCurve,
        IERC721 nft,
        uint8 poolType,
        ERC20 token
    ) internal returns (address instance) {
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40)
            // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            // CREATION (9 bytes)
            // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            // creation size = 09
            // runtime size = 86
            // 60 runtime  | PUSH1 runtime (r)     | r                       | –
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | 0 r                     | –
            // 81          | DUP2                  | r 0 r                   | –
            // 60 creation | PUSH1 creation (c)    | c r 0 r                 | –
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | 0 c r 0 r               | –
            // 39          | CODECOPY              | 0 r                     | [0-runSize): runtime code
            // f3          | RETURN                |                         | [0-runSize): runtime code
            // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            // RUNTIME (53 bytes of code + 81 bytes of extra data = 134 bytes)
            // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            // extra data size = 51
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | 0                       | –
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | 0 0                     | –
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | 0 0 0                   | –
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | 0 0 0 0                 | –
            // 36          | CALLDATASIZE          | cds 0 0 0 0             | –
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | 0 cds 0 0 0 0           | –
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | 0 0 cds 0 0 0 0         | –
            // 37          | CALLDATACOPY          | 0 0 0 0                 | [0, cds) = calldata
            // 60 extra    | PUSH1 extra           | extra 0 0 0 0           | [0, cds) = calldata
            // 60 0x35     | PUSH1 0x35            | 0x35 extra 0 0 0 0      | [0, cds) = calldata // 0x35 (53) is runtime size - data
            // 36          | CALLDATASIZE          | cds 0x35 extra 0 0 0 0  | [0, cds) = calldata
            // 39          | CODECOPY              | 0 0 0 0                 | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // 36          | CALLDATASIZE          | cds 0 0 0 0             | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // 60 extra    | PUSH1 extra           | extra cds 0 0 0 0       | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // 01          | ADD                   | cds+extra 0 0 0 0       | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | 0 cds 0 0 0 0           | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // 73 addr     | PUSH20 0x123…         | addr 0 cds 0 0 0 0      | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            mstore(
                ptr,
                hex"60_86_3d_81_60_09_3d_39_f3_3d_3d_3d_3d_36_3d_3d_37_60_51_60_35_36_39_36_60_51_01_3d_73_00_00_00"
            )
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x1d), shl(0x60, implementation))
            // 5a          | GAS                   | gas addr 0 cds 0 0 0 0  | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // f4          | DELEGATECALL          | success 0 0             | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | rds success 0 0         | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE        | rds rds success 0 0     | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // 93          | SWAP4                 | 0 rds success 0 rds     | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // 80          | DUP1                  | 0 0 rds success 0 rds   | [0, cds) = calldata, [cds, cds+0x35) = extraData
            // 3e          | RETURNDATACOPY        | success 0 rds           | [0, rds) = return data (there might be some irrelevant leftovers in memory [rds, cds+0x37) when rds < cds+0x37)
            // 60 0x33     | PUSH1 0x33            | 0x33 sucess 0 rds       | [0, rds) = return data
            // 57          | JUMPI                 | 0 rds                   | [0, rds) = return data
            // fd          | REVERT                | –                       | [0, rds) = return data
            // 5b          | JUMPDEST              | 0 rds                   | [0, rds) = return data
            // f3          | RETURN                | –                       | [0, rds) = return data
            mstore(
                add(ptr, 0x31),
                hex"5a_f4_3d_3d_93_80_3e_60_33_57_fd_5b_f3_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00"
            )
            // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            // EXTRA DATA (81 bytes)
            // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x3e), shl(0x60, factory))
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x52), shl(0x60, bondingCurve))
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x66), shl(0x60, nft))
            mstore8(add(ptr, 0x7a), poolType)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x7b), shl(0x60, token))
            instance := create(0, ptr, 0x8f)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Checks if a contract is a clone of a LSSVMPairETH.
     * @dev Only checks the runtime bytecode, does not check the extra data.
     * @param factory the factory that deployed the clone
     * @param implementation the LSSVMPairETH implementation contract
     * @param query the contract to check
     * @return result True if the contract is a clone, false otherwise
     */
    function isETHPairClone(
        address factory,
        address implementation,
        address query
    ) internal view returns (bool result) {
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40)
            mstore(
                ptr,
                hex"3d_3d_3d_3d_36_3d_3d_37_60_3d_60_35_36_39_36_60_3d_01_3d_73_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00"
            )
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x14), shl(0x60, implementation))
            mstore(
                add(ptr, 0x28),
                hex"5a_f4_3d_3d_93_80_3e_60_33_57_fd_5b_f3_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00"
            )
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x35), shl(0x60, factory))
            // compare expected bytecode with that of the queried contract
            let other := add(ptr, 0x49)
            extcodecopy(query, other, 0, 0x49)
            result := and(
                eq(mload(ptr), mload(other)),
                and(
                    eq(mload(add(ptr, 0x20)), mload(add(other, 0x20))),
                    eq(mload(add(ptr, 0x29)), mload(add(other, 0x29)))
                )
            )
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Checks if a contract is a clone of a LSSVMPairERC20.
     * @dev Only checks the runtime bytecode, does not check the extra data.
     * @param implementation the LSSVMPairERC20 implementation contract
     * @param query the contract to check
     * @return result True if the contract is a clone, false otherwise
     */
    function isERC20PairClone(
        address factory,
        address implementation,
        address query
    ) internal view returns (bool result) {
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40)
            mstore(
                ptr,
                hex"3d_3d_3d_3d_36_3d_3d_37_60_51_60_35_36_39_36_60_51_01_3d_73_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00"
            )
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x14), shl(0x60, implementation))
            mstore(
                add(ptr, 0x28),
                hex"5a_f4_3d_3d_93_80_3e_60_33_57_fd_5b_f3_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00"
            )
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x35), shl(0x60, factory))
            // compare expected bytecode with that of the queried contract
            let other := add(ptr, 0x49)
            extcodecopy(query, other, 0, 0x49)
            result := and(
                eq(mload(ptr), mload(other)),
                and(
                    eq(mload(add(ptr, 0x20)), mload(add(other, 0x20))),
                    eq(mload(add(ptr, 0x29)), mload(add(other, 0x29)))
                )
            )
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {LSSVMPairETH} from "./LSSVMPairETH.sol";
import {LSSVMPairEnumerable} from "./LSSVMPairEnumerable.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
/**
    @title An NFT/Token pair where the NFT implements ERC721Enumerable, and the token is ETH
    @author boredGenius and 0xmons
 */
contract LSSVMPairEnumerableETH is LSSVMPairEnumerable, LSSVMPairETH {
    /**
        @notice Returns the LSSVMPair type
     */
    function pairVariant()
        public
        pure
        override
        returns (ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant)
    {
        return ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant.ENUMERABLE_ETH;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {IERC721Enumerable} from "./imports/IERC721Enumerable.sol";
import {IERC721} from "./imports/IERC721.sol";
import {LSSVMRouter} from "./LSSVMRouter.sol";
import {LSSVMPair} from "./LSSVMPair.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
/**
    @title An NFT/Token pair for an NFT that implements ERC721Enumerable
    @author boredGenius and 0xmons
 */
abstract contract LSSVMPairEnumerable is LSSVMPair {
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _sendAnyNFTsToRecipient(
        IERC721 _nft,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 numNFTs
    ) internal override {
        // Send NFTs to recipient
        // (we know NFT implements IERC721Enumerable so we just iterate)
        uint256 lastIndex = _nft.balanceOf(address(this)) - 1;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numNFTs; ) {
            uint256 nftId = IERC721Enumerable(address(_nft))
                .tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address(this), lastIndex);
            _nft.safeTransferFrom(address(this), nftRecipient, nftId);
            unchecked {
                --lastIndex;
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _sendSpecificNFTsToRecipient(
        IERC721 _nft,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256[] calldata nftIds
    ) internal override {
        // Send NFTs to recipient
        uint256 numNFTs = nftIds.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numNFTs; ) {
            _nft.safeTransferFrom(address(this), nftRecipient, nftIds[i]);
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function getAllHeldIds() external view override returns (uint256[] memory) {
        IERC721 _nft = nft();
        uint256 numNFTs = _nft.balanceOf(address(this));
        uint256[] memory ids = new uint256[](numNFTs);
        for (uint256 i; i < numNFTs; ) {
            ids[i] = IERC721Enumerable(address(_nft)).tokenOfOwnerByIndex(
                address(this),
                i
            );
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        return ids;
    }
    function onERC721Received(
        address,
        address,
        uint256,
        bytes memory
    ) public virtual returns (bytes4) {
        return this.onERC721Received.selector;
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function withdrawERC721(IERC721 a, uint256[] calldata nftIds)
        external
        override
        onlyOwner
    {
        uint256 numNFTs = nftIds.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numNFTs; ) {
            a.safeTransferFrom(address(this), msg.sender, nftIds[i]);
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        emit NFTWithdrawal();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {LSSVMPairERC20} from "./LSSVMPairERC20.sol";
import {LSSVMPairEnumerable} from "./LSSVMPairEnumerable.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
/**
    @title An NFT/Token pair where the NFT implements ERC721Enumerable, and the token is an ERC20
    @author boredGenius and 0xmons
 */
contract LSSVMPairEnumerableERC20 is LSSVMPairEnumerable, LSSVMPairERC20 {
    /**
        @notice Returns the LSSVMPair type
     */
    function pairVariant()
        public
        pure
        override
        returns (ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant)
    {
        return ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant.ENUMERABLE_ERC20;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {LSSVMPairETH} from "./LSSVMPairETH.sol";
import {LSSVMPairMissingEnumerable} from "./LSSVMPairMissingEnumerable.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
contract LSSVMPairMissingEnumerableETH is
    LSSVMPairMissingEnumerable,
    LSSVMPairETH
{
    function pairVariant()
        public
        pure
        override
        returns (ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant)
    {
        return ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant.MISSING_ENUMERABLE_ETH;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {IERC721} from "./imports/IERC721.sol";
import {EnumerableSet} from "./imports/EnumerableSet.sol";
import {LSSVMPair} from "./LSSVMPair.sol";
import {LSSVMRouter} from "./LSSVMRouter.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
/**
    @title An NFT/Token pair for an NFT that does not implement ERC721Enumerable
    @author boredGenius and 0xmons
 */
abstract contract LSSVMPairMissingEnumerable is LSSVMPair {
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.UintSet;
    // Used for internal ID tracking
    EnumerableSet.UintSet private idSet;
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _sendAnyNFTsToRecipient(
        IERC721 _nft,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256 numNFTs
    ) internal override {
        // Send NFTs to recipient
        // We're missing enumerable, so we also update the pair's own ID set
        // NOTE: We start from last index to first index to save on gas
        uint256 lastIndex = idSet.length() - 1;
        for (uint256 i; i < numNFTs; ) {
            uint256 nftId = idSet.at(lastIndex);
            _nft.safeTransferFrom(address(this), nftRecipient, nftId);
            idSet.remove(nftId);
            unchecked {
                --lastIndex;
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function _sendSpecificNFTsToRecipient(
        IERC721 _nft,
        address nftRecipient,
        uint256[] calldata nftIds
    ) internal override {
        // Send NFTs to caller
        // If missing enumerable, update pool's own ID set
        uint256 numNFTs = nftIds.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < numNFTs; ) {
            _nft.safeTransferFrom(address(this), nftRecipient, nftIds[i]);
            // Remove from id set
            idSet.remove(nftIds[i]);
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function getAllHeldIds() external view override returns (uint256[] memory) {
        uint256 numNFTs = idSet.length();
        uint256[] memory ids = new uint256[](numNFTs);
        for (uint256 i; i < numNFTs; ) {
            ids[i] = idSet.at(i);
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        return ids;
    }
    /**
        @dev When safeTransfering an ERC721 in, we add ID to the idSet
        if it's the same collection used by pool. (As it doesn't auto-track because no ERC721Enumerable)
     */
    function onERC721Received(
        address,
        address,
        uint256 id,
        bytes memory
    ) public virtual returns (bytes4) {
        IERC721 _nft = nft();
        // If it's from the pair's NFT, add the ID to ID set
        if (msg.sender == address(_nft)) {
            idSet.add(id);
        }
        return this.onERC721Received.selector;
    }
    /// @inheritdoc LSSVMPair
    function withdrawERC721(IERC721 a, uint256[] calldata nftIds)
        external
        override
        onlyOwner
    {
        IERC721 _nft = nft();
        uint256 numNFTs = nftIds.length;
        // If it's not the pair's NFT, just withdraw normally
        if (a != _nft) {
            for (uint256 i; i < numNFTs; ) {
                a.safeTransferFrom(address(this), msg.sender, nftIds[i]);
                unchecked {
                    ++i;
                }
            }
        }
        // Otherwise, withdraw and also remove the ID from the ID set
        else {
            for (uint256 i; i < numNFTs; ) {
                _nft.safeTransferFrom(address(this), msg.sender, nftIds[i]);
                idSet.remove(nftIds[i]);
                unchecked {
                    ++i;
                }
            }
            emit NFTWithdrawal();
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 */
library EnumerableSet {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.
    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                bytes32 lastvalue = set._values[lastIndex];
                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastvalue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastvalue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastvalue's index to valueIndex
            }
            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value)
        private
        view
        returns (bool)
    {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index)
        private
        view
        returns (bytes32)
    {
        return set._values[index];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }
    // Bytes32Set
    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value)
        internal
        returns (bool)
    {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value)
        internal
        returns (bool)
    {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value)
        internal
        view
        returns (bool)
    {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index)
        internal
        view
        returns (bytes32)
    {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Bytes32Set storage set)
        internal
        view
        returns (bytes32[] memory)
    {
        return _values(set._inner);
    }
    // AddressSet
    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value)
        internal
        returns (bool)
    {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value)
        internal
        returns (bool)
    {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value)
        internal
        view
        returns (bool)
    {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index)
        internal
        view
        returns (address)
    {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(AddressSet storage set)
        internal
        view
        returns (address[] memory)
    {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        address[] memory result;
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // UintSet
    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value)
        internal
        returns (bool)
    {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value)
        internal
        view
        returns (bool)
    {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index)
        internal
        view
        returns (uint256)
    {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(UintSet storage set)
        internal
        view
        returns (uint256[] memory)
    {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {LSSVMPairERC20} from "./LSSVMPairERC20.sol";
import {LSSVMPairMissingEnumerable} from "./LSSVMPairMissingEnumerable.sol";
import {ILSSVMPairFactoryLike} from "./ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.sol";
contract LSSVMPairMissingEnumerableERC20 is
    LSSVMPairMissingEnumerable,
    LSSVMPairERC20
{
    function pairVariant()
        public
        pure
        override
        returns (ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant)
    {
        return ILSSVMPairFactoryLike.PairVariant.MISSING_ENUMERABLE_ERC20;
    }
}

// File: contracts/bonding-curves/CurveErrorCodes.sol


// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

contract CurveErrorCodes {
    enum Error {
        OK, // No error
        INVALID_NUMITEMS, // The numItem value is 0
        SPOT_PRICE_OVERFLOW // The updated spot price doesn't fit into 128 bits
    }
}

// File: contracts/bonding-curves/ICurve.sol

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

interface ICurve {
    /**
        @notice Validates if a delta value is valid for the curve. The criteria for
        validity can be different for each type of curve, for instance ExponentialCurve
        requires delta to be greater than 1.
        @param delta The delta value to be validated
        @return valid True if delta is valid, false otherwise
     */
    function validateDelta(uint128 delta) external pure returns (bool valid);

    /**
        @notice Validates if a new spot price is valid for the curve. Spot price is generally assumed to be the immediate sell price of 1 NFT to the pool, in units of the pool's paired token.
        @param newSpotPrice The new spot price to be set
        @return valid True if the new spot price is valid, false otherwise
     */
    function validateSpotPrice(uint128 newSpotPrice)
        external
        view
        returns (bool valid);

    /**
        @notice Given the current state of the pair and the trade, computes how much the user
        should pay to purchase an NFT from the pair, the new spot price, and other values.
        @param spotPrice The current selling spot price of the pair, in tokens
        @param delta The delta parameter of the pair, what it means depends on the curve
        @param numItems The number of NFTs the user is buying from the pair
        @param feeMultiplier Determines how much fee the LP takes from this trade, 18 decimals
        @param protocolFeeMultiplier Determines how much fee the protocol takes from this trade, 18 decimals
        @return error Any math calculation errors, only Error.OK means the returned values are valid
        @return newSpotPrice The updated selling spot price, in tokens
        @return newDelta The updated delta, used to parameterize the bonding curve
        @return inputValue The amount that the user should pay, in tokens
        @return protocolFee The amount of fee to send to the protocol, in tokens
     */
    function getBuyInfo(
        uint128 spotPrice,
        uint128 delta,
        uint256 numItems,
        uint256 feeMultiplier,
        uint256 protocolFeeMultiplier
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error,
            uint128 newSpotPrice,
            uint128 newDelta,
            uint256 inputValue,
            uint256 protocolFee
        );

    /**
        @notice Given the current state of the pair and the trade, computes how much the user
        should receive when selling NFTs to the pair, the new spot price, and other values.
        @param spotPrice The current selling spot price of the pair, in tokens
        @param delta The delta parameter of the pair, what it means depends on the curve
        @param numItems The number of NFTs the user is selling to the pair
        @param feeMultiplier Determines how much fee the LP takes from this trade, 18 decimals
        @param protocolFeeMultiplier Determines how much fee the protocol takes from this trade, 18 decimals
        @return error Any math calculation errors, only Error.OK means the returned values are valid
        @return newSpotPrice The updated selling spot price, in tokens
        @return newDelta The updated delta, used to parameterize the bonding curve
        @return outputValue The amount that the user should receive, in tokens
        @return protocolFee The amount of fee to send to the protocol, in tokens
     */
    function getSellInfo(
        uint128 spotPrice,
        uint128 delta,
        uint256 numItems,
        uint256 feeMultiplier,
        uint256 protocolFeeMultiplier
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            CurveErrorCodes.Error error,
            uint128 newSpotPrice,
            uint128 newDelta,
            uint256 outputValue,
            uint256 protocolFee
        );
}

// File: contracts/imports/FixedPointMathLib.sol

pragma solidity >=0.8.0;

/// @notice Arithmetic library with operations for fixed-point numbers.
/// @author Modified from Dappsys V2 (https://github.com/dapp-org/dappsys-v2/blob/main/src/math.sol)
/// and ABDK (https://github.com/abdk-consulting/abdk-libraries-solidity/blob/master/ABDKMath64x64.sol)
library FixedPointMathLib {
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            COMMON BASE UNITS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/

    uint256 internal constant YAD = 1e8;
    uint256 internal constant WAD = 1e18;
    uint256 internal constant RAY = 1e27;
    uint256 internal constant RAD = 1e45;

    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                         FIXED POINT OPERATIONS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/

    function fmul(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 baseUnit
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 z) {
        assembly {
            // Store x * y in z for now.
            z := mul(x, y)

            // Equivalent to require(x == 0 || (x * y) / x == y)
            if iszero(or(iszero(x), eq(div(z, x), y))) {
                revert(0, 0)
            }

            // If baseUnit is zero this will return zero instead of reverting.
            z := div(z, baseUnit)
        }
    }

    function fdiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 baseUnit
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 z) {
        assembly {
            // Store x * baseUnit in z for now.
            z := mul(x, baseUnit)

            if or(
                // Revert if y is zero to ensure we don't divide by zero below.
                iszero(y),
                // Equivalent to require(x == 0 || (x * baseUnit) / x == baseUnit)
                iszero(or(iszero(x), eq(div(z, x), baseUnit)))
            ) {
                revert(0, 0)
            }

            // We ensure y is not zero above, so there is never division by zero here.
            z := div(z, y)
        }
    }

    function fpow(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 n,
        uint256 baseUnit
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 z) {
        assembly {
            switch x
            case 0 {
                switch n
                case 0 {
                    z := baseUnit
                }
                default {
                    z := 0
                }
            }
            default {
                switch mod(n, 2)
                case 0 {
                    z := baseUnit
                }
                default {
                    z := x
                }
                let half := div(baseUnit, 2)
                for {
                    n := div(n, 2)
                } n {
                    n := div(n, 2)
                } {
                    let xx := mul(x, x)
                    if iszero(eq(div(xx, x), x)) {
                        revert(0, 0)
                    }
                    let xxRound := add(xx, half)
                    if lt(xxRound, xx) {
                        revert(0, 0)
                    }
                    x := div(xxRound, baseUnit)
                    if mod(n, 2) {
                        let zx := mul(z, x)
                        if and(iszero(iszero(x)), iszero(eq(div(zx, x), z))) {
                            revert(0, 0)
                        }
                        let zxRound := add(zx, half)
                        if lt(zxRound, zx) {
                            revert(0, 0)
                        }
                        z := div(zxRound, baseUnit)
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        GENERAL NUMBER UTILITIES
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/

    function sqrt(uint256 x) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        if (x == 0) return 0;

        result = 1;

        uint256 xAux = x;

        if (xAux >= 0x100000000000000000000000000000000) {
            xAux >>= 128;
            result <<= 64;
        }

        if (xAux >= 0x10000000000000000) {
            xAux >>= 64;
            result <<= 32;
        }

        if (xAux >= 0x100000000) {
            xAux >>= 32;
            result <<= 16;
        }

        if (xAux >= 0x10000) {
            xAux >>= 16;
            result <<= 8;
        }

        if (xAux >= 0x100) {
            xAux >>= 8;
            result <<= 4;
        }

        if (xAux >= 0x10) {
            xAux >>= 4;
            result <<= 2;
        }

        if (xAux >= 0x8) result <<= 1;

        unchecked {
            result = (result + x / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + x / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + x / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + x / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + x / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + x / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + x / result) >> 1;

            uint256 roundedDownResult = x / result;

            if (result > roundedDownResult) result = roundedDownResult;
        }
    }

    function min(uint256 x, uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint256 z) {
        return x < y ? x : y;
    }

    function max(uint256 x, uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint256 z) {
        return x > y ? x : y;
    }
}

// File: contracts/bonding-curves/LinearCurve.sol

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;



/*
    @author 0xmons and boredGenius
    @notice Bonding curve logic for a linear curve, where each buy/sell changes spot price by adding/substracting delta
*/
contract LinearCurve is ICurve, CurveErrorCodes {
    using FixedPointMathLib for uint256;

    /**
        @dev See {ICurve-validateDelta}
     */
    function validateDelta(
        uint128 /*delta*/
    ) external pure override returns (bool valid) {
        // For a linear curve, all values of delta are valid
        return true;
    }

    /**
        @dev See {ICurve-validateSpotPrice}
     */
    function validateSpotPrice(
        uint128 /* newSpotPrice */
    ) external pure override returns (bool) {
        // For a linear curve, all values of spot price are valid
        return true;
    }

    /**
        @dev See {ICurve-getBuyInfo}
     */
    function getBuyInfo(
        uint128 spotPrice,
        uint128 delta,
        uint256 numItems,
        uint256 feeMultiplier,
        uint256 protocolFeeMultiplier
    )
        external
        pure
        override
        returns (
            Error error,
            uint128 newSpotPrice,
            uint128 newDelta,
            uint256 inputValue,
            uint256 protocolFee
        )
    {
        // We only calculate changes for buying 1 or more NFTs
        if (numItems == 0) {
            return (Error.INVALID_NUMITEMS, 0, 0, 0, 0);
        }

        // For a linear curve, the spot price increases by delta for each item bought
        uint256 newSpotPrice_ = spotPrice + delta * numItems;
        if (newSpotPrice_ > type(uint128).max) {
            return (Error.SPOT_PRICE_OVERFLOW, 0, 0, 0, 0);
        }
        newSpotPrice = uint128(newSpotPrice_);

        // Spot price is assumed to be the instant sell price. To avoid arbitraging LPs, we adjust the buy price upwards.
        // If spot price for buy and sell were the same, then someone could buy 1 NFT and then sell for immediate profit.
        // EX: Let S be spot price. Then buying 1 NFT costs S ETH, now new spot price is (S+delta).
        // The same person could then sell for (S+delta) ETH, netting them delta ETH profit.
        // If spot price for buy and sell differ by delta, then buying costs (S+delta) ETH.
        // The new spot price would become (S+delta), so selling would also yield (S+delta) ETH.
        uint256 buySpotPrice = spotPrice + delta;

        // If we buy n items, then the total cost is equal to:
        // (buy spot price) + (buy spot price + 1*delta) + (buy spot price + 2*delta) + ... + (buy spot price + (n-1)*delta)
        // This is equal to n*(buy spot price) + (delta)*(n*(n-1))/2
        // because we have n instances of buy spot price, and then we sum up from delta to (n-1)*delta
        inputValue =
            numItems *
            buySpotPrice +
            (numItems * (numItems - 1) * delta) /
            2;

        // Account for the protocol fee, a flat percentage of the buy amount
        protocolFee = inputValue.fmul(
            protocolFeeMultiplier,
            FixedPointMathLib.WAD
        );

        // Account for the trade fee, only for Trade pools
        inputValue += inputValue.fmul(feeMultiplier, FixedPointMathLib.WAD);

        // Add the protocol fee to the required input amount
        inputValue += protocolFee;

        // Keep delta the same
        newDelta = delta;

        // If we got all the way here, no math error happened
        error = Error.OK;
    }

    /**
        @dev See {ICurve-getSellInfo}
     */
    function getSellInfo(
        uint128 spotPrice,
        uint128 delta,
        uint256 numItems,
        uint256 feeMultiplier,
        uint256 protocolFeeMultiplier
    )
        external
        pure
        override
        returns (
            Error error,
            uint128 newSpotPrice,
            uint128 newDelta,
            uint256 outputValue,
            uint256 protocolFee
        )
    {
        // We only calculate changes for selling 1 or more NFTs
        if (numItems == 0) {
            return (Error.INVALID_NUMITEMS, 0, 0, 0, 0);
        }

        // We first calculate the change in spot price after selling all of the items
        uint256 totalPriceDecrease = delta * numItems;

        // If the current spot price is less than the total amount that the spot price should change by...
        if (spotPrice < totalPriceDecrease) {
            // Then we set the new spot price to be 0. (Spot price is never negative)
            newSpotPrice = 0;

            // We calculate how many items we can sell into the linear curve until the spot price reaches 0, rounding up
            uint256 numItemsTillZeroPrice = spotPrice / delta + 1;
            numItems = numItemsTillZeroPrice;
        }
        // Otherwise, the current spot price is greater than or equal to the total amount that the spot price changes
        // Thus we don't need to calculate the maximum number of items until we reach zero spot price, so we don't modify numItems
        else {
            // The new spot price is just the change between spot price and the total price change
            newSpotPrice = spotPrice - uint128(totalPriceDecrease);
        }

        // If we sell n items, then the total sale amount is:
        // (spot price) + (spot price - 1*delta) + (spot price - 2*delta) + ... + (spot price - (n-1)*delta)
        // This is equal to n*(spot price) - (delta)*(n*(n-1))/2
        outputValue =
            numItems *
            spotPrice -
            (numItems * (numItems - 1) * delta) /
            2;

        // Account for the protocol fee, a flat percentage of the sell amount
        protocolFee = outputValue.fmul(
            protocolFeeMultiplier,
            FixedPointMathLib.WAD
        );

        // Account for the trade fee, only for Trade pools
        outputValue -= outputValue.fmul(feeMultiplier, FixedPointMathLib.WAD);

        // Subtract the protocol fee from the output amount to the seller
        outputValue -= protocolFee;

        // Keep delta the same
        newDelta = delta;

        // If we reached here, no math errors
        error = Error.OK;
    }
}